Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 1270

C M Y CM MY CY CMY K

low-voltage
C
a
t
a
l
o
g


L
V

1


2
0
0
7
SIRIUS
SENTRON
SIVACON
C
a
t
a
l
o
g


L
V

1


2
0
0
7
S
I
R
I
U
S


S
E
N
T
R
O
N


S
I
V
A
C
O
N
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution
Postfach 48 48
90327 NRNBERG
GERMANY
www. si emens. com/ automati on
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or
characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always
apply as described or which may change as a result of further development
of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall
only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own
purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
S
u
b
j
e
c
t

t
o

c
h
a
n
g
e

w
i
t
h
o
u
t

p
r
i
o
r

n
o
t
i
c
e



|



D
i
s
p
o

6
8
2
0
1



|



K
G

0
1
0
7

2
0
.

S

1
2
6
6

E
n

/

7
0
3
0
1
0

/

I
W
I

I
L
V
1



|



P
r
i
n
t
e
d

i
n

G
e
r
m
a
n
y



|



S
i
e
m
e
n
s

A
G

2
0
0
7
Order No. E86060-K1002-A101-A6-7600 Token fee: 13.00
Low-Voltage Controls and
Distribution
SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON
Order No.:
Catalog
E86060-K1002-A101-A6-7600
Technical Information incl.
LV 1
LV 1 T
Systems Controls: Contactors and contactor assem-
blies, solid-state switching devices Protection equip-
ment Load feeders, motor starters and soft starters
Monitoring and control devices Detecting devices
Commanding and signaling devices Transformers
Power supplies Planning and configuration with SIRIUS
Power Management System SIVACON Power distri-
bution boards, busway and cubicle systems Switching
and Protecting with SENTRON: Air circuit breakers,
molded case circuit-breakers, switch disconnectors
Software for power distribution BETA low-voltage circuit
protection
Industrial Communication
Industrial Communication
for Automation and Drives
Order No.:
E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600
IK PI PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet Industrial Mobile
Communicaton PROFIBUS to IEC 61158/EN 50170
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os AS-Interface to
EN 50295/IEC 61158 Remote operation with SINAUT
Telecontrol Routers ECOFAST system
SICUBE
System Cubicles and
Cubicle Air-Conditioning
Order No.:
E86060-K1920-A101-A3-7600
LV 50 System cubicles Cubicle modifications Cubicle
expansion components Accessories Special cubicles
Cubicle solutions in applications Cubicle air-condi-
tioning Special colors
SIDAC
Reactors and Filters
Order No.:
E86060-K2803-A101-A4-7600
LV 60 Commutating reactors for converters Mains reactors for
frequency converters Iron-core output reactors
Ferrite output reactors Iron-core smoothing reactors
Smoothing air-core reactors Filter reactors Applica-
tion-specific reactors Radio interference suppression
filters dv/dt filters Sinewave filters
SIVACON 8PS
Busway systems
CD-K, BD01, BD2 to 1250 A
Order No.:
E86060-K1870-A101-A2-7600
LV 70 Busway systems, overview CD-K system
(25 A to 40 A) BD01 system (40 A to 160 A)
BD2 system (160 A to 1250 A)
Automation & Drives
The A&D Offline Mall
CD-ROM:
E86060-D4001-A110-C5-7600
DVD:
E86060-D4001-A510-C5-7600
CA 01 All Automation and Drives products,
including those in the catalogs listed above.
A&D Mall
Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/mall
All Automation and Drives products,
including those in the catalogs listed above.
Catalog-PDF
Internet:
http://www.automation.
siemens.com/cd
All catalogs for low-voltage controls and distribution can
be downloaded as PDF files.
Registered trademarks Technical Assistance
All product designations may be registered trademarks
or product names of Siemens AG or other supplying
companies. Third parties using these trademarks or
product names for their own purposes may infringe
upon the rights of the trademark owners.
Further information about low-voltage controls is
available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
Expert technical assistance
for Low-voltage controls and
electrical installation.
Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00
Fax: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 07
E-Mail: technical-
assistance@siemens.com
Related catalogs Contents
LV1_U2_en.fm Seite 1 Montag, 29. Januar 2007 3:39 15
0/1
Siemens LV 1 2006
The products and sys-
tems listed in this cata-
log are distributed/
manufactured using a
certified quality man-
agement system which
complies with EN ISO
9001 (Certificate Regis-
ter Nos. can be found in
the appendix).
The certificates are
recognized in all IQ Net
countries.
1
Introduction
F
u
n
k
t
i
o
n
e
n
11
Supply
Power Supplies
2
Systems
12
Planning and
Configuration
with SIRIUS
Engineering Software
3
Controls
Contactors and
Contactor Assemblies
13
Management
Power Management System
4
Solid-State Switching Devices
14
Distributing with
SIVACON
SIVACON Power
Distribution Boards, Busway
and Cubicle Systems
5
Protecting
Protection Equipment
15
Switching and
Protecting with
SENTRON
Air Circuit Breakers
6
Starting
Load Feeders, Motor
Starters and Soft Starters
16
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
7
Monitoring
and Control
Monitoring and
Control Devices
17
Switch Disconnectors
8
Detection
Detecting Devices
18
Dimensioning and
Management
Software for Power Distribution
9
Commanding and
Signaling
Commanding and
Signaling Devices
19
Protecting with
BETA
BETA Low-Voltage Circuit
Protection
10
Supply
Transformers
20
Appendix s
Low-Voltage Controls
and Distribution
SIRIUS SENTRON
SIVACON
Catalog LV 1 2007
Invalid:
Catalog LV 1 2006
Catalog LV 1 News up to 09/2006
The products contained in this
catalog are also included in the
Offline Mall CA 01
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A110-C5-7600 (CD-ROM)
E86060-D4001-A510-C5-7600 (DVD)
Contact your local Siemens
representative for further information
Siemens AG 2006
LV1_00_01.fm Seite 1 Montag, 29. Januar 2007 1:42 13
1
Introduction
Automation and Drives. Welcome
Sharpen your competitive edge. Totally Integrated Automation
Integrated energy distribution from a single source.
Totally Integrated Power
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution. The basis for progressive
solutions.
SIRIUS Industrial Controls.
Low-Voltage Power Distribution.
S
u
p
p
l
y
11
Power Supplies
4AV non-stabilized power supplies
6EP stabilized power supplies
- SITOP power
- LOGO! Power
S
I
R
I
U
S
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
s
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
2
Systems
AS-Interface
ECOFAST system
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
PROFIBUS
SIRIUS modular system
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
12
Engineering Software
Planning and Configuration with SIRIUS
Motor Starter ES
ECOFAST ES
SIMOCODE ES
Soft Starter ES
S
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
3
Controls -
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT, 3TB, 3TF contactors for switching motors
3RA13, 3RA14, 3TD, 3TE contactor assemblies
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK contactors for special applications
3RH, 3TH contactor relays 3RT coupling relays
3TX7, 3RS18 coupling relays
LZX plug-in relays 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors
L
o
w
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
P
o
w
e
r
D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
13
Power Management System
System overview
- SIMATIC powercontrol
- SENTRON communication-capable circuit breakers
4
Controls -
Solid-State Switching Devices
3RF20 solid-state relays
3RF21, 3RF22 solid-state relays
3RF23, 3RF24 solid-state contactors
3RF29 function modules
D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
n
g
w
i
t
h
S
I
V
A
C
O
N
14
SIVACON Power Distribution Boards,
Busway and Cubicle Systems
8PV, 8PT power distribution boards and motor control centers
8PS busbar trunking systems SICUBE 8MC, 8MF system
cubicles 8MR, 8ME cubicle air-conditioning ALPHA 630 - DIN
floor-mounted distribution boards ALPHA FIX terminal blocks
ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems Components
for 8US, 8UC, 4NC distribution systems
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
n
g
5
Protection Equipment
3RV motor starter protectors
3RB2 solid-state overload relays
3RU1 thermal overload relays
S
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
a
n
d
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
n
g
w
i
t
h
S
E
N
T
R
O
N
15
SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices
for Power Distribution
3WL air circuit breakers
S
t
a
r
t
i
n
g
6
Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
3RW soft starters
3RA fuseless load feeders
3RA71 load feeders with safety integrated
AS-Interface motor starters and soft starters
ET 200S, ET 200pro, ET 200X motor starters
ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions local/PROFIsafe
ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters
3RE encapsulated starters
16
SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices
for Power Distribution
3VL, 3VF2 molded case circuit breakers
M
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
a
n
d
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
7
Monitoring and Control Devices
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devices
LOGO! Logic Modules 3RP, 7PV timing relays
3UG monitoring relays for electrical and additional measurements
3RS10, 3RS11 temperature monitoring relays
3RN1 thermistor motor protection
3TK28 safety relays
3RS17 interface converters
17
SENTRON Switching and Protection Devices
for Power Distribution
3KA, 3KE, 3LD switch disconnectors
3KL, 3KM, 3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses
3NP, 3NJ4, 3NJ5 fuse switch disconnectors
D
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
8
Detecting Devices
3SE2, 3SE3, 3SF3 position switches
3SE2 hinge switches
3SE6 magnetically operated switches
D
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
i
n
g
a
n
d
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
18
Software for Power Distribution
Dimensioning with SIMARIS design
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC
Configuring, visualizing and controlling with SENTRON
C
o
m
m
a
n
d
i
n
g
a
n
d
S
i
g
n
a
l
i
n
g
9
Commanding and Signaling Devices
3SB2, 3SB3, 3SF5 pushbutton units and indicator lights
3SE7, 3SF2 LED indicators
3SE2, 3SE3 foot switches
8WD4 signaling columns
8WD5 integrated signal lamps
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
n
g
w
i
t
h
B
E
T
A 19
BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection
Low-voltage fuse systems
Semiconductor fuses Miniature circuit breakers
Residual current protective devices
Lightning and surge arresters Socket outlets Measuring
devices SR 60 busbar systems Busbars for modular
installation devices
S
u
p
p
l
y
10
Transformers
Single-phase transformers
Three-phase transformers
20
Appendix
Glossary Training Ordering notes Further
documentation Standards and approvals
Explosion protection (ATEX) Quality management Siemens
contacts External partners Online services Customer support
Software licenses Subject index Order number index
Conditions of sale and delivery
PDF files on CD-ROM: Catalogs and Technical Information
LV1_00_02.fm Seite 3 Montag, 29. Januar 2007 3:05 15
Niederspannungs-Schalttechnik
4
Siemens LV 1 2007
Useful information on Catalog LV 1 2007 and Technical information LV 1 T 2007
The Catalog LV 1 2007 contains the data needed
for the selection and ordering of the correct
product. These are categorized under the topics
"Overview", "Benefits", "Application", "Selection and
Ordering data", "Accessories", "Options" and "More
Information".
If required, you will also find the topics "Design", Function", "Integration",
"Configuration", "Programming", "Technical Specifications", "Characteristic
Curves", "Schematics" and "Dimensional drawings" in the Technical
Information LV 1 T 2007. The Technical Information LV 1 T 2007 is available
as PDF file and can be found on the CD-ROM in the appendix of Catalog
LV 1 2007.
Delivery times (DT)
} Preferred type
A 2 working days
B 1 week
C 3 weeks
D 6 weeks
X on request
Preferred types are available immediately from
stock, i.e. are dispatched within 24 hours.
Normal quantities of the products are usually deliv-
red within the specified time following receipt of
your order at our branch.
In exceptional cases, the actual delivery period
may differ from that specified.
The delivery periods apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready for
dispatch). The transport times depend on the destination and type of shipping.
The standard transport time for Germany is 1 day.
The delivery times specified here represent the state of 10/2006. They are per-
manently optimized. Up-to-date information can be found at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall.
Price units (PU)
The price unit defines the number of units, sets or
meters to which the specified price and weight
apply.
Packaging sizes (PS)
The packaging size defines the number, e.g. of
units, sets or meters, for outer packaging.
Only the quantity defined by the packaging size or
a multiple thereof can be ordered!
For multi-unit packaging and recyclable packaging, see Appendix.
Price groups (PG)
Each product is assigned to a price group.
Weight
The defined weight in kg refers to the price unit
(PU).
Dimensions
All dimensions in mm.
Explanations
Siemens LV 1 2007
1/2 Automation and Drives. Welcome
1/4 Sharpen your competitive edge.
Totally Integrated Automation
1/6 Integrated energy distribution from a
single source. Totally Integrated Power
1/8 Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution.
The basis for progressive solutions.
1/10 SIRIUS Industrial Controls.
1/14 Low-Voltage Power Distribution.
Introduction
1/2
Siemens LV 1 2007
Siemens Automation and Drives.
Welcome
More than 60,000 people aiming for the same goal:
increasing your competitiveness. That's Siemens
Automation and Drives.
We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained
success in your sector, whether you're talking automa-
tion engineering, drives or electrical installation sys-
tems. Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally
Integrated Power (TIP) form the core of our offering.
TIA and TIP are the basis of our integrated range of
products and systems for the manufacturing and process
industries as well as building automation. This portfolio
is rounded off by innovative services over the entire life
cycle of your plants.
Learn for yourself the potential our products and
systems offer. And discover how you can permanently
increase your productivity with us.
Your regional Siemens contact can provide more infor-
mation. He or she will be glad to help.
1/3
Siemens LV 1 2007
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning
MES
Manufacturing
Execution
Systems
Ethernet
Ethernet
Material
Management
Equipment
Management
Production
Order
Management
Production
Operations
Recording
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
ECOFAST IP65
Distributed
Automation System
Micro-Automation and
Actuator-Sensor Interface Level
AS-Interface
PROFIBUS
Industrial
Ethernet
Safety Integrated
Control
SINAUT Telecontrol
System
SIMATIC
Software
SIMATIC
Sensors
PC-based Automation
Building
Technology
SIMATIC Controllers/
Automation System
PROFINET
GAMMA instabus
KNX/EIB
1/4
Siemens LV 1 2007
Sharpen your competitive edge.
Totally Integrated Automation
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only
manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and sys-
tems for automation in all sectors - from incoming goods to out-
going goods, from the field level through the production control
level to connection with the corporate management level.
On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly
tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a
unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures sig-
nificant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the
highest level of transparency across all levels.
LV1_01_02.fm Seite 4 Donnerstag, 25. Januar 2007 7:32 07
Plant
Information
Management
Detailed
Production
Scheduling
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
Product Specification
Management System
Laboratory Information
Management System
Field Instru-
mentation/
Analytics
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface
Drive Systems/
SINAMICS
PROFIBUS PA
SENTRON
Circuit
Breakers
SIMATIC
Distributed
I / O
SIMOTION
Motion Control
System
SINUMERIK
Computer
Numeric Control
SIMOCODE pro
Motor Manage-
ment System
HART
SIWAREX
Weighing
Technology
SINAMICS SIMODRIVE SINAMICS
1/5
Siemens LV 1 2007
It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated
Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants - from the
first planning steps, through operation, right up to moderniza-
tion. Consistent integration in the further development of our
products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment
security here.
Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution
towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and
thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in produc-
tivity.
LV1_01_02.fm Seite 5 Donnerstag, 25. Januar 2007 7:32 07
PROCESS FIELD BUS
U
I
coso
P
W
110 kV
U
I
cos o
P
W
Planning
and configuration
Products and systems
Communication
Process/production
automation
Load
manage-
ment
HMI Graphs Prognoses
Planning
and configuration
Products and systems
Communication
Process/production
automation
Load
manage-
ment
HMI Graphs Prognoses
1/6
Siemens LV 1 2007
Integrated energy distribution from a single source.
Totally Integrated Power
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components
of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP
provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning,
construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings.
On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distri-
bution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Inte-
grated Power is based here on integration in planning and config-
uring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.
LV1_01_02.fm Seite 6 Donnerstag, 25. Januar 2007 7:32 07
Substation
Distribution
Maintenance
task
Hall 1 Air conditioning system
checkup
Distribution 3 Replacing circuit
breaker contacts
Infeed II Replacing meters
CODES
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
OVER THE HOURS TIME & ONE-HALF SICK VACATION
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
DATE:
EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
PAY PERIOD ENDING
central ON
OFF
local ON
OFF
tripped
instabus EIB
Message/
error
manage-
ment
Selective
protection
Main-
tenance
Protocols Power
quality
Cost center
Building
automation
Message/
error
manage-
ment
Selective
protection
Main-
tenance
Protocols Power
quality
Cost center
Building
automation
1/7
Siemens LV 1 2007
Totally Integrated Power offers communication
and software modules for connecting the energy
distribution systems to industrial automation and
building automation. This enables the implemen-
tation of significant savings potential.
LV1_01_02.fm Seite 7 Donnerstag, 25. Januar 2007 7:32 07
1/8
Siemens LV 1 2007
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution.
The basis for progressive solutions.
Extremely high demands are made on modern
low-voltage controls and distribution: users want cost-
effective solutions that are easy to integrate in control
cabinets, distribution boards and distributed systems
and can communicate perfectly with each other.
Siemens has the answer: SIRIUS industrial controls and
low-voltage power distribution with
SIVACON, SENTRON and SIMARIS
SIRIUS industrial controls
The SIRIUS range has everything you need for
switching, protecting and starting loads. Products
for monitoring, control, detection, commanding,
signaling and power supply round off the spectrum
of industrial controls. Combined with Totally
Integrated Automation, Safety Integrated and
ECOFAST, our product portfolio can be bundled to
create optimized systems. All in all, Siemens
provides innovative controls with modern features,
such as integrated communication and safety
technology that work to your advantage:
The basis for ground-breaking integrated solutions.
SIRIUS modular system
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
product range
1/9
Siemens LV 1 2007
Low-voltage power distribution with
SIVACON, SENTRON and SIMARIS
Non-residental buildings and industrial plants have one thing in
common: without electricity, everything comes to a halt. The avai-
lability, safety and cost effectiveness of the power distribution sys-
tem is of utmost importance from the medium voltage supply
point through to the socket outlet. And only integrated solutions
can ensure maximum efficiency for planning, configuration and
operation.
The concept is called Totally Integrated Power from Siemens.
Total integration in planning and configuration creates synergies
and saves costs. Perfectly matched products and systems pro-
vide efficient engineering and reliable operation. In the field of low-
voltage power distribution, the following product ranges are
available:
SIVACON: From flexible busbar trunking systems through to safe
power distribution boards and motor control centers.
SENTRON: From well-proven switch disconnectors through to
intelligent circuit breakers.
Software for power distribution: Everything for dimensioning,
configuring, visualizing and controlling your power distribution.
SIVACON 8PS busbar trunking systems
SENTRON switching devices
Software for power distribution
1/10
Siemens LV 1 2007
SIRIUS Industrial Controls.
From tried and tested and reliable contactors, over
easy-to-use relays, through to our innovative solid-
state switching devices for the harshest of environ-
ments - SIRIUS ensures safe and reliable
switching.
ON or OFF you decide 24/7.
Switching with SIRIUS.
See Chapters 3 and 4
SIRIUS protection equipment stands for high sys-
tem availability and effective motor and installation
protection. SIRIUS overload relays ensure
consistent motor protection, suitable for all
requirements and all budgets. SIRIUS motor
starter protectors offer reliable protection against
short-circuits and overload. Protect all running
equipment.
Everything's in safe hands.
Protection with SIRIUS.
See Chapter 5
Finally a truly comprehensive and perfectly
matched range of switching and protection
devices from the SIRIUS modular system: from
fully mounted direct-on-line starters and reversing
starters through to soft starters. And for distributed
solutions with AS-Interface or PROFIBUS, please
refer to the communication-capable SIRIUS motor
starters.
Everythings up and running.
Starting with SIRIUS.
See Chapter 6
Whether you're using our comprehensive
SIRIUS monitoring relays, our intelligent and com-
munication-capable motor management system
SIMOCODE pro, or our wide range of safety relays
- our easy-to-use devices enable extremely reli-
able monitoring and control of your motors and
installations.
Everything's in sight.
Monitoring and control with SIRIUS.
See Chapter 7
1/11
Siemens LV 1 2007
Keeping things simple: with SIRIUS.
Whatever your needs, whether position switch-
es for standard or safety applications, position
switches with short-stroke switch blocks, posi-
tion switches with separate actuators or tum-
blers, hinge or magnetically operated switches
our mechanical sensors ensure precise and
reliable detection of all motion in practically any
application.
Always on the ball.
Motion detection with SIRIUS.
See Chapter 8
In order to have constant control of the dialog
between man and machine, we offer a compre-
hensive range of commanding and signaling
devices that are easy to install and provide
extremely flexible application: from pushbuttons
and indicator lights, over signal columns,
through to integrated signal lamps.
Always in the know.
Commanding and signaling with
SIRIUS.
See Chapter 9
With a modest footprint and extremely reliable,
SIRIUS transformers and power supplies
always ensure you have the correct voltage -
even in the case of special demands.
Always on top of your system's needs.
Supplying power with SIRIUS.
See Chapters 10 and 11
Ultra-fast start-up times, flexible reconfiguration
during operation, vivid visualization and clear
menu structures - effective software for SIRIUS
soft starters, for High-Feature motor starters
from the ET 200S und ECOFAST ranges and for
the SIMOCODE pro modular motor manage-
ment system, means that parameterization,
startup, diagnostics and preventative mainte-
nance is now easier than ever before.
Hassle-free solutions.
Engineering with SIRIUS.
See Chapter 12
1/12
Siemens LV 1 2007
Systematically simple. SIRIUS and more.
The fact that we are continually expanding and
improving our SIRIUS modular system means
that it is able to provide individual and cost-
effective solutions for those everyday problems
faced in the field. Key features of all single
components are their small footprint and high
flexibility. Configuring, installing, wiring and
servicing are extremely easy and time-
saving to perform. Regardless of whether you
want to design load feeders with motor starter
protectors or overload relays, contactors or soft
starters, the SIRIUS modular system range has
the right product for every application.
Ultimate modularity for your control cabinet:
the SIRIUS modular system
Modular standard components, which are opti-
mally coordinated, can be combined with ease
and use the same accessories and maximize
synergies. All this is provided by our tried and
tested SIRIUS modular system for the simple
design and setup of load feeders. Our system
provides everything you need for switching,
protection and starting of motors and installa-
tions. Only seven sizes are needed, for a perfor-
mance range up to 250 kW/400 V.
The SIRIUS modular system
has everything you need for
switching, protection and start-
ing of motors
1/13
Siemens LV 1 2007
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
As part of our uniform safety systems - Safety
Integrated, SIRIUS Safety Integrated covers safety-
oriented controls and distribution in the field of
industrial automation. For performing safety tasks at
cell level - be they failsafe detecting, commanding
and signaling, monitoring and evaluating or the
startup and reliable shutdown of installations.
Combined with standard fieldbus systems, such as
AS-Interface and PROFIBUS, SIRIUS Safety
Integrated can even solve networked safety tasks of
considerable complexity.
ECOFAST
Modern field and power bus technologies open up a
whole new world of options and up to now unknown
saving potential. ECOFAST (Energy and Communi-
cation Field Installation System) is the distributed
system solution with a standardized connection
method for all components on the basis of distributed
installation, and is equipped throughout for
PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface.
AS-Interface
As a cost-effective and robust bus system at field level, AS-Inter-
face connects actuators and sensors from temperature sensor
to motor starter to the higher control level.
For our complete AS-Interface product range for standard or
safety applications we can provide you with a consistent and
easy connection to PROFIBUS or PROFINET. AS-Interface: easy,
safe, consistent!
SIRIUS Safety Integrated is safety-oriented control
and distribution - consistent and innovative
Communication-capable ECOFAST motor starters in IP65/76
System overview - AS-Interface
1/14
Siemens LV 1 2007
Low-Voltage Power Distribution.
Totally Integrated Power stands for superior individual products integrated in a
consistent complete system.
Whatever their function whether power distribution boards or motor control
centers SIVACON distribution boards ensure the reliable supply of low voltage
to electrical loads. Actual distribution is taken care of by the SIVACON busway
systems, which meet all standard demands with regard to performance, load
capacity and resistance. SENTRON switching devices specialize in fuseless
and fused power distribution. Compact and flexible, they can be used in a wide
range of different systems and cover all fields of application and performance
ranges - whether in small subdistribution boards or complex low-voltage
systems.
SIVACON 8PS busbar
trunking systems
SENTRON switching devices Software for power distribution
1/15
Siemens LV 1 2007
Everything's tiptop.
With low-voltage power distribution from Siemens.
With the Power Management System, oper-
ating costs can be optimized and plant
availability increased. The consistency of
products, a uniform operating philosophy
and a reduced amount of engineering work
are guaranteed fully in keeping with
Totally Integrated Automation and
Totally Integrated Power.
Quite simply - everything.
Management with
Power Management System.
See Chapter 13.
Offering a huge range of switch disconnectors and
using tried and tested technology, a versatile
range of accessories and the intelligent 3VL and
3WL circuit breakers, SENTRON covers the entire
current range from 16 A to 6300 A.
Quite simply - flexible.
Switching and protecting
with SENTRON.
See Chapters 15, 16 and 17.
With the software for power distribution, the
planning of power distribution systems is easi-
er and their operation far less costly. The spec-
trum of possibilities ranges from graphic plant
configuration to the optimization of operating
costs.
Quite simply - consistent.
Dimensioning, configuring, visualizing
and controlling your power distribution.
See Chapter 18.
From flexible SIVACON 8PS busway sys-
tems through to the SIVACON 8PV and 8PT
power distribution boards and motor control
centers SIVACON systems provide the
basis for optimum power distribution and
cover the entire spectrum from
25 A to 6300 A or 7400 A.
Quite simply - safe.
Distributing with SIVACON.
See Chapter 14.
LV1_01_03.fm Seite 15 Dienstag, 30. Januar 2007 6:44 06
1/16
Siemens LV 1 2007
The matching connection method for
any application: Screw terminals,
spring-loaded terminals, combination
plug-in terminals, standard plug-in ter-
minals and terminals with insulation
displacement connection.
Plus: hybrid terminals comprising com-
binations of the various connection
methods.
The ALPHA FIX terminal blocks in par-
ticular are characterized by a consis-
tent system whether linking,
inscription or accessories of all their
screwless terminals.
Always the right connection.
With ALPHA FIX terminal blocks.
See Chapter 14.
Siemens offers a large range of coordi-
nated devices for line protection, per-
sonnel and fire protection, lightning
and overvoltage protection, and
equipment and plant protection.
Our range of devices includes not only
protection equipment such as fuses,
miniature circuit breakers, residual cur-
rent operated circuit breakers and
surge suppressors, but also the con-
trols, measuring instruments and moni-
toring devices which are required for a
comprehensive protection concept.
BETA low-voltage circuit protection
and the entire circuit is safe.
See Chapter 19.
Siemens LV 1 2007
2/2 Introduction
AS-Interface
Introduction
2/9 Transmission technology
2/10 Communication overview
2/11 AS-Interface specification
ASIsafe
2/13 Introduction
2/14 AS-Interface safety monitors
2/15 AS-Interface safety modules
Ch. 8 3SF3 position switches
Ch. 9 3SF2 cable-operated switches
FS10
1)
Light curtains and arrays to Category 4
FS10
1)
LS4 laser scanners
Ch. 9 EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons
Masters
2/17 CP 142-2
2/18 CP 243-2
2/19 CP 343-2
2/20 CP 343-2 P
Routers
2/21 IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
2/24 DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
2/26 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
2/28 - Introduction
2/29 - Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K60
2/31 - Digital I/O modules, IP68 / IP69K -
K60R
2/34 - Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K45
2/36 - Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K20
2/39 - Digital I/O modules, IP67 -
user modules
2/40 - Analog I/O modules, IP67 - K60
I/O modules for operation in the control
cabinet, IP20
2/43 - Introduction
2/44 - SlimLine
2/46 - F90 modules
2/46 - Flat modules
Special integrated solutions
2/47 - AS-Interface communications
modules
Modules with special functions
2/49 - Counter modules
2/50 - Ground-fault detection modules
2/50 - Overvoltage protection modules
Ch. 6 Motor starters and soft starters
Ch. 9 3SF5 pushbuttons and indicator lights,
22 mm
Ch. 9 8WD4 signaling columns
2/52 AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
Power Supply Units
2/53 AS-Interface power supplies, IP20
Transmission Media
2/55 AS-Interface shaped cables
System Components and Accessories
IK PI
2)
Repeaters/Extenders
2/56 Extension Plug
2/57 Addressing units
2/58 AS-Interface analyzers
2/61 Miscellaneous accessories
ECOFAST System
2/63 System overview
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
2/66 System overview
PROFIBUS
System overview
2/70 Introduction
2/71 Process or field communication
2/74 Data communication
2/76 Topologies
SIRIUS Modular System
2/80 System overview
1)
See Catalog FS 10
"Sensor Technology"
2)
See Catalog IK PI
"Industrial Communication for
Automation and Drives"
Systems
Systems

Introduction
2/2
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Order No. Page
AS-Interface / ASIsafe
ASIsafe enables the integration of safety-oriented components in an AS-Interface
network, for example:
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons
Protective door switches
Safety light arrays
The simple wiring of AS-Interface, which is a major advantage, is maintained.
Safety monitors
AS-Interface safety monitors
Key element of ASIsafe
Monitors safe participants and links safety inputs
Ensures safe disconnection
Modular construction according to individual requirements
Available with one or two release circuits with 2-channel configuration
New version of "Expanded safety monitor" with expanded RAM and
integrated ON- and OFF-delay and pulse functions
Your advantage: Easy to configure safety functions up to Category 4
3RK1 2/14
K45F
K60F
S22.5F (SlimLine)
AS-Interface safety modules
Complete portfolio of ASIsafe modules
Degree of protection IP65/IP67 or IP20
Two inputs in Category 2 or one input in Category 4
Two standard outputs are available on the module in addition
Your advantage: Easy integration of safe signals, be it in the cabinet or in the field
3RK1 2/15
Position switches
Cable-operated switches
Position switches and cable-operated switches
Degree of protection IP65
Direct connection of position switches or cable-operated switches
for detection of safe signals
Available with separate actuator and tumbler
Molded-plastic or metal enclosures
Your advantage: No more conventional wiring of safety functions required
3SF2, 3SF3 Ch. 8 / Ch. 9
Light curtains and arrays
Light curtains/arrays and laser scanners
Degree of protection IP65
Direct and safe connection to AS-Interface
Up to Category 3 (laser scanners) or Category 4 (light arrays/curtains)
Your advantage: Direct connection of active and optical protection
for persons to ASIsafe
3SF7 See Catalog FS 10
"Sensor Technology"
Systems
Introduction
2/3
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Order No. Page
EMERGENCY-STOP front
plate
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
EMERGENCY-STOP directly on AS-Interface using integrated modules
Metal or plastic version
Your advantage: Easy direct connection of service-proven operator controls to ASIsafe
3SF5 Ch. 9
Masters
The AS-Interface master creates the connection to higher-level control systems. It
automatically organizes the data traffic on the AS-Interface cable and sees not only
to querying the signals but also to performing the parameter setting, monitoring and
diagnostics functions.
CP 343-2 P for
SIMATIC S7-300
CP 243-2 for
SIMATIC S7-200
Masters for SIMATIC
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves
Integrated analog value transfer
Configuring and uploading of AS-Interface configuration in STEP 7 with S7-300 Master
No configuration required
Easy operation in the input/output address range
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped cable
Your advantage: Easy connection to SIMATIC S7-300, to SIMATIC S7-200 or
to SIMATIC ET 200X
6GK7 2/17
AS-Interface / Routers
As an alternative to the CPs, which are plugged directly in the controller it is also
possible to use a gateway/link as AS-Interface master at any position beneath the
PROFIBUS DP or Industrial Ethernet.
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
Routers
Degree of protection IP20
PROFIBUS slave or PROFINET IO device and AS-Interface master (single or double
master in case of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and IE/AS-i LINK PN IO)
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves
Integrated ground-fault monitoring (in case of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO)
User-friendly local diagnostics and local start-up by means of a full graphic display
and control keys or through a web interface with a standard browser (in case of
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and IE/AS-i LINK PN IO)
No configuration of the CP for AS-Interface required
Integrated analog value transfer
Configuring and uploading of AS-Interface configuration in STEP 7 possible
User-friendly selection of AS-Interface slaves
Your advantage: Optimum transition to PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet, integrated in
STEP 7
6GK1 2/21
Systems

Introduction
2/4
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Order No. Page
AS-Interface / Slaves
Slaves contain the AS-Interface electronics and connection options for sensors and
actuators in the field and in the cabinet. A total of up to 62 slaves can be connected to
one bus. The slaves then exchange their data in cyclic mode with a control module
(master).
K20 digital module
K45 digital module
K60 digital module
Field modules / Digital I/O modules IP67 - K20, K45 and K60
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
Modules available with degree of protection up to IP68/69K
ATEX-certified modules available for EX Zone 22
Connection sockets in M8/M12
Up to eight inputs and four outputs
A/B technology available
Contacting protected against polarity reversal
Standard rail mounting and wall mounting possible
Mounting of the module on the base plate using just one screw
Diagnostics LEDs
Your advantage: Reduction of mounting and start-up times by up to 40 %
3RK1, 3RK2 2/29, 2/34, 2/36
K60 analog module
Field modules / analog I/O modules IP67 - K60
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
Detects or transmits analog signals locally
2/4-channel
Input modules for up to four sensors with current signal,
sensors with voltage signal or sensors with thermal resistor
Output modules for current or voltage
Your advantage: Easy integration of analog values
3RK1 2/40
SlimLine
F90 module
Flat module
Cabinet modules
Degree of protection IP20
No M12 connectors required for connection
Up to 16 inputs
Slim design of the SlimLine modules with width from 22.5 mm
Removable, finger-safe terminal blocks that cannot be mixed up (SlimLine)
Flat design of the flat modules for small control cabinets and confined conditions
Connection with screw-type or spring-loaded terminals
Standard rail mounting and wall mounting possible
Diagnostics LEDs
Your advantage: Modules enable use in cabinets and small local control cabinets
3RG9, 3RK1 2/43
Systems
Introduction
2/5
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Order No. Page
Counter modules
Modules with special functions / Counter modules
Degree of protection IP20
For evaluation of pulses
Connection with screw-type or spring-loaded terminals
Your advantage: Evaluation of pulses which exceed even the
clock frequency of AS-Interface
3RK1 2/49
Ground-fault detection
modules
Modules with special functions / Ground-fault detection modules
Degree of protection IP20
Display using LEDs
Two signal outputs
Your advantage: Automatic diagnostics of ground faults on AS-Interface
3RK1 2/50
Overvoltage protection
modules
Modules with special functions / Overvoltage protection modules
Degree of protection IP67
Discharge through ground cable with oil-proof outer sheath
Protection at transition of lightning protection zones
Your advantage: The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module protects downstream
AS-Interface devices or individual sections in AS-Interface networks from conducted
overvoltages
3RK1 2/50
Compact starters
Motor starters / Compact starters (400 V AC)
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
Up to 5.5 kW at 400/500 V AC
Electromechanical or solid-state design
Optional with brake contact
Your advantage: No local control cabinets required thanks to completely factory-wired
load feeder with IP65 protection
3RK1 Ch. 6
Motor starters
Motor starters / Motor starters (24 V DC)
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
Direct-on-line starters, double starters or reversing starters
Up to 70 W
Quick stop function
Your advantage: Simple motor starter in service-proven module construction
for 24 V DC motors
3RK1 Ch. 6
ECOFAST motor starters
Motor starters / ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
Standardized interfaces according to ECOFAST Specification (DESINA-conform)
Mechanical or solid-state soft switching function
Your advantage: Less space required in the cabinet, the starters can be installed near
the motor or be plugged on the motor
3RK1 Ch. 6
Complete load feeder
Motor starters / Load feeders
Degree of protection IP20
Available completely factory-wired or as individual components
Performance range up to max. 7.5 kW
Power bus in combination with busbar system (> 200 A)
Your advantage: Completely assembled load feeders simplify applications with
AS-Interface
3RK1 Ch. 6
Systems

Introduction
2/6
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Order No. Page
Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons and indicator lights
Modular construction according to individual requirements
Metal and plastic version
A/B technology
With LEDs or incandescent lamps
Your advantage: Complete 3SB3 operating system with simple AS-Interface connection
for your plant
3SB3 Ch. 9
Signaling columns
Signaling columns
Many optical and acoustic elements can be combined
A/B slaves according to AS-Interface Specification 2.1
Up to three signaling elements can be connected using an adapter element
With LEDs or incandescent lamps
Your advantage: Signaling columns for monitoring production sequences and for visual
or acoustic warnings in emergency situations, with easy AS-Interface connection
8WD4 Ch. 9
Connections for LOGO!
AS-Interface connection for LOGO!
AS-Interface slave for the connection of LOGO!
Distributed controller functionality
Four inputs / four outputs (virtual)
Your advantage: Intelligence can be used locally
3RK1 2/52
AS-Interface / Power supply units
AS-Interface power supply units generate a controlled direct voltage of 30 V DC with
high stability and low residual ripple, working according to the principle of a primary
switchgear. They are an integral component of the AS-Interface network and enable the
simultaneous transmission of data and energy on one cable.
IP20, 3 A
IP20, 8 A
Power supply units
Power supply units with degree of protection IP20:
With wide performance spectrum from 2.4 to 8 A
Less space required thanks to compact dimensions
Easy and quick installation
Certified for global use
Integrated ground-fault and overload detection save the need for additional
components and make applications reliable
Diagnostics memory, remote indication and remote reset allow fast detection of
faults in the system
Removable terminal blocks reduce downtimes
The ultra-wide input range enables single- and two-phase applications
(8 A version)
Your advantage: Optimum performance for each application.
3RX9 2/53
AS-Interface / Transmission media
AS-Interface shaped cable for connection of network stations.
Shaped cables
AS-Interface shaped cables
No polarity reversal thanks to trapezoidal shape
Cables made of optimized material for different operating conditions
Special version according to UL Class 2 available
Your advantage: Fast replacement and connection to AS-Interface by piercing method
3RX9 2/55
Systems
Introduction
2/7
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Order No. Page
AS-Interface / System components and accessories
Accessories comprise tools for mounting, installation and operation as well as
individual components.
Repeaters
(6GK1 210-0SA00)
Extension plug
Repeater/extender and extension plug
Extension of an AS-i segment to max. 200 m with an extension plug
(without an additional power supply unit)
Expansion of one bus segment with an AS-i repeater
Maximum size increases (when combined) to max. 600 m
Your advantage: Lower infrastructure costs, more possibilities of use and greater
freedom for plant planning
3RK1, 6GK1 Repeater/extender:
See Catalog IK PI
"Industrial
Communication for
Automation and
Drives"
Extension plug: 2/56
Addressing units
Addressing units
Addressing all stations of the AS-Interface network (standard and A/B slaves)
Reading out the I/O and ID codes of the slaves
Parameterization of the slaves (ID1 or analog parameters)
Measurement of AS-Interface voltage
Enables direct setting of outputs and reading in of a slave's inputs
Storage of complete system configurations
Your advantage: Easiest way to address and parameterize the slaves
3RK1 2/57
Analyzers
AS-Interface analyzers
Diagnostics units for completely checking the quality and function of an
AS-Interface installation
Transmission of collected data through an RS 232 interface to a PC,
evaluation by software
Easy and user-friendly operation
Automatically generated test logs
Advanced trigger functions enable exact analysis
Process data can be monitored online
In addition to digital I/O data it is also possible to view analog values and safety slaves
in data mode
Your advantage: Preventative testing of an AS-Interface network is possible,
recorded logs facilitate remote diagnostics
3RK1 2/58
M12 sealing cap
Cable terminating piece
Miscellaneous accessories
Individual components such as sealing caps, cable adapters, distributors etc.
3RG7, 3RG9, 3RK1,
3RX9, 6ES7
2/61
Systems

Introduction
2/8
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Order No. Page
ECOFAST System
Modular construction
Flexible expansion
Graded range of motor starters and frequency converters
Diagnostics capability
Communication using standardized field bus systems
Standardized connection method
Energy supply and distribution to the field device
2/63
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
Safe sensing
Safe instructing and reporting
Safe monitoring and evaluating
Starting and safe shutting down
2/66
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS is an efficient, open and robust bus system which guarantees smooth
communication
The system is fully standardized, thus enabling standardized components from
different manufacturers to be connected without problem
Configuring, commissioning and troubleshooting can be performed from any position;
this means that the freely selectable communication relationships are very flexible,
easy to implement and simple to change
Fast local assembly and commissioning using the FastConnect cabling system
Constant monitoring of the network components by means of a simple and effective
signaling concept
High protection for your investment because existing systems can be expanded
without repercussions
High availability thanks to ring redundance with OLM
Optimum connection of the actuator-sensor level by router to AS-Interface
(DP/AS-Interface Link 20E)
2/70
SIRIUS Modular System
Load feeders up to 250 kW / 400 V are easy to implement from standard devices
Modular design: Everything fits together and can be combined
Economical and flexible thanks to seven compact sizes
Optimum variance with uniform accessories
Space-saving design with small device width and butt-mounting type of construction
up to 60 C
Fast commissioning, short setting-up times and simple wiring
Connection to AS-Interface and PROFIBUS DP possible
Extremely long life, low maintenance and reliable
Global approvals and certifications such as IEC, UL, CSA, CCC, shipbuilding
Permanently secure mounting, screw- or snap-connection
Spring-loaded terminals: Quick and secure connection,
vibration-proof and maintenance-free
Short delivery periods thanks to world-wide logistics network
Environment-friendly production and materials, recycling capability, low power loss
Clear-cut, ergonomic design (winner of the iF Product Design Award)
2/80
0 9 9 1 9 9 9 1
o i M 5
4 9 9 1 3 0 0 2 Zeit
Quelle: PROFIBUS International
o i M 0 1
AS-Interface
Introduction
Transmission technology
2/9
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
AS-Interface is an open, international standard according to
EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 for process and field communica-
tion. Leading manufacturers of actuators and sensors all over
the world support the AS-Interface. Interested companies are
provided with the electrical and mechanical specifications by
the AS-Interface Association.
AS-Interface is a single master system. For automation systems
from Siemens there are communications processors (CPs) and
routers (links) which control the process or field communication
as masters, and actuators and sensors which are activated as
AS-Interface slaves.

Benefits
A key feature of AS-Interface technology is the use of a shared
two-wire cable for data transmission and the distribution of aux-
iliary power to the sensors/actuators. An AS-Interface power
supply unit that meets the requirements of the AS-Interface
transmission method is used for the distribution of auxiliary
power. The AS-Interface cable used for the wiring is mechani-
cally coded and hence protected against polarity reversal and
can be easily contacted by the insulation piercing method.
Elaborately wired control cables in the control cabinet and mar-
shalling racks can be replaced by AS-Interface.
The AS-Interface cable can be connected to any points thanks
to a specially developed cable and connection by the insulation
piercing method.
With this concept you become extremely flexible and achieve
high savings.
Application
Operating modes
Generally, master interfaces have the following operating
modes:
I/O data exchange
In this operating mode the inputs and outputs of the binary
AS-Interface slaves are read and written.
Analog value transfer
AS-Interface masters according to the AS-Interface Specifica-
tion V2.1 or V3.0 support integrated analog value processing.
This means that data exchange with analog AS-Interface slaves
(according to Analog Profile 7.3 or 7.4) is just as easy as with
digital slaves.
Command interface
In addition to I/O data exchange with binary and analog
AS-Interface slaves the AS-Interface masters provide a number
of other functions through the command interface.
Hence it is possible, for example, for slave addresses to be
issued, parameter values transferred or diagnostics informa-
tion read out from user programs.
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PA
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PA
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
_
X
X
_
2
0
0
0
2
AS-Interface
Introduction
Communication overview
2/10
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
System components
Numerous system components are offered for implementing the
communication. The key elements of a system installation are:
Master interface modules for central control units such as
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7, ET 200 M/X distributed
peripherals
AS-Interface shaped cables
Network components such as repeaters/extenders
Power supplies for slaves, modules for connection of standard
sensors/actuators
Actuators and sensors with integrated slave ASIC
Safety modules for transmitting safe data through
AS-Interface
Address programming units for setting the slave address
AS-Interface masters and AS-Interface links (see Routers)
More information
For the SIMATIC NET products referred to above (order numbers
6GK..., 6XV1...) please also note the conditions of application,
which can be consulted on the Internet site quoted below.
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Integral interface
SIMATIC C7-621 ASi
CP 142-2
SIMATIC S7-300
CP 343-2
CP 343-2 P
SIMATIC S7-200
CP 243-2
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
SIMATIC C7
SIMATIC ET 200X
AS-Interface-Master
AS-Interface Links
CP 343-2 P
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
G_IK10_XX_20009
SIMOTION C / SINUMERIK
AS-Interface
Introduction
AS-Interface specification
2/11
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Technology development of the AS-Interface
System limitations of AS-Interface specification
Expansions of AS-Interface Specification 2.1
AS-Interface Specification 2.1 enables the number of network
stations to be doubled from 31 to 62. Using the so-called ex-
panded addressing system, the 31 addresses available in an
AS-Interface network can be split into two.
If this option is used for each of the 31 slaves, the maximum
number of stations in an AS-Interface network is then 62. The
so-called A/B slaves can have a maximum of four inputs and
three outputs. Expanded addressing is only possible for digi-
tal slaves, not for analog slaves and safety-oriented slaves
(ASIsafe).
Another function of the AS-Interface Specification V2.1 is the
integrated analog value transfer function. In this case
"integrated" means that no special function blocks are re-
quired for accessing the analog values. It is just as easy to ac-
cess the analog values as the digital values. The integrated
analog value transfer function can be used with analog slaves
which support the profiles 7.3 and 7.4.
Expansions of AS-Interface specification 3.0
The AS-Interface Specification 3.0 enables the connection of
up to 1000 digital inputs and outputs (profile S-7.A.A: 8DI/8DO
as A/B slave).
New profiles have also enabled the option of expanded ad-
dressing for analog slaves.
Acceleration of analog value transfer through "Fast Analog
Profile".
Variable use of analog modules: optional parameterization of
the resolution (12/14 bit) and one or two channels.
Asynchronous serial protocol 100 baud or 50 baud, bidirec-
tional.
ASi Spec. V2.0
ASi Spec. V2.1
1994 1998
2001 2005/2006
ASIsafe
ASi Spec. V3.0
5 ms bus cycle time
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
5
3
a
31 Slaves

62 Slaves (10 ms)

S
p
e
e
d
/
F
l
e
x
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
Analog profiles
Diagnostics peripherals
4DI/4DO in A/B technology
8DI/8DO in A/B technology
Additional analog profiles
Transmission of serial data
Safety monitor
Safe input slaves
AS-Interface Specification Maximum number of slaves Number of digital inputs Number of digital outputs
Digital Analog ASIsafe
Version 2.0 31 31 31 31 4 = 124 31 4 = 124
Version 2.1 62 31 31 62 4 = 248 62 3 = 186
Version 3.0 62 62 31 62 8 = 496 62 8 = 496
AS-Interface
Introduction
AS-Interface specification
2/12
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
AS-Interface master
To be able to operate A/B slaves on an AS-Interface network you
must also use master modules that meet the minimum require-
ments of Specification 2.1.
A/B technology is supported by the masters of the SIMATIC S7
and the DP/AS-Interface links from Siemens. Only standard
slaves and A slaves (= A/B slave with an A address) can be
operated on masters which do not support Specification 2.1.
The subaddress of A/B slaves is set to "A" in the as-delivered
state.
The new masters that comply with Specification 3.0 support all
new slave profiles, but are also fully backwards compatible.
The AS-Interface specification relevant for the respective slave
can be found in the section Selection and ordering data.
The exact slave profile is shown in the section Technical Speci-
fications.
Communication cycle
Standard slaves are queried in each cycle (max. cycle time:
5 ms). If only one A or B slave is installed at an address, this
slave will be queried in each cycle (max. cycle time: 5 ms). If an
A/B slave pair is installed at an address, the A slave will be que-
ried in one cycle and the B slave in the next cycle (max. cycle
time: 10 ms). If only standard and/or A slaves are installed in a
network, the cycle time is identical to the standard masters
(max. cycle time: 5 ms).
Whether an AS-Interface slave is a standard slave or an A/B
slave is noted in the section Selection and Ordering Data in the
column Slave Type and can be deduced from the section
Technical Specifications of the slave in question in the Technical
Information LV 1 T.
All slave types can be combined within a single AS-Interface
network.
Benefits
Reduction of master and power supply costs thanks to a
higher number of slaves and I/Os per AS-Interface line.
Improved decentralization in plants with numerous, widely
spread signals.
Further expansion of existing AS-Interface systems is possi-
ble.
AS-Interface Specification Available masters
Version 2.1 S7-200 (CP 243-2), S7-300 (CP 343-2, 343-2 P), DP/ASi Link 20E
Version 3.0 DP/AS-i Link Advanced
AS-Interface Specification Maximum cycle time Slave profile
Version 2.0 5 ms S-X.0, S-X.1, S-X.F
Version 2.1 5 ms with 31 slaves
10 ms with 62 slaves
S-X.A, S-7.3, S-7.4, S-7.F
Version 3.0 as for Version 2.1, and profile-specific 10 ms for
inputs/outputs (e.g. 20 ms for 4DI/4DO and 40 ms
for 8DI/8DO)
S-7.5.5; S-7.A.5, S-B.A.5; S-7.A.7, S-7.A.8; S-7.A.9,
S-7.A.A, S-6.0
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Introduction
2/13
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Master information (through regular I/O transfer)
Safety is included
The ASIsafe concept supports the direct integration of safety-
related components, such as emergency stop switches, protec-
tive door switches or safety light arrays, in the AS-Interface net-
work. These are fully compatible with the familiar AS-Interface
components (masters, slaves, power supplies, repeaters, etc.)
according to IEC 62062/EN 50295 and are operated in conjunc-
tion with them on the yellow AS-Interface cable.
The signals of the safety sensors are evaluated by a safety mon-
itor which not only monitors the switching signals of the safety
sensors but also continuously checks that the data transmission
works correctly. The safety monitor has one or two enabling cir-
cuits which are configured with two channels and are used to
switch the machine or plant to the safe state. Sensors and mon-
itors can be connected to any points of the AS-Interface network.
Also, several monitors can be used on one network.
A failsafe controller or a special master is not required. The mas-
ter regards safety slaves like all other slaves and receives the
safety data solely for information purposes. Hence it is also pos-
sible to expand all existing AS-Interface networks.
ASIsafe ensures a maximum response time of 40 ms. This is the
time between the signal being applied to the input of the safe
slave and the output on the safety monitor being switched off.
Tested safety
The system was tested and approved by TV (Germany), NRTL
(USA) and INRS (France). The transmission method for safety-
oriented signals is designed so that applications up to
Category 4 according to EN 954-1 and SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508 can be realized.
Software
The safety-oriented applications can be compiled and trans-
ferred into the monitor using the configuration software. The soft-
ware also enables online diagnostics.
Benefits
No failsafe PLC or special master is required
Simple system structure thanks to standardized AS-Interface
technique
Safety-related and standard data on the same bus
Existing systems can be expanded quickly and easily
Optimum integration in TIA (Safety Diagnostics) and Safety
Integrated
Safe signals can be combined in groups
Inclusion of the safety signals in the plant diagnostics, also on
existing HMI panels
Approved up to Category 4 according to EN 954-1 or SIL 3
according to IEC 61508
ASIsafe is certified by TV (Germany), NRTL (USA) and INRS
(France)
Application
Integrated safety technology in the AS-Interface system is used
wherever EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons, protective door in-
terlocks, stop Category 0 and 1, two-hand operator controls and
light arrays are now installed.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
0
0
5
c
Standard PLC
Standard-Master
Standard-
Slave
Safety monitor
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY
STOP
Power
supply unit
Signal evaluation of slave/safety monitor
A
S
-
i

P
O
W
E
R
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors
2/14
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The safety monitor is the centerpiece of ASIsafe. A safe applica-
tion is configured using a PC and the safety monitor. Various ap-
plication-specific operating modes can be selected for this.
They include, for example, an EMERGENCY-STOP function,
tumbler and selection of stop Category 0 or Category 1.
To be able to make full use of the AS-Interface diagnostics op-
tions, the monitor can also be operated with an AS-Interface ad-
dress if required. With the help of the diagnostics block for
STEP7, which is included on the ASIsafe CD, the full diagnostics
spectrum can be processed further in the higher-level PLC.
The monitor comes in two expansion levels:
Basic safety monitor with starter set of modules and basic
functionality
Expanded safety monitor with expanded features and func-
tionality
Both expansion levels are available with one or two enabling cir-
cuits with two-channel configuration.
The safety monitor is used in an AS-Interface bus system to mon-
itor protective devices, e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP switches. It is
classified in Safety Category 4 according to EN 954-1.
According to IEC 61508 the safety monitor can be used in loops
up to SIL3. The user must calculate the PFD value of the total
loop.
Note: Depending on the choice of safety components used, the
complete safety system may also be classified in a lower safety
category.
Selection and ordering data
ON period
in months
Total operating
time in years
PFD
3 10 4 10
-5

6 10 6 10
-5

9 10 9 10
-5

Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0
Basic safety monitors
One enabling circuit } 3RK1 105-1AE04-0CA0 1 1 unit 121 0.336
Two enabling circuits } 3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0 1 1 unit 121 0.408
Expanded safety monitors
One enabling circuit A 3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0 1 1 unit 121 0.336
Two enabling circuits A 3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0 1 1 unit 121 0.408
ASIsafe CD } 3RK1 802-2FB06-0GA0 1 1 unit 121 0.212
Configurations software asimon V2
Diagnostics package for STEP7 (FB102)
3RK1 901-5AA00
Cable sets } 3RK1 901-5AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.054
PC configuration cable
Transfer cable
Sealable covers } 3RP1 902 1 5 units 101 0.004
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety modules
2/15
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Safety modules for AS-Interface (ASIsafe modules) are available
for field use in degree of protection IP67 (K20F, K45F and K60F
compact modules) and for the control cabinet (S22.5F SlimLine
modules) in degree of protection IP20:
K45F compact safety modules for operation in the field
The K45F compact safety module is equipped with two "safe" in-
puts. For applications up to Category 2 according to EN 954-1
the two inputs can be assigned separately. If category 4 is re-
quired, a two-channel input is available on the module.
K60F compact safety modules for operation in the field
The K60F compact safety module similarly has two standard out-
puts in addition to two safety inputs (see K45F for categories);
power is supplied from either the yellow AS-Interface cable or as
auxiliary voltage from the black 24 V DC cable.
K20F compact safety modules for operation in the field
Being only 20 mm wide, the K20F module is particularly well
suited for applications where modules need to be arranged in
the most confined space. The K20F modules are connected to
the AS-Interface with a round cable with M12 cable box instead
of with the AS-Interface flat cable. This enables extremely com-
pact installation. The flexibility of the round cable means that it
can also be used on moving machine parts without any prob-
lems. The K20 modules are also ideal for such applications as
their non-encapsulated design makes them particularly light in
weight.
S22.5F SlimLine safety modules for operation in control
cabinets and local control cabinets
The S22.5F SlimLine safety module has two safety inputs. The
safe connection of signals to ASIsafe networks in the cabinet is
also possible therefore. For operation up to Category 2, both in-
puts can be separately assigned; if Category 4 is required, a
two-channel input is available on the module.
New in the range are two S22.5F module versions which have
two standard outputs in addition to the two safety inputs; power
is supplied either from only the yellow AS-Interface cable or as
auxiliary voltage from the black 24 V DC cable.
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety modules
2/16
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
1)
Modules are supplied without mounting plate.
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3
K20F compact safety modules
I/O type U
aux
24 V
2 F-DI -- A 3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.075
3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3
K45F compact safety modules
1)

I/O type U
aux
24 V
2 F-DI -- } 3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.103
3RK1 901-2EA00
K45 mounting plates
For wall mounting } 3RK1 901-2EA00 1 1 unit 121 0.027
For standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-2DA00 1 1 unit 121 0.036
3RK1 405-1BQ00-0AA3
K60F compact safety modules
1)

I/O type U
aux
24 V
2 F-DI / 2 DO -- } 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.207
2 F-DI / 2 DO } 3RK1 405-1BQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.208
3RK1 205-0BE00-0AA2
S22.5F SlimLine Safety modules
Connection I/O type U
aux
24 V
Screw 2 F-DI -- A 3RK1 205-0BE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.132
Screw 2 F-DI / 2 DO -- } 3RK1 405-0BE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.180
Screw 2 F-DI / 2 DO } 3RK1 405-1BE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.180
Spring-loaded 2 F-DI -- B 3RK1 205-0BG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.102
Spring-loaded 2 F-DI / 2 DO -- B 3RK1 405-0BG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.170
Spring-loaded 2 F-DI / 2 DO B 3RK1 405-1BG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.170
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates
For wall mounting } 3RK1 901-0CA00 1 1 unit 121 0.065
For standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-0CB01 1 1 unit 121 0.095
3RK1 901-1AA00
Input bridges for K45/K60F
Black version A 3RK1 901-1AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.012
Red version D 3RK1 901-1AA01 1 1 unit 121 0.013
3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface sealing caps M12, tamper-proof
for free M12 sockets
A 3RK1 901-1KA01 100 10 units 121 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Masters
CP 142-2
2/17
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview

Master connection for the ET 200X distributed peripherals
system to AS-Interface using 12-pole connector
Easy operation in the input/output address range of the
SIMATIC ET 200X
No configuration of the CP for AS-Interface required
Actuating up to 31 AS-Interface slaves according to
AS-Interface Specification V2.0
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped
cable
Distinct increase in the number of inputs/outputs of the
ET 200X
Benefits
Enables PLC functionality in degree of protection IP65 when
used in conjunction with BM 147 of ET 200X
Can also be used without an additional enclosure in harsh in-
dustrial conditions thanks to the high degree of protection
IP67
More flexibility and versatility in the use of ET 200X as the re-
sult of the distinct increase in the number of inputs/outputs
available
Shorter start-up times through simple configuration at the
press of a button
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
fault thanks to the LED indicators:
- Status of the AS-Interface network
- Slaves connected and their readiness for operation
- Monitoring of the AS-Interface mains voltage
Application
The CP 142-2 enables connection of the ET 200X distributed
peripherals system to AS-Interface.
The module enables the actuation of up to 31 AS-Interface
slaves and, when using bidirectional slaves, up to 248 binary
elements.
Up to six CP 142-2 communications processors can be oper-
ated on the ET 200X.
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
CP 142-2 communications processors A 6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0 1 1 unit 541 0.322
for connection of SIMATIC ET 200X to
AS-Interface; without front connectors
Manuals for CP 142-2
German X 6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.500
Electronic manuals B 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.017
Communications systems, protocols, products
On CD-ROM
German/English
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Masters
CP 243-2
2/18
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview

The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master for the innovative
SIMATIC S7-200 generation. This communications processor
(6GK1 243-2AX01-0AX0) supports the extended AS-Interface
Specification V2.1 and performs the following functions:
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated
analog value transmission (according to the extended
AS-Interface Specification V2.1)
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to the
extended AS-Interface Specification V2.1
Status displays of operating states and indication of the func-
tional readiness of connected slaves by means of LEDs in the
front panel
Fault indications (e.g. AS-Interface voltage fault, configuration
fault) by means of LEDs in the front panel
Compact enclosure in the design of the innovative SIMATIC
S7-200 generation
Benefits
More flexibility and versatility in the use of SIMATIC S7-200 as
the result of the distinct increase in the number of digital and
analog inputs/outputs available
Shorter start-up times through simple configuration at the
press of a button
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
fault thanks to the LED indicators
Status of the CP
- Indication of all the slaves connected and their readiness for
operation
- Monitoring of the AS-Interface mains voltage
Application
The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master connection solely for
the 22x CPUs of the innovative SIMATIC S7-200 generation.
Through connection to AS-Interface the number of inputs and
outputs available for S7-200 is greatly increased (max. 248 DI /
186 DO on the AS-Interface per CP).
Furthermore, analog values (per CP a maximum of 31 analog
slaves with up to 4 channels each) also become available on the
AS-Interface for the S7-200 thanks to the integrated analog
value processing.
On the S7-200, up to two CP 243-2 communication processors
can be operated simultaneously.
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
CP 243-2 communications processors A 6GK7 243-2AX01-0XA0 1 1 unit 541 0.204
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200 (2
nd
genera-
tion) to AS-Interface using a bus connector
Manuals for CP 243-2
including AS-Interface Basics and a floppy disk
with sample programs
Paper version
German D 6GK7 243-2AX00-8AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.909
English D 6GK7 243-2AX00-8BA0 1 1 unit 540 0.891
French D 6GK7 243-2AX00-8CA0 1 1 unit 540 0.916
Spanish D 6GK7 243-2AX00-8DA0 1 1 unit 540 0.898
Italian D 6GK7 243-2AX00-8EA0 1 1 unit 540 0.895
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Masters
CP 343-2
2/19
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview

The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master for the SIMATIC S7-300
programmable controller and the ET 200M distributed I/O sta-
tion. The communications processor performs the following
functions:
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated
analog value transmission (according to the extended
AS-Interface Specification V2.1)
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to the
extended AS-Interface Specification V2.1
Status displays of operating states and indication of the func-
tional readiness of connected slaves by means of LEDs in the
front panel
Fault indications (e.g. AS-Interface voltage fault, configuration
fault) by means of LEDs in the front panel
Compact enclosure in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300
Benefits
Shorter start-up times through simple configuration at the
press of a button
Construction of flexible distributed structures by use in the DP
slave ET 200M
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
fault thanks to the LED indicators:
- Status of the AS-Interface network
- Slaves connected and their readiness for operation
- Monitoring of the AS-Interface mains voltage
Lower costs for stock keeping and spare parts because the
CP can be used for the SIMATIC S7-300 as well as for the
ET 200M
Well suited also for complex applications thanks to connection
options for 62 slaves and integral analog value processing
Application
The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master connection for the
SIMATIC S7-300 and the ET 200M. Through connection to
AS-Interface it is possible to access max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP.
With the integrated analog value processing it is also possible to
evaluate very simple analog signals (per CP on max. 31 analog
slaves with four channels each).
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
CP 343-2 communications processors A 6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0 1 1 unit 541 0.265
for connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M
to AS-Interface, without front connectors
Front connectors } 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 1 1 unit 230 0.069
20-pole, with screw-type contacts
Manuals CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P
including software (FC) and examples
Paper version
German X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.839
English X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0 1 1 unit 540 0.832
French X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0 1 1 unit 540 0.813
Spanish X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0 1 1 unit 540 0.827
Italian X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0 1 1 unit 540 0.830
Electronic manuals B 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.017
Communications systems, protocols, products
On CD-ROM
German/English
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Masters
CP 343-2 P
2/20
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview

The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master for the SIMATIC
S7-300 programmable controller and the ET 200M distributed
I/O station. The communications processor performs the follow-
ing functions:
Supports the configuration of the AS-Interface network
with STEP 7 V5.2 and higher
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated an-
alog value transmission (according to the extended AS-Inter-
face Specification V2.1)
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to the
extended AS-Interface Specification V2.1
Fault indications (e.g. AS-Interface voltage fault, configuration
fault) by means of LEDs in the front panel
Compact enclosure in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300
Benefits
Improved plant documentation and support for service as-
signments thanks to documentation of the AS-Interface con-
figuration in the STEP 7 project
Provides diagnostics of the AS-Interface networks
Shorter start-up times through simple configuration at the
press of a button
Construction of flexible distributed structures by use in the
DP slave ET 200M
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
fault thanks to the LED indicators:
- Status of the AS-Interface network
- Slaves connected and their readiness for operation
- Monitoring of the AS-Interface mains voltage
Lower costs for stock keeping and spare parts because the
CP can be used for the SIMATIC S7-300 as well as for the
ET 200M
Well suited also for complex applications thanks to connection
options for 62 slaves and integral analog value processing
Application
The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master connection for the
SIMATIC S7-300 and the ET 200M. Through connection to
AS-Interface it is possible to access max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP.
With the integrated analog value processing it is also possible to
evaluate very simple analog signals (per CP on max. 31 analog
slaves with four channels each).
CP 342-2 functionality was adopted unchanged for the CP 343-
2 P. An old S7 user program can thus be used without restrictions
with the new CP. In addition it is possible to download or upload
the AS-Interface configuration with STEP 7 hardware configura-
tion.
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
CP 343-2 P communications processors A 6GK7 343-2AH10-0XA0 1 1 unit 541 0.262
for connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M
to AS-Interface, without front connectors
Front connectors } 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0 1 1 unit 230 0.069
20-pole, with screw-type contacts
Manuals CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P
including software (FC) and examples
Paper version
German X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.839
English X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0 1 1 unit 540 0.832
French X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0 1 1 unit 540 0.813
Spanish X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0 1 1 unit 540 0.827
Italian X 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0 1 1 unit 540 0.830
Electronic manuals B 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.017
Communications systems, protocols, products
On CD-ROM
German/English
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Routers
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
2/21
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview

Compact router between Industrial Ethernet
(PROFINET IO-Device) and AS-Interface
Single and double AS-Interface master (according to
AS-Interface Specification V3.0) for connection of 62
AS-Interface slaves
Performant, integrated analog value transfer
Integrated ground-fault monitoring for the AS-Interface cable
User-friendly local diagnostics and start-up by means of a full
graphic display and control keys or through a web interface
with a standard browser
Optimum TIA integration through STEP 7, integration in non-
Siemens engineering tools using PROFINET type file (GSD)
Vertical integration (standard web interface) through Industrial
Ethernet
Supply from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alternatively
with 24 V DC (optional)
Module exchange without a PG using C-PLUG (optional)
Benefits
Short start-up times through simple configuration at the press
of a button and testing of the AS-Interface line using the dis-
play or web interface
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
slave failure thanks to user-friendly diagnostics using the dis-
play or web interface
Reduction of installation costs because the power supply
comes completely from the AS-Interface cable, making an ad-
ditional power supply superfluous
Reduced amount of engineering work thanks to user-friendly
configuration of Siemens slaves by Drag&Drop in HW Config
(STEP 7)
Application
The DP/AS-i LINK PN IO is a PROFINET IO device (according to
EN 61158) and an AS-Interface master (based on AS-Interface
Specification V3.0 according to EN 50295). It enables transpar-
ent data access to AS-Interface from Industrial Ethernet.
PROFINET IO controllers can exchange I/O data with AS-Inter-
face in cyclic mode. AS-i master calls (parameters, diagnostics)
can be performed in addition with acyclic services. As such, the
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is particularly well suited for a decentral con-
struction and for connection of a lower-level AS-Interface net-
work.
For applications with typical volumes of project data it is suffi-
cient to use the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO in its version as an AS-i single
master.
For applications with large volumes of project data the IE/AS-i
LINK PN IO in its version as an AS-i double master is used. In
this case, twice the volume of project data can be used on two
AS-i lines running independently of each other.
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
IO-D IO-C CBA
AS-Interface
Routers
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
2/22
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Integration of AS-Interface on PROFIBUS through IE/AS-i LINK PN IO as single/double master
Using an upstream IWLAN client module, e.g. SCALANCE
W746-1PRO, an AS-Interface line can be integrated in the
PROFINET world by wireless means. Sample uses are applica-
tions which up to now have been performed with fault-prone tow
chain or collector wire technology; maintenance costs are thus
reduced.
Safety
monitor
Power
supply
unit
Power
supply
unit
HMI
Safety
monitor
Safe slave
with Emergency Stop
Safe slave
with Emergency Stop
Laser
scanner
S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
PC
with SOFTNET PN IO
S7-300
e.g. with CP 343-1
On use of IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
as dual master
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
ET 200pro
ET 200S
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
7
LOGO!
Slave
SCALANCE
X208
PROFINET
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
Routers
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
2/23
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and AS-Interface components
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Router between Industrial Ethernet and
AS-Interface;
M3 and M4 master profiles, extended
AS-Interface Specification V3.0;
degree of protection IP20;
manual on CD-ROM,
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian
Single master with display } 6GK1 411-2AB10 1 1 unit 543 0.380
Double master with display } 6GK1 411-2AB20 1 1 unit 543 0.380
Accessories
C-PLUG A 6GK1 900-0AB00 1 1 unit 543 0.200
Exchange medium for the simple exchange of
devices in the event of a fault; for accommo-
dating configuration and application data;
can be used in SIMATIC NET products with a
C-PLUG slot
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ether-
net, with robust metal enclosure and inte-
grated cutting and clamping contacts for
connection of Industrial Ethernet FC installa-
tion cables; with 90 cable feeder, e.g. for
ET 200S
1 pack = 1 unit A 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0 1 1 unit 543 0.030
1 pack = 10 units A 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0 1 1 unit 543 0.300
1 pack = 50 units A 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0 1 1 unit 543 1.500
PROFINET
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG/
Notebook
with CP 7515
SIMATIC HMI
Radio cell 2 Radio cell 1
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Automatic Guided Vehicle System (AGVS)
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
3
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
AS-
Interface
S7-400
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
2/24
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview

Compact router between PROFIBUS (DP Slave) and
AS-Interface
Single and double AS-Interface master (according to
AS-Interface Specification V3.0) for connection of 62
AS-Interface slaves
Performant, integrated analog value transfer
Integrated ground-fault monitoring for the AS-Interface cable
User-friendly local diagnostics and start-up by means of a full
graphic display and control keys or through a web interface
with a standard browser
Optimum TIA integration through STEP 7, integration in non-
Siemens engineering tools using PROFIBUS type file (GSD)
Vertical integration (standard web interface) through Industrial
Ethernet
Supply from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alternatively
with 24 V DC (optional)
Module exchange without a PG using C-PLUG (optional)
Benefits
Short start-up times through simple configuration at the press
of a button and testing of the AS-Interface line using the dis-
play or web interface
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
slave failure thanks to user-friendly diagnostics using the dis-
play or web interface and through simple module exchange
with the help of the C-PLUG exchange medium
Reduction of installation costs because the power supply
comes completely from the AS-Interface cable, making an ad-
ditional power supply superfluous
Reduced amount of engineering work thanks to user-friendly
configuration of Siemens slaves using the slave catalog in
HW-Config (STEP 7)
Costs saved by the double AS-Interface master when large
volumes of project data are involved
Application
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is a PROFIBUS DPV1 slave
(according to EN 50170) and an AS-Interface master (based on
AS-Interface Specification V3.0 according to EN 50295).
It enables transparent data access to AS-Interface from
PROFIBUS DP.
PROFIBUS DP masters can exchange I/O data with AS-Interface
in cyclic mode; DP masters with acyclic services can perform
AS-Interface master calls in addition. As such, the DP/AS-i LINK
Advanced is particularly well suited for a decentral construction
and for connection of a lower-level AS-Interface network.
For applications with typical volumes of project data it is suffi-
cient to use the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in its version as an
AS-Interface single master.
For applications with large volumes of project data the
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in its version as an AS-Interface
double master is used. In this case, twice the volume of project
data can be used on two AS-Interface lines running indepen-
dently of each other.
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
2/25
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Integration of AS-Interface on PROFIBUS through DP/AS-i LINK Advanced as single/double master
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
Router between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface;
M3 and M4 master profiles, extended AS-Inter-
face Specification V3.0; degree of protection
IP20; manual on CD-ROM, German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian
Single master with display A 6GK1 415-2BA10 1 1 unit 543 0.380
Double master with display A 6GK1 415-2BA20 1 1 unit 543 0.380
Accessories
C-PLUG A 6GK1 900-0AB00 1 1 unit 543 0.200
Exchange medium for the simple exchange of
devices in the event of a fault; for accommo-
dating configuration and application data;
can be used in SIMATIC NET products with a
C-PLUG slot
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ether-
net, with robust metal enclosure and inte-
grated cutting and clamping contacts for
connection of Industrial Ethernet FC installa-
tion cables; with 90 cable feeder, e.g. for
ET 200S
1 pack = 1 unit A 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0 1 1 unit 543 0.030
1 pack = 10 units A 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0 1 1 unit 543 0.300
1 pack = 50 units A 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0 1 1 unit 543 1.500
RS 485 bus connectors
with angled cable feeder (35)
Screw terminals, max. transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
Without PG interface } 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 1 1 unit 250 0.045
LOGO! Safety
monitor
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY-STOP
PG e.g.
with CP 5611 A2
S7-300
e.g. with CP 342-5
PC with
SOFTNET-DP
Power
supply
unit
Slave Safety monitor
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY-STOP
Laser
scanner
S7-400
with CP 443-5 Extended
HMI
On use of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
as dual master
Power
supply
unit
Slave
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
ET 200S
ET 200pro
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
8
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
2/26
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E connects PROFIBUS DP to
AS-Interface. It performs the following functions:
PROFIBUS DP slave and AS-Interface master
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves and integrated
analog value transmission (according to the extended
AS-Interface Specification V2.1)
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to the
extended AS-Interface Specification V2.1, i.e. master class
M3
Supply from AS-Interface cable; hence no additional power
supply required
Supports the uploading of the AS-Interface configuration in
STEP 7 V5.2 and higher
Benefits

Reduction of installation costs because the power supply
comes completely from the AS-Interface cable, making an
additional power supply superfluous.
Short start-up times through simple configuration at the press
of a button
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of
slave failure thanks to the LED indicators
Easy and fast start-up through reading out the AS-Interface
configuration (ES03 and higher)
Transition from PROFIBUS DP to AS-Interface using DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
PROFIBUS DP
e.g. S7-400
with CPU 413-2 DP
Passive module
(without slave AISC)
AS-Interface power supply unit
Aktive module
(with slave AISC)
Repeater
AS-Interface cable
Branch
Actuator/sensor (wit Slave-ASIC) Actuator/sensor (without slave-ASIC)
Use of
extenders not
currently possible.
1)
1)
DP/AS-Interface
Link 20E
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
8
AS-Interface power supply unit
AS-Interface
Routers
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
2/27
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Application
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is a PROFIBUS DP slave (accord-
ing to EN 50170) and an AS-Interface master (according to
EN 50295). It enables the AS-Interface to be operated on
PROFIBUS DP.
Single PROFIBUS masters can exchange I/O data with
AS-Interface in cyclic mode; masters with acyclic services can
exchange I/O data and perform master calls. The DP/AS-
Interface Link 20E cannot be used together with the extender.
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E A 6GK1 415-2AA01 1 1 unit 543 0.242
Router between PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface in degree of protection IP20
Manuals DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
Paper version
including type and GSD files
German C 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA0 1 1 unit 540 0.921
English D 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA1 1 1 unit 540 0.864
French D 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA2 1 1 unit 540 0.909
Spanish D 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA3 1 1 unit 540 0.923
Italian D 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA4 1 1 unit 540 0.912
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Introduction
2/28
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
K60
K45
K20
Three coordinated series of AS-Interface compact modules with
digital and analog compact modules and a high degree of pro-
tection are available for operation in the field:
Series K60 (digital and analog)
Series K45 (digital)
Series K20 (digital)
All compact modules are characterized by particularly simple
handling. The K60 and K45 modules are mounted with a mount-
ing plate. The mounting plate is used to receive the AS-Interface
flat cables and enables mounting on a wall or standard mounting
rail.
The K20 modules are directly mounted without a mounting plate
and connected to the AS-Interface using a round cable.
Overview of digital compact modules
The following table provides an overview of the important fea-
tures of the digital compact modules. For exact details, see the
section Technical Specifications in the chapter on the respective
product.
Available
-- Not available
Version K60 K45 K20
8 inputs / 2 outputs -- --
8 inputs -- --
4 inputs / 4 outputs --
4 inputs / 3 outputs -- --
4 inputs / 2 outputs -- --
4 inputs
2 inputs / 2 outputs --
4 outputs --
3 outputs -- --
AS-Interface connection Flat cable / round cable Flat cable Round cable
I/O connection method M12 M12 / M8 M12 / M8
Pin assignment Standard / Y-II / Y Standard / Y Standard / Y
Degree of protection IP65/67/68/69K IP65/67 IP65/67
ATEX 3D (Zone 22) -- --
Extended address mode
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K60
2/29
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The K60 digital AS-Interface compact modules are character-
ized by optimized handling characteristics and user-friendli-
ness. They permit the assembly times and start-up times of
AS-Interface to be reduced by up to 40 %.
Assembly of the K60 modules is performed with a mounting
plate which accommodates the AS-Interface shaped cables.
Two different mounting plates are offered for
Wall mounting
Standard rail mounting
Addressing of the K60 modules is performed using an address-
ing socket integrated in the compact module. The addresses
can also be assigned after installed.
K60 compact modules with a maximum of four digital inputs
and outputs
These compact modules contain the communication electronics
and the M12 standard connections for inputs and outputs. Using
M12 standard connectors, a maximum of four sensors and four
actuators can be simply and reliably connected to the compact
module.
The mounting plate and the compact module are joined together
by means of a screw, with simultaneous contacting of the AS-In-
terface cable by the service-proven insulation piercing method.
K60 compact modules with a maximum of eight digital
inputs
These modules have eight digital inputs for connection through
M12 connectors.
The module requires two AS-Interface addresses for processing
all eight inputs. As with every compact module, the addressing
can be performed through a double addressing socket.
K60 compact modules with a four digital inputs and outputs
according to AS-i Specification 3.0
The new AS-i Specification 3.0 adds a number of completely
new features to the AS-Interface bus system. The extended
address mode (A/B addresses) enables the connection of up to
62 slaves on one AS-i network. With the extended address mode
according to Specification 3.0, four outputs are now possible
even with A/B slaves (instead of only three outputs possible up
to now with Specification 2.1). Hence with full expansion of an
AS-i network, there are now 248 inputs as well as 248 outputs
available on one AS-i system. Modules with four inputs and four
outputs as A/B slaves according to Specification 3.0 are also
available as K60 compact modules.
Please note that these modules can be used only with a new
master according to AS-i Specification 3.0 (e.g. the new
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced or IE/AS-i LINK PN IO) and that the
cycle times for the outputs can extend to max. 20 ms.
K60 data couplers
An AS-Interface data coupler has been added to the K60 com-
pact module range. Integrated in this module are two AS-i slaves
which are connected to two different AS-i networks. Each of the
two integrated slaves has four virtual inputs and four virtual out-
puts. The bidirectional data transmission of 4 data bits between
two AS-i networks is thus possible in a simple and cost-effective
manner. The data coupler need its own address in each AS-i net-
work.
Each AS-i network works with a different cycle time depending
on the number of stations. Hence two AS-i networks are not nec-
essarily synchronous. For this reason the AS-i data coupler can
be used to transmit only standard data and no safe data.
K60 compact modules for use in hazardous areas (ATEX)
Two versions of the K60 modules are available for operation in
Zone 22 hazardous areas according to Classification II 3D
(dusty atmosphere, non-conductive dust). The version with four
inputs and four outputs has the designation (Ex) II 3D T75 C
IP65X and the version with four inputs has the designation
(Ex) II 3D T60 C IP65X.
Special conditions have to be observed for the safe operation of
these devices. In particular the module must be protected by
suitable measures from mechanical damage. Other conditions
for safe operation, see section Technical Specifications in the
Technical Information LV 1 T.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K60
2/30
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 400-1DQ00-
0AA3
Digital I/O modules, IP67 K60
PNP transistor
Current carrying capacity of the inputs: 200 mA
Connection method: M12
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Type Current car-
rying capac-
ity of outputs
Slave type Pin
assignment
8 inputs/
2 outputs
2 A A/B Special A 3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.210
8 inputs -- Standard Y-II } 3RK1 200-0DQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.195
-- A/B } 3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.191
4 inputs/
4 outputs
2 A A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
Y-II } 3RK2 400-1DQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.212
2 A Standard Y-II } 3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.209
2 A Standard Standard } 3RK1 400-1CQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.209
1 A Standard Y-II } 3RK1 400-1DQ01-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.208
1 A Standard Standard } 3RK1 400-1DQ03-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.207
4 inputs/
3 outputs
2 A A/B Y-II } 3RK2 400-1FQ03-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.212
4 inputs/
2 outputs
2 A Standard Y-II } 3RK1 400-1MQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.206
4 inputs -- Standard Y-II } 3RK1 200-0CQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.204
2x2 inputs /
2x2 outputs
1 A Standard Y B 3RK1 400-1DQ02-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.205
4 outputs 2 A Standard Y-II } 3RK1 100-1CQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.204
Digital I/O modules IP67 K60
Version ATEX (Ex) II 3D IP65 X
PNP transistor
Current carrying capacity of the inputs: 200 mA
Connection method: M12
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Type Current car-
rying capac-
ity of outputs
Slave type Pin
assignment
4 inputs/
4 outputs
2 A Standard Y-II C 3RK1 400-1DQ05-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.209
4 inputs -- Standard Y-II B 3RK1 200-0CQ05-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.204
Digital I/O modules IP67 K60 data couplers
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Type Current car-
rying capac-
ity of outputs
Slave type Pin
assignment
Data coupler
4 inputs /
4 outputs
(virtual)
-- Standard C 3RK1 408-8SQ00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.200
Accessories
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates
suitable for all K60 compact modules
Wall mounting } 3RK1 901-0CA00 1 1 unit 121 0.065
Standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-0CB01 1 1 unit 121 0.095
3RK1 901-1KA00
AS-Interface sealing caps M12
for free M12 sockets
} 3RK1 901-1KA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface sealing caps M12,
tamper-proof
for free M12 sockets
A 3RK1 901-1KA01 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 902-0AR00
Sealing sets
For K60 mounting plate and standard distributor
Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate
One set contains one straight and one shaped seal
B 3RK1 902-0AR00 100 5 sets 121 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP68 / IP69K - K60R
2/31
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Modules with degree of protection IP67 cannot be used in areas
exposed to permanently high levels of humidity, in applications
with drilling emulsions and cutting oils or when cleaning with
high-pressure cleaners. The answer for these applications is
provided by the expansion of the K60 compact modules with the
K60R module with degree of protection IP68/IP69K.
The K60R modules are connected instead of the AS-Interface
flat cable using a round cable with M12 cable box.
The AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary voltage
are routed in this case in a shared round cable.
IP68 protection permits many new applications, which were im-
possible with the former field modules with degree of protection
IP67. In applications such as filling plants or machine tools the
K60R with degree of protection IP68 enables the module to be
used directly in zones exposed to permanent loading by humid-
ity. It is thus possible to make even more rigorous savings in wir-
ing with AS-Interface. IP68 test conditions see section
Tests IP68/IP69K on page 2/32.
Cleaning with high-pressure cleaners, such as is regularly per-
formed in the food drinks industry for instance, is possible with-
out difficulty (IP69K).
In applications with tow chains, many users rely on placing the
AS-Interface bus cable in a round cable. With the K60R module
there is a round cable connection for direct connection to a
round cable. No adapter is required.
Mounting
The same mounting plates are used as for the K60 modules.
Instead of using flat cables the K60R is connected using a
4-pole round cable with an M12 connection. With the K60R the
mounting plate thus serves only as a fixture and ground terminal.
Addressing
Addressing is performed using the same socket as for the bus
connection. Connecting the module to the 3RK1 904-2AB01
addressing unit is performed using a standard M12 cable
(e.g. 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5). If the older version of the
3RK1 904-2AB00 addressing unit is used, a special addressing
cable (3RK1 901-3RA00) is required. When the mounting is fin-
ished, the module is connected with the addressing cable to the
addressing unit and addressed. The addressing cable is then
removed and the module connected to the bus cable.
Connection
K60R connection options
In the IP67 environment the service-proven standard compo-
nents are connected using flat cables. Spur lines are laid into the
IP68 environment by means of an AS-Interface M12 feeder
(3RK1 901-1NR..). The module is connected with a round cable
to an M12 cable box. For this purpose the module has an M12
bus connection instead of the former addressing socket. The
AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power supply
are routed together in a 4-pole round cable. There must be no
ground conductor in this round cable. Connection to ground is
made through the mounting plate.
In the IP68 environment only cables with extruded M12 connec-
tors may be used. These cables are available preassembled as
an M12 cable plug/cable box version:
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6: 0.5 m long
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0: 1.0 m long
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5: 1.5 m long
To connect the distributor and the K60R module over long dis-
tances it is also possible to use freely configurable cables with
an M12 cable box and an open cable end, which are fitted with
an M12 connector (straight version: 3RX8 000-0CD45,
3RX8 000-0CE45 angle plug) and connected to the distributor.
This cable is available in two versions:
3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0: 5 m long, with M12 cable box
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0: 5 m long, with M12 angle cable box
To connect more than one K60R module to one spur line, the
spur line can be split again using a T distributor
(3RK1 901-1TR00) with IP68 protection.
NSA0_00339c
K60R K60R K60R
IP67
3RK1 901-1TR00
IP68
3RX8 000-0CD42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
3RX8 000-0CE42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.5 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
1)
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
1)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.5 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
1)
plus connector 3RX8 000-0CD45
or 3RX8 000-0CE45
Distributor
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP68 / IP69K - K60R
2/32
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Please note the following conditions:
The configuration guidelines for AS-Interface apply. For all
M12 connecting cables the maximum permissible current is
limited to 4 A. The cross-section of these cables amounts to
just 0.34 mm. For connection of the K60R modules, the afore-
mentioned M12 connecting cables can be used for the spur
lines. The voltage drop caused by the ohmic resistance
(approx. 0.11 /m) must be taken into account.
For round cable connections with shared AS-i and U
AUX
in a
single cable, the following maximum lengths apply:
- Per spur line from feeder to module: maximum 5 m
- Total of all round cable segments in an AS-Interface network:
maximum 20 m
Tests IP68/IP69K
K60R modules were tested with the following tests:
Stricter test than IP67:
90 min in 1.8 m depth of water (IP67: 30 min at 1 m depth of
water)
Salt water test:
Five months in salt water, 20 cm deep, at room temperature
Test with particularly creepable oil:
Five months completely under oil at room temperature
Test with drilling emulsion:
Five months at room temperature (components of the drilling
emulsion: Anionic and non-ionic emulsifiers, paraffinic low-ar-
omatic mineral oil, boric acid alkanolamines, corrosion inhibi-
tors, oil content 40 %)
Test in oil bath (Excelence 416 oil) with alternating oil bath
temperature:
130 cycles of 15 C to 55 C, two months
Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner according to IP69K:
80 bar to 100 bar, 10 cm to 15 cm distance, time per side
> 30 sec, water temperature 80 C
To simulate requirements as realistically as possible the modules
were artificially aged prior to the tests by 15 temperature cycles
of -25/+85 C. During the test the modules were connected to
3RX1 connecting cables. Unassigned connections were closed
with 3RK1 901-1KA00 sealing caps.
Note:
Sealing caps and M12 connections must be tightened with the
correct torque
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 400-1CR00-0AA3
Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R
4 inputs / 4 outputs
IP68/IP69K
Standard assignment
Current carrying capacity:
- 200 mA (inputs)
- 2 A (outputs)
Standard slave
Modules supplied without mounting plate
C 3RK1 400-1CR00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.208
Accessories
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates
suitable for all K60 and K60R compact modules
Wall mounting } 3RK1 901-0CA00 1 1 unit 121 0.065
Standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-0CB01 1 1 unit 121 0.095
3RK1 901-1KA00
AS-Interface sealing caps M12
for free M12 sockets
} 3RK1 901-1KA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP68 / IP69K - K60R
2/33
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable
end in
feeder
AS-i M12 socket -- available } 3RX9 801-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.029
3RK1 901-1NR10
3RK1 901-1NR11
AS-Interface M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable
end in
feeder
AS-i M12 socket -- not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR10 1 1 unit 121 0.060
AS-i M12
cable box
1 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR11 1 1 unit 121 0.070
AS-i M12
cable box
2 m Not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR12 1 1 unit 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1NR21
AS-i / U
aux
M12 socket -- not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR20 1 1 unit 121 0.060
AS-i / U
aux
M12
cable box
1 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR21 1 1 unit 121 0.070
AS-i / U
aux
M12
cable box
2 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR22 1 1 unit 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1NR00
AS-Interface quadruple M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable
end in
feeder
AS-i / U
aux
Quadruple
M12 socket
Supplied with
coupling
module
-- available A 3RK1 901-1NR00 1 1 unit 121 0.186
3RK1 901-1TR00
M12-T distributors
IP68
1 x M12 connector
2 x M12 box
C 3RK1 901-1TR00 1 1 unit 121 0.038
3RK1 901-3RA00
M12 addressing cables
For K60R addressing modules
Required only for 3RK1 904-2AB00 addressing
unit; if the latest version of the 3RK1 904-2AB01
addressing unit is used, the addressing is per-
formed with a standard 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
M12 cable
C 3RK1 901-3RA00 1 1 unit 121 0.064
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K45
2/34
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The K45 compact modules are the ideal supplement to the K60
large compact modules, which have proven their worth in indus-
try. They are the logical consequence for rounding off the bottom
end of the existing product spectrum.
The acclaimed advantages of the existing K60 compact mod-
ules are fully emulated by the far smaller K45 modules. Their
footprint is the same as that of the user modules. However, they
have a mounting depth which is only two-thirds of the user mod-
ule and hence an exact match for the compact module family.
Yet in spite of these small dimensions all the modules have large
labels and an integrated addressing socket.
Two mounting plates are offered for the K45 compact modules:
The mounting plate for wall mounting has a hole pattern that is
identical to that of the K60 compact modules. This means that
K60 compact modules can be mounted together with K45
modules in an aligned arrangement. The flat cables can be in-
serted in the recesses of the mounting plates where they
cause no hindrance.
The mounting plate for standard rail mounting has a hole pat-
tern that is identical to that of the user modules.
Mounting the flat cables is now easier than ever. The yellow and
black AS-Interface flat cable can be inserted into the mounting
plates from the left or right regardless of the position of the cod-
ing lug. The correct polarity of the applied voltages is always
guaranteed.
Sensors/actuators are connected using M12 sockets. The 4I
module can be ordered optionally with M8 connection sockets.
Selection and ordering data
1)
The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with version
"E12" from 1.5 to 2 A (available since approx. 07/2003).
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 400-
0GQ20-0AA3
Digital I/O modules, IP67 K45
PNP transistor
Current carrying capacity of the inputs: 200 mA
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Type Current
carrying
capacity of
outputs
Slave
type
Pin
assign-
ment
Connection
method
4 inputs -- Standard Standard M12 } 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.086
-- Standard Standard M8 screw A 3RK1 200-0CT20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.098
-- Standard Standard M8 snap C 3RK1 200-0CU20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.091
-- A/B Standard M12 } 3RK2 200-0CQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.099
-- A/B Standard M8 screw B 3RK2 200-0CT20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.100
-- A/B Standard M8 snap C 3RK2 200-0CU20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.102
2 x 2 inputs -- A/B Y M12 A 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.100
2 inputs/
2 outputs
2 A
1)
Standard Standard M12 } 3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.100
2 x
(1 input/
1 output)
0.2 A Standard Y M12 A 3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.098
4 outputs 1 A Standard Standard M12 } 3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.100
3 outputs 1 A A/B Standard M12 } 3RK2 100-1EQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.093
2 outputs /
2 inputs
2 A A/B Standard M12 A 3RK2 400-1BQ20-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K45
2/35
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories
3RK1 9012EA00
K45 mounting plates
For wall mounting } 3RK1 9012EA00 1 1 unit 121 0.027
For standard rail mounting } 3RK1 9012DA00 1 1 unit 121 0.036
3RK1 9011KA00
3RK1 9011PN00
AS-Interface sealing caps
For free M12 sockets } 3RK1 9011KA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
For free M8 sockets A 3RK1 9011PN00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 9011MN00
Cable terminating pieces
for sealing of open cable ends
(shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
} 3RK1 9011MN00 1 10 units 121 0.085
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules IP67 - K20
2/36
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The K20 compact module range rounds off the AS-Interface
compact modules with a particularly slim design and a width of
a mere 20 mm. Thanks to its extremely compact dimensions,
these modules are particularly suited for handling machine ap-
plications in the field of production engineering where modules
need to be arranged in the smallest of spaces.
Robotics is yet another application area. Instead of the AS-Inter-
face flat cable, the K20 modules are connected to AS-Interface
over a round cable with M12 cable box. The AS-Interface bus
cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power supply are routed in this
case in a shared round cable. This enables extremely compact
installation.
The flexibility of the round cable means that it can also be used
on moving machine parts without any problems. The K20 mod-
ules are also ideal for such applications as their non-encapsu-
lated design makes them particularly light in weight.
In applications with tow chains, many users rely on placing the
AS-Interface bus cable in a round cable. In this case, the K20
modules support direct connection to the round cable. No flat to
round cable adapter is required.
The K20 compact module range includes standard AS-Interface
modules, as well as an ASIsafe version for the connection of fail-
safe sensors, such as EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons or pro-
tective door monitoring. All standard AS-Interface K20 modules
support, as far as technically possible, the expanded address
mode (A/B addresses) according to AS-Interface Specification
2.1, which enables connection of 62 stations to an AS-Interface
network. The K20 module with four inputs and four outputs works
in expanded address mode according to AS-Interface Specifi-
cation 3.0 which, for the first time, supports four outputs with an
A/B slave, thus enabling 248 inputs and 248 outputs in a fully ex-
panded AS-Interface network.
For particularly space-saving dimensions, the sensors and actu-
ators are connected over M8 plug-in connectors. Alternatively,
M12 connectors with Y assignment can be used.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules IP67 - K20
2/37
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Accessories
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK2 200-0CT30-0AA3
Digital I/O modules, IP67 K20
Type Current
carrying
capacity
of outputs
Slave
type
Pin
assign-
ment
Connec-
tion
method
4 inputs -- A/B Standard M8 A 3RK2 200-0CT30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.075
-- A/B Y M12 A 3RK2 200-0CQ30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.075
2 inputs/
2 outputs
1 A/B Standard M8 A 3RK2 400-1BT30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.075
1 A/B Y M12 A 3RK2 400-1BQ30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.075
4 inputs/
4 outputs
1 Standard Standard M8 A 3RK1 400-1CT30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.110
1 A/B
(Spec.
3.0)
Standard M8 A 3RK2 400-1CT30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.110
2 safe
inputs
-- Standard Y-II M12 A 3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.075
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 901-1KA00
3RK1 901-1PN00
AS-Interface sealing caps
For free M12 sockets } 3RK1 901-1KA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
For free M8 sockets A 3RK1 901-1PN00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1NN00
AS-Interface standard distributors,
for AS-Interface flat cables
Current carrying capacity up to 7 A
Delivery includes special mounting plate for wall
and standard rail mounting
Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are required only if a
cable is to be terminated in the distributor and
must be ordered separately
} 3RK1 901-1NN00 1 1 unit 121 0.086
3RK1 901-1NN10
AS-Interface compact distributors,
for AS-Interface flat cables
Current carrying capacity up to 6 A
A 3RK1 901-1NN10 1 1 unit 121 0.040
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules IP67 - K20
2/38
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
For plug-in connectors and cables see Catalog FS 10, chapter "Proximity
Switches / Accessories / Plug-in Connectors" or look in the Internet at
www.siemens.com/as-interface.
3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable end
in feeder
AS-i M12 socket -- available } 3RX9 801-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.029
3RK1 901-1NR10
3RK1 901-1NR11
AS-Interface M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable end
in feeder
AS-i M12 socket -- not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR10 1 1 unit 121 0.060
AS-i M12
cable box
1 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR11 1 1 unit 121 0.070
AS-i M12
cable box
2 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR12 1 1 unit 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1NR21
AS-i / U
aux
M12 socket -- not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR20 1 1 unit 121 0.060
AS-i / U
aux
M12
cable box
1 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR21 1 1 unit 121 0.070
AS-i / U
aux
M12
cable box
2 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR22 1 1 unit 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1NR00
AS-Interface quadruple M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable end
in feeder
AS-i / U
aux
Quadruple
M12 socket
Supplied with
coupling
module
-- available A 3RK1 901-1NR00 1 1 unit 121 0.186
3RK1 901-1TR00
M12-T distributors
IP68
1 x M12 connector
2 x M12 box
C 3RK1 901-1TR00 1 1 unit 121 0.038
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 Y-shaped coupler plugs
for connection of two sensors to one M12 socket
with Y connector
} 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0 1 1 unit 250 0.046
3RK1 901-3RA00
Addressing cables, with jack plug, to M12
For addressing K20 modules
Required only for 3RK1 904-2AB00 addressing unit
If the latest version of the 3RK1 904-2AB01
addressing unit is used, the addressing is
performed with a standard M12 3RX8 000-0GF32-
1AB5 cable
3RK1 901-3RA00 1 1 unit 121 0.064
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - user modules
2/39
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The AS-Interface user modules are the first module generation
for AS-Interface. Today, innovated and further improved mod-
ules are available in the form of the K45 and K60 series of com-
pact modules. We recommend replacing the user modules in
future with the K45 compact module series. However, the user
modules are still available for existing systems and replacement
requirements.
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://mall.ad.siemens.com
Advantages of the K45 compact modules
The K45 compact modules provide extra advantages in addition
to the functionality of the user modules:
An integrated addressing socket enables the module to be
addressed in the installed state
Time is saved when mounting the module: Mounting with only
one screw thanks to hinge system
Extensive diagnostics by LED on the module (e.g. display of
zero address, no communication with master, overload)
Random insertion of the AS-Interface flat cable irrespective of
the position of the profiled lug
Smaller dimensions
Versions with M12 and M8 connection sockets enable the
direct connection of all sensors
Modules in A/B technology enable up to 62 slaves on one
AS-Interface network
Conversion table for user modules --> K45
Note:
To use the K45 modules you require the 3RK1 901-2EA00 (wall
mounting) or 3RK1 901-2DA00 (standard rail mounting) K45
mounting plates instead of the 3RG9 010-0AA00 and
3RG9 030-0AA00 coupling modules.
User modules Corresponding K45 type
Order No. Version Order No. Version
3RG9 001-0AA00 4 inputs (100 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA)
3RG9 001-0AG00 4 inputs (200 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA)
3RG9 001-0AH00 2 x 2 inputs 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 2 x 2 inputs
A/B slave
3RG9 001-0AC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs
relay outputs
3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs
solid-state outputs
3RG9 001-0CC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs
solid-state outputs
3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs
solid-state outputs
3RG9 001-0AM00 2 inputs / 2 outputs
solid-state outputs
U
Aux
using M12 connector
3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs
solid-state outputs
U
Aux
using black flat cable
3RG9 001-0AJ00 2 x (1 input / 1 output)
supply of I/O from AS-Interface cable
3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 2 x (1 input / 1 output)
supply of I/O from AS-Interface cable
3RG9 001-0AB00 4 outputs
relay outputs
3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs
solid-state outputs
3RG9 001-0AL00 4 outputs
U
Aux
using M12 connector
3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs
U
Aux
using black flat cable
3RG9 001-0CB00 4 inputs
solid-state outputs
3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs
solid-state outputs
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Analog I/O modules, IP67 - K60
2/40
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
AS-Interface analog modules from the K60 compact series
detect or issue analog signals locally. These modules are linked
to the higher level controller through an AS-Interface master
according to Specification 2.1 or Specification 3.0.
The analog modules are divided into five groups:
Input module for sensors with current signal
Input module for sensors with voltage signal
Input module for sensors with thermal resistor
Output module for current actuators
Output module for voltage actuators
The input modules according to Profile 7.3/7.4 are available with
two or four input channels. It is possible in addition to convert the
two-channel module to using only one input channel, thus en-
abling very short times before the analog value is available. The
conversion is effected by means of a jumper plug at socket 3.
The transmission times achieved with analog modules accord-
ing to Profile 7.A.9 are half shorter by half than those achieved
with Profile 7.3/7.4. Operation is adjustable in this case, e.g.it is
possible to choose with the ID1 Code whether the module is
operated with one or two channels.
The output modules are configured as two-channel modules as
standard.
The input and output channels are electrically isolated from the
AS-Interface network. If sensors with a higher power require-
ment are to be connected, more power can be supplied through
the auxiliary voltage as an alternative to the internal supply.
In the manual the modules are presented in great detail along
with their technical specifications and in-depth notes on opera-
tion. Sample function blocks round off the manual.
Benefits
Analog modules are just as easy to integrate in AS-Interface
as digital modules
Analog values can be easily detected and issued locally
Preprocessing of the analog value transmission in the master
enables rapid evaluation of the analog values
Up to four values can be detected using one analog module
Extremely fast transmission and conversion of analog values
thanks to the new option for changing over to single-channel
operation
In addition, Specification 3.0 now also offers:
A/B technology, now also with analog modules
On average, double fast transmission times (only 3 or
4 cycles, depending on the resolution selected)
Variable adjustable mode: 12 bit or 14 bit resolution, 1 or
2-channel, selectable over the ID1 code
Extra simple handling of analog processing with masters of
Specification 3.0, the DP/AS-i Link Advanced
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Analog I/O modules, IP67 - K60
2/41
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 207-1BQ44-0AA3
Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60,
analog profile 7.3
Slave type: Standard
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Inputs Type Measuring
range
1 or 2 inputs
(switch-select-
able by means
of a jumper
plug at socket
3)
Current 4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
A 3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.187
Voltage 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
A 3RK1 207-2BQ40-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.188
Thermal
resistance
Pt 100 or
Ni 100 or
0 ... 600
(selectable)
A 3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.183
4 inputs Current 4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
A 3RK1 207-1BQ44-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.190
Voltage 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
C 3RK1 207-2BQ44-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.190
Thermal
resistance
Pt 100 or
Ni 100 or
0 ... 600
(selectable)
A 3RK1 207-3BQ44-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.190
Outputs Type Output range
2 outputs Current
for 2-wire
actuators
4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA or
0 ... 20 mA
(selectable)
A 3RK1 107-1BQ40-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.200
Voltage
for 2-wire
actuators
10 V or
0 ... 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
A 3RK1 107-2BQ40-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.200
3RK2 207-2BQ50-0AA3
Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60,
analog profile 7.A.9
Slave type: A/B (Spec. 3.0)
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Inputs Type Measuring
range
1 or 2 inputs
(variably
adjustable)
Current 4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
A 3RK2 207-1BQ50-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.187
Voltage 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
A 3RK2 207-2BQ50-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.187
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Analog I/O modules, IP67 - K60
2/42
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Further information is available on the Internet at:
http://mall.ad.siemens.com
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories
Manual, German
Only available to download on the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/manuals
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates
Wall mounting } 3RK1 901-0CA00 1 1 unit 121 0.065
Standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-0CB01 1 1 unit 121 0.095
3RK1 901-1KA00
M12 sealing caps } 3RK1 901-1KA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 902-0AR00
Sealing sets
For mounting plate K60 and distributor
Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate
One set contains one straight and one
shaped seal
B 3RK1 902-0AR00 100 5 sets 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1AA00
Jumper plugs
for changing over the 2-channel input modules
A 3RK1 901-1AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.012
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the control cabinet,
IP20, Introduction
2/43
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
SlimLine S22.5/S45
F90 module
Flat module
For AS-Interface applications inside cabinets there are various
module series for the most diverse requirements:
SlimLine S22.5
SlimLine S45
F90 module
Flat module
All modules of these series can be snap-mounted directly on a
standard mounting rail or be fastened using screws.
AS-Interface modules in IP20 have direct terminals for the
AS-Interface cables and therefore do not require a lower part.
1)
More information about these modules:
See Catalog LV 1 / chapter Systems / section AS-Interface / Slaves /
Modules with Special Functions
See A&D Mall / section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls /
Systems / AS-Interface / Slaves / Modules with Special Functions
Series Spectrum Mounting on TH35
standard mounting rail
according to EN 60715
Wall mounting using
push-in lugs
(Order No.: 3RP1 903)
Other possibilities
SlimLine S22.5 4I (standard and A/B modules)
4O
2I/2O (steady-state/relay outputs)
Counters
1)

Ground-fault detection modules
1)

--
SlimLine S45 4I/4O (steady-state/relay outputs)
4I/4O with floating I/Os
4I/3O (A/B modules)
4I/4O (A/B modules Spec. 3.0)
--
F90 modules 4I/4O (screw terminal connection)
4I/4O (connection using Combicon
connector)
16I
-- --
Flat modules 4I/4O (screw terminal connection) -- -- Integrated lugs
for screw fixing
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the control cabinet,
IP20, SlimLine
2/44
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
SlimLine modules of the S22.5 and S45 series
The AS-Interface series of modules for the "SlimLine" cabinet
with degree of protection IP20 creates space in the control cab-
inet and in distributed local boxes.
For these modules the priority was placed on a narrow type of
construction. They have a width of only 22.5 or 45 mm.
Standard sensors/actuators and the AS-Interface cable can be
connected using screw-type or spring-loaded terminals.
Integrated adapters enable mounting on a standard mounting
rail. Disassembly from the standard mounting rail is quick and
easy and requires no tools.
With an additional accessory, the modules can also be screwed
on.
All modules are fitted at the front with LEDs which indicate the
module's status.
An addressing socket integrated at the front enables the module
to be addressed also when it is installed.
In addition to the digital input/output modules there are modules
of S22.5 design with special functions. These include:
Counter module
Ground-fault detection module
More information about these modules, see
Chapter Systems / section AS-Interface / Slaves / Modules
with Special Functions
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Systems / AS-Interface / Slaves / Modules with
Special Functions
The new AS-Interface Specification 3.0 adds a number of com-
pletely new features to AS-Interface bus system. The extended
address mode (A/B addresses) enables the connection of up to
62 slaves on one AS-Interface network. With the extended ad-
dress mode according to Specification 3.0, four outputs are now
possible for the first time even with A/B slaves (instead of only
three outputs possible up to now with Specification 2.1). Hence
with full expansion of an AS-Interface network, there are now 248
inputs as well as 248 outputs available on one AS-Interface sys-
tem.
Modules with four inputs and four outputs as A/B slaves accord-
ing to Specification 3.0 are also available as SlimLine modules
S45.
Note:
Please note that the modules according to Specification 3.0 can
be used only with a new master according to AS-Interface Spec-
ification 3.0 (e.g. the new DP/AS-i LINK Advanced or IE/AS-i
LINK PN IO) and that the cycle times for the outputs can extend
to max. 20 ms.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the control cabinet,
IP20, SlimLine
2/45
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 200-
0CE00-0AA2
S22.5 SlimLine modules
Inputs: PNP transistor
Type Connection
terminals
Slave type Inputs Outputs
4 inputs Screw Standard 2-wire -- } 3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.138
Screw Standard 2 and
3-wire
-- } 3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.141
Screw A/B slave 2 and
3-wire
-- } 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.145
Spring Standard 2-wire -- A 3RK1 200-0CG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.115
Spring Standard 2 and
3-wire
-- A 3RK1 200-0CG02-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.117
Spring A/B slave 2 and
3-wire
-- A 3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.122
2 inputs/
2 outputs
Screw Standard 2-wire PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
} 3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.139
Screw Standard 2-wire Relays } 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.165
Spring Standard 2-wire PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
B 3RK1 400-0BG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.112
Spring Standard 2-wire Relays B 3RK1 402-0BG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.145
4 outputs Screw Standard -- PNP tran-
sistor 1 A
} 3RK1 100-1CE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.138
Spring Standard -- PNP tran-
sistor 1 A
A 3RK1 100-1CG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.114
3RK1 400-
1CE00-0AA2
S45 SlimLine modules
Inputs: PNP transistor
Type Connection
terminals
Slave type Inputs Outputs
4 inputs/
4 outputs
Screw Standard 2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 1A
} 3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.291
Standard 2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
} 3RK1 400-1CE01-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.289
Standard 2 and
3-wire
floating
PNP tran-
sistor 1 A
floating
} 3RK1 402-3CE01-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.287
Standard 2 and
3-wire
Relays } 3RK1 402-3CE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.316
A/B (Spec.
3.0)
2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
B 3RK2 400-1CE01-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.289
Spring Standard 2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 1 A
A 3RK1 400-1CG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.243
Standard 2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
B 3RK1 400-1CG01-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.241
Standard 2- and
3-wire
floating
PNP tran-
sistor 1 A
floating
A 3RK1 402-3CG01-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.239
Standard 2 and
3-wire
Relays A 3RK1 402-3CG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.272
A/B (Spec.
3.0)
2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
B 3RK2 400-1CG01-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.241
4 inputs /
3 outputs
Screw A/B slave 2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
} 3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.294
Spring A/B slave 2 and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor 2 A
A 3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.247
Accessories
Sealable covers
to secure against unauthorized addressing
} 3RP1 902 1 5 units 101 0.004
Push-in lugs
for screw mounting
} 3RP1 903 1 10 units 101 0.002
SlimLine opening tools
For all devices with spring-loaded terminal connections
up to max. 1.5 mm conductor cross-section
Partially insulated
A 8WA2 807 1 1 unit 041 0.023
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O Modules for operation in the control cabinet,
IP20, F90 modules
2/46
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RG9 002-0DB00
Modules F90
Standard slave
Type Connection Inputs Outputs
4 inputs/
4 outputs
Screw 2- and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor
PNP tran-
sistor 1A
A 3RG9 002-0DB00 1 1 unit 121 0.112
2- and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor
PNP tran-
sistor 2A
A 3RG9 002-0DA00 1 1 unit 121 0.112
2- and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor
floating
PNP tran-
sistor 2A
A 3RG9 002-0DC00 1 1 unit 121 0.111
Combicon 2- and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor
PNP tran-
sistor 1A
A 3RG9 004-0DB00 1 1 unit 121 0.090
2- and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor
PNP tran-
sistor 2A
A 3RG9 004-0DA00 1 1 unit 121 0.090
2- and
3-wire
PNP tran-
sistor
floating
PNP tran-
sistor 2A
A 3RG9 004-0DC00 1 1 unit 121 0.107
16 inputs Screw PNP tran-
sistor
-- A 3RG9 002-0DE00 1 1 unit 121 0.133
Combicon PNP tran-
sistor
-- A 3RG9 004-0DE00 1 1 unit 121 0.086
Accessories
Combicon connector sets
For 4I/4O modules with Combicon connection
One set comprises:
- 4 x 5-pole plug for connection
- Standard sensors/actuators
- 2 x 4-pole plug for AS-Interface and external
auxiliary voltage
} 3RX9 810-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.062
I/O modules for operation in the control cabinet,
IP20, Flat modules
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3
Flat modules
4 inputs/ 4 outputs
200 mA for all I/Os
Screw-type terminals
A 3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.097
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
Special integrated solutions
AS-Interface communications modules
2/47
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3
AS-Interface communications module for printed circuit
board installation
With the 4I/4O module for printed circuit board mounting it is
possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or in-
dicator lights to be operated, the necessary power being pro-
vided by the AS-Interface system (yellow AS-Interface cable).
Note:
If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module does not
respond to invoking by a master.
3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3
AS-Interface communications module for printed circuit
board installation
With the 4I/4O module for printed circuit board mounting it is
possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or in-
dicator lights to be operated, the necessary power for the inputs
and outputs being provided from the auxiliary voltage (24 V
PELV). If (+) is connected to U
aux
+ and (NC) to U
aux
-, the out-
puts are not short-circuit and overload resistant; if U
aux
- is con-
nected to (0), the outputs are overload and short-circuit resistant
(maximum summation current 200 mA). In this case the module
does not respond even to invoking by a master when the switch-
ing outputs are overloaded.
3RG9 005-0SA00
AS-Interface communications module for printed circuit
board installation
With the 4I/4O module for printed circuit board mounting it is
possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or in-
dicator lights to be operated, the power for inputs and outputs
being provided from an auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV). If (+) is
connected to U
aux
+ and (NC) to U
aux
-, the outputs are not
short-circuit and overload resistant; if U
aux
- is connected to (0),
the outputs are overload and short-circuit resistant (maximum
summation current 200 mA). In this case the module does not re-
spond even to invoking by a master when the switching outputs
are overloaded.
+
ASI
ASI +
NSA0_00078a
PROG
NC
+
I N1
OUT1
0
I N2
OUT2
0
I N3
OUT3
0
I N4
OUT4
0
U
+
NSA0_00079a
Hi l f
NC
+
I N1
OUT1
0
I N2
OUT2
0
I N3
OUT3
0
I N4
OUT4
0
+
ASI
ASI +
U
+
NSA0_00080a
Hi l f
NC
+
I N1
OUT1
0
I N2
OUT2
0
I N3
OUT3
0
I N4
OUT4
0
+
ASI -
ASI +
AS-Interface
Slaves
Special integrated solutions
AS-Interface communications modules
2/48
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2
AS-Interface communications module for printed circuit
board installation
1)
Note: Pad numbering, see section Dimensional Drawings in the LV1 T
"Technical Information".
With the 4I/4O module for printed circuit board mounting it is
possible for up to four mechanical contacts or 3-wire sensors
according to IEC 947-5-2 to be connected or indicator lights to
be operated, the power for the short-circuit resistant solid-state
switching outputs being provided from an auxiliary voltage
(24 V PELV).
Mounting is very easy using a "Card Edge Board-to-Board-
Connector". This connector can be ordered for vertical and hor-
izontal mounting from the company AMP, for example:
180 version for vertical mounting (AMP):
Order number 530843-2
90 version for horizontal mounting (AMP):
Order number 650118-1
If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module does
not respond to invoking by a master.
3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2
AS-Interface communications module for printed circuit
board installation
1)
Note: Pad numbering, see section Dimensional Drawings in the LV1 T
"Technical Information".
With the 4I module for printed circuit board mounting it is possi-
ble for up to four mechanical contacts or 3-wire sensors to be
connected, the power for inputs being provided from AS-Inter-
face cable.
Mounting is very easy using a "Card Edge Board-to-Board-
Connector". This connector can be ordered for vertical and hor-
izontal mounting from the company AMP, for example:
180 version for vertical mounting (AMP):
Order No. 530843-2
90 version for horizontal mounting (AMP):
Order No. 650118-1
If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module does
not respond to invoking by a master.
Selection and ordering data
Connection Connection pad
1)

ASi+ 27, 29
ASi- 28, 30
Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24
Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20
IN1 21
IN2 22
IN3 15
IN4 16
U
aux
+ (L24+) 2, 4
U
aux
- (M24) 1, 3
OUT1 9
OUT2 10
OUT3 5
OUT4 6
OUT- 7, 8
Not assigned 11, 12, 25, 26
Connection Connection pad
1)

ASi+ 27, 29
ASi- 28, 30
Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24
Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20
IN1 21
IN2 22
IN3 15
IN4 16
Not assigned 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 25, 26
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3
3RG9 005-0SA00
4 inputs / 4 outputs
Supply of I/Os using AS-Interface cable
(max. 200 mA)
Printed circuit board with solder pins, protected
by enclosure
} 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.042
Supply of I/Os using external auxiliary voltage
(24 V PELV)
- Printed circuit board with solder pins,
protected by enclosure
D 3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3 1 1 unit 121 0.040
- Printed circuit board with solder pins
for horizontal mounting
C 3RG9 005-0SA00 1 1 unit 121 0.025
Supply of outputs using external auxiliary
voltage (24 V PELV)
Printed circuit board with gold-plated direct
connector for 30-pole male connector socket
for simple installation with direct connector
B 3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.028
4 inputs
Printed circuit board with gold-plated direct
connector for 30-pole male connector socket
For simple installation with direct connector
C 3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.025
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
Modules with special functions
Counter modules
2/49
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
This module is used to send hexadecimally coded count values
(LSB=D0, MSB=D3) to a higher level controller. The count value
is increased by one for each valid count pulse at terminal 8. Be-
ginning at 0, the module counts up to 15 and then begins again
at 0. The controller adopts the current value and determines the
number of pulses between two host invocations through sub-
traction from the previous value. The total number of count
pulses is determined by adding these differences.
For the values sent to be unambiguous, no more than 15 count
values are allowed between two host invocations or AS-Interface
master invocations at terminal 8. The maximum permissible
transmission frequency is calculated from these times:
f
TRmax
= 15 / T
max
T
max
: maximum possible transmission time from the slave to the
host
Another condition for the maximum frequency is the pulse
shaped required. For the counter to accept a pulse as valid, a
Low must have been applied at the input for at least 300 s and
a High for at least 1 ms. This results in a controller-independent
maximum frequency of
f
Cmax
= 1 / 1.3 ms = 769 Hz for the counter module (see following
graphic).
If the time criterion stipulated in the graphic is violated, the count
value is rejected.
The counter is active only for the reset parameter P2 (default).
The counter is deleted when P2 is set, and the incoming count
pulses are not registered until after P2 is reset again.
Note: A customized function block is necessary or must be
programmed.
Connection options
Selection and ordering data
NSA00084
U
I N1
1 ms 300 s
t
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
0
8
5
IN1
ASi
AD D R
ASi+ ASi-
IN1 -
Te rm ina l 4: Bus c onne c tion ASi+
Te rm ina l 5: Bus c onne c tion ASi-
Te rm ina l 6: unus e d
Te rm ina l 7: Se ns or s upply +
Te rm ina l 8 : Counte r input
Te rm ina l 9: Se ns or s upply -
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2
3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2
Counter modules
With screw terminal connection A 3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.104
With spring-loaded terminal connection B 3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.091
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
Modules with special functions
Ground-fault detection modules
2/50
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
"... Ground faults in control circuits must not result in a machine's
unintentional starting or hazardous movements, nor must they
prevent it from stopping (EN 60204, Part 1 or DIN VDE 0113)."
The AS-Interface ground detection module is used to meet these
requirements. Using this module from the SlimLine series,
ground faults in AS-Interface systems can be reliably detected
and reported.
The following ground faults are detected:
Ground fault from AS-i "+"
Ground fault from AS-i "-"
Ground fault from sensors and actuators which are supplied
from the AS-Interface voltage.
One module per AS-Interface network is required.
Selection and ordering data
Overview
The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module protects down-
stream AS-Interface devices or individual sections in AS-Inter-
face networks from conducted overvoltages which can be
caused by switching operations and remote lightning strikes.
The location of the overvoltage protection module forms within
the lightning protection zone concept the transition from zone
1 to 2/3. Direct lightning strikes must be coped with using addi-
tional protective measures at the transitions from lightning pro-
tection zone 0A to 1.
With the AS-Interface overvoltage protection module it is now
also possible to integrate AS-Interface in the overall lightning
protection concept of a plant or machine.
The module has the same design, connection and degree of
protection (IP67) as the AS-Interface user modules. It is a pas-
sive module without AS-i IC and as such does not need its own
address on the AS-Interface network.
Connection to an AS-Interface system is effected through the
FK-E or PG-E coupling module. Through use of the EEMS inter-
face, the AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary voltage cable can
be protected from overvoltage.
Overvoltages are discharged through a ground cable with a
green/yellow oil-proof outer sheath. This cable is fixed in the
module and must be connected with low resistance to the
system's ground.
Rated discharge current I
sn
The rated discharge current is the peak value of a surge current
with waveform 8/20 microseconds, for which the overvoltage
protection module is rated according to a specific test program.
With waveform 8/20, 100 % of the value is achieved after 8 mi-
croseconds and 50 % after 20 microseconds.
Protection level U
p
The protection level of an overvoltage protection module is the
highest momentary value of the voltage at the terminals,
established in individual tests.
The protection level characterizes the capability of an overvolt-
age protection module to limit overvoltages to a residual level.
Accessories
An FK-E or PG-E coupling module is required for connection of
the AS-Interface cable and the auxliary power supply cable.
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2
Ground-fault detection modules
With screw terminal connection } 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.142
With spring-loaded terminal connection } 3RK1 408-8KG00-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.117
Modules with special functions
Overvoltage protection modules
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
Modules with special functions
Overvoltage protection modules
2/51
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Configuration guidelines
Configuration guidelines for overvoltage protection modules
The grounding of protection modules and the units to be pro-
tected must be effected through a shared grounding point
(equipotential bonding). If insulated devices are protected, their
mounts must be included in the grounding points.
Sample application
Sample application for overvoltage protection modules
Selection and ordering data
AS-
Inter-
face
AS-
Inter-
face
NSA0_00093a
OVP = Overvoltage protection
Mounting plate
Application
Device with
ground terminal
Device without ground terminal
Grounding of the mounting plate
Application
OVP
NSA0_00092a
AS-
Inter-
face
A B
AS-
Inter-
face
AS-
Inter-
face
AS-
Inter-
face
OVP = Overvoltage protection
OVP OVP
protected range
Zone 1 Zone 1 Zone 2
Protection approx. 5m to the right
Equipotential bonding
(system earth)
Protection approx. 0.5m to the left
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 901-1GA00
Overvoltage protection modules B 3RK1 901-1GA00 1 1 unit 121 0.146
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Slaves
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
2/52
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Every LOGO! can now be connected to the AS-Interface
system
Using the AS-Interface connection for LOGO!, an intelligent
slave can be integrated in the AS-Interface system. With the
modular interface it becomes possible to integrate the different
basic units in the system according to their functionality. Simi-
larly, functionalities can be quickly and easily adapted to new re-
quirements by exchanging the basic unit.
The interface module provides four inputs and four outputs on
the system. These I/Os do not actually exist in hardware terms,
however, but are only virtually present through the interface on
the bus.
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
Four virtual inputs
Four virtual outputs
A 3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2 1 1 unit 121 0.107
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Power Supply Units
AS-Interface power supplies, IP20
2/53
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
AS-Interface power supplies are an essential and functionally
important part of an AS-Interface network. They supply the elec-
tronics of the network (AS-Interface modules and AS-Interface
masters) and the connected sensor technology. Furthermore,
the integrated data decoupling of AS-Interface power supplies
ensures the separation of data and energy, thus enabling
AS-Interface to transmit data and power on a single cable.
Benefits
Compact dimensions save space in control cabinets or in the
field
Higher output rating enables connection of even more
AS-Interface nodes
Integrated ground-fault and overload detection ensure that
applications are more reliable and save the need for additional
components
Diagnostics memory, remote indication and remote reset allow
fast detection of faults in the system, thus reducing downtimes
Fast and stable installation of devices thanks to spring-loaded
connections
Removable terminal blocks allow fast component replace-
ment, thus reducing downtimes
The ultra-wide input range of the 8 A version permits single-
phase and 2-phase operation - so no need for connection of a
neutral conductor
UL/CSA approval means the power supply units can be used
worldwide
Application
AS-Interface power supplies are always used in conjunction with
AS-Interface networks.
Selection and ordering data
Conversion table for previous devices:
See section More Information.
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RX9 5010BA00
3RX9 5020BA00
3RX9 5030BA00
AS-Interface power supplies, IP20
Single output IP20
With integrated ground-fault detection
Output current Input voltage
3 A 115 / 230 V AC
(selectable)
} 3RX9 5010BA00 1 1 unit 121 2.378
3 A 24 V DC } 3RX9 5011BA00 1 1 unit 121 2.378
5 A 115 / 230 V AC
(selectable)
} 3RX9 5020BA00 1 1 unit 121 2.378
8 A 115 / 230 ... 500 V AC
(selectable)
} 3RX9 5030BA00 1 1 unit 121 2.378
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
Power Supply Units
AS-Interface power supplies, IP20
2/54
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
More information
Conversion table
Previous type New type
Order No. Version Number Order No. Version
3RX9 307-0AA00 Single output
IP20
2.4 A
1 3RX9 501-0BA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
3 A
3RX9 310-0AA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
2.4 A
1 3RX9 501-0BA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
3 A
3RX9 307-1AA00 Single output
IP20
4 A
1 3RX9 502-0BA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
5 A
6EP1 354-1AL01 Single output
IP20
7 A
1 3RX9 503-0BA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
8 A
3RX9 305-1AA00 Dual output
IP20
4 A / 4 A
2 3RX9 502-0BA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
5 A
3RX9 306-1AA00 Combi output
IP20
4 A (ASi) / 5 A (24 V)
1 3RX9 502-0BA00 Single output
IP20 with ground fault detection
5 A
1 6EP1 333-2AA01 SITOP 24 V
IP20
5 A
AS-Interface
Transmission Media
AS-Interface shaped cables
2/55
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The actuator-sensor interface - the networking system used for
the lowest field area - is characterized by very easy mounting
and installation. A new connection method was developed
specially for AS-Interface.
The stations are connected using the AS-Interface cable.
This two-wire cable has a trapezoidal shape, thus ruling out
polarity reversal.
Connection is effected by the insulation piercing method. In
other words, male contacts pierce the shaped AS-Interface ca-
ble and make reliable contact with the two wires. Cutting to
length and stripping are superfluous. Consequently, AS-Inter-
face stations (e.g. I/O modules, intelligent devices) can be con-
nected in the shortest possible time and exchanging devices is
quick.
To enable use in the most varied ambient conditions (e.g. in an
oily environment), the AS-Interface cable is available in different
materials (rubber, TPE, PUR).
For special applications it is also possible to use a standard
round cable. With AS-Interface, data and power for the sensors
(e.g. BERO proximity switches) and actuators (e.g. indicator
lights) are transmitted over the yellow AS-Interface cable.
The black cable must be used for actuators with a 24 V DC
supply (e.g. solenoid valves) and a high power requirement.
Selection and ordering data
1)
Note on towability of the AS-Interface cable with PUR outer sheath: To
determine its towability, the AS-Interface cable was tested in "IGUS tow
chains" Type 10.2.048 and 20.2.55. For the test, the tow chain was fitted
with 3 AS-Interface cables and diverse round cables. After three million
bendings (stroke), no damage to the cores, strands or outer sheath were
discovered (tow chain equipped to 50 %).
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
AS-Interface shaped cables
Material Color Quantity
Rubber Yellow
(AS-Interface)
100-m roll } 3RX9 010-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 7.148
Yellow
(AS-Interface)
1-km drum B 3RX9 012-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 80.000
Black
(24 V DC)
100-m roll } 3RX9 020-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 7.092
Black
(24 V DC)
1-km drum B 3RX9 022-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 80.000
TPE Yellow
(AS-Interface)
100-m roll } 3RX9 013-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 6.627
Yellow
(AS-Interface)
1-km drum B 3RX9 014-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 78.000
Black
(24 V DC)
100-m roll } 3RX9 023-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 6.459
Black
(24 V DC)
1-km drum B 3RX9 024-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 69.666
TPE special
version acc. to
UL Class 2
Yellow
(AS-Interface)
100-m roll C 3RX9 017-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 6.900
Black
(24 V DC)
100-m roll C 3RX9 027-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 6.984
PUR
1)
Yellow
(AS-Interface)
100-m roll } 3RX9 015-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 6.131
Yellow
(AS-Interface)
1-km drum B 3RX9 016-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 69.100
Black
(24 V DC)
100-m roll } 3RX9 025-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 6.323
Black
(24 V DC)
1-km drum B 3RX9 026-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 200.000
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
Extension plug
2/56
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
With the extension plug / extension plug plus it is possible to
double the cable length possible in an AS-Interface segment
from 100 to 200 m.
The extension plug / extension plug plus is a passive component
which is connected to that point of the AS-Interface network that
is furthest away from the power supply. It has an M12 connector
for quick connection to the AS-Interface M12 feeder with degree
of protection IP67.
Only one power supply unit is needed to supply power to the
slaves on the up to 200 m long segment.
The extension plug / extension plug plus has integrated under-
voltage detection for monitoring the AS-Interface voltage in or-
der to be sure that the necessary voltage still exists at the end of
the bus cable. Undervoltage is signaled on the extension plug
by means of a diagnostics LED. The extension plug plus is
equipped with an AS-Interface slave and communicates this
diagnostics information directly to the AS-Interface master.
Benefits
Doubling of the cable length from 100 to 200 m per
AS-Interface segment
More possibilities of use and greater freedom for plant plan-
ning through doubling of the AS-Interface segment
Notable reduction of network infrastructure costs for large
networks
Enables in combination with repeaters a maximum range of up
to 600 m for AS-Interface networks (for details see section
Configuration in the LV1 T "Technical Information")
Easy monitoring through integrated undervoltage detection
Selection and ordering data
1)
For connection to the AS-Interface flat cable you need the AS-Interface
M12 feeder, which must be ordered separately (see section Accessories).
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 901-1MX00
AS-Interface extension plugs
1)

Doubling of the cable length to 200 m per
AS-Interface segment
Undervoltage monitoring signal by means of
diagnostics LED
} 3RK1 901-1MX00 1 1 unit 121 0.035
AS-Interface extension plugs plus
1)

Doubling of the cable length to 200 m per
AS-Interface segment
Undervoltage monitoring signal by means of in-
tegral AS-Interface slave to AS-Interface master
} 3RK1 901-1MX01 1 1 unit 121 0.035
Accessories
3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 feeders
For adaptation of shaped AS-Interface cable
to a standard round cable
Insulation piercing method for connection of
AS-Interface cable
M12 socket for connection of standard
round cable
Degree of protection IP67
} 3RX9 801-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.029
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
Addressing units
2/57
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
To be able to participate in data exchange with the master, all
stations have to be addressed before the AS-Interface network
is configured. This can be done
offline by means of an addressing unit or
online using the master of the AS-Interface system.
The addresses themselves are the values 1 to 31 (or 1A to 31A
and 1B to 31B for the extended AS-Interface Specification 2.1).
A new slave that has not yet been addressed has the address 0.
It is recognized accordingly by the master as a new slave that
has not yet been addressed and as such is not yet included in
the normal communication.
The address can be assigned at random, i.e. it makes no differ-
ence whatsoever if the slave with address 21 begins or if the first
slave is actually issued with address 1.
Selection and ordering data
1)
Not included in scope of supply of of the 3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing unit
2)
Note: A 3-pole cable must be used because the addressing unit uses
PIN 2, 4 and 5 for IR addressing.
3)
Can be ordered only from the following address:
Gossen-Metrawatt GmbH, Thomas-Mann-Str. 16-20,
90471 Nrnberg, Germany
Tel.: +49 (0)911/8602-111, Fax: +49 (0)911/8602-777,
E-Mail: info@gmc-instruments.com
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 904-2AB01
AS-Interface addressing units
For active AS-Interface modules,
intelligent sensors and actuators
According to AS-Interface Version 2.1
Including expanded addressing mode
Scope of supply:
- One addressing unit
- One operating manual (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian)
- One addressing cable (1.5 m, with jack plug)
} 3RK1 904-2AB01 1 1 unit 121 0.540
Accessories
FK-E coupling modules, with integrated
addressing socket
1)

for addressing user modules
A 3RK1 901-1MA00 1 1 unit 121 0.057
Addressing cables, with M12 socket
1)

For addressing
2)
slaves with M12 connection
(e.g. K60R) or light curtains
1.5 m
A 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5 1 1 unit 574 0.069
Addressing cables, with jack plug
3)

1.5 m
Included in scope of supply of of the
3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing unit
Z236A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
AS-Interface analyzers
2/58
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
The AS-Interface analyzer is used to test AS-Interface networks.
It enables systematic troubleshooting and permanent monitor-
ing.
Installation errors, e.g. loose contacts or EMC interference under
extreme loads, can be revealed by this device.
Thanks to the easy-to-use software the user can assess the qual-
ity of complete networks even if he lacks detailed specialist
knowledge of AS-Interface. In addition it is an easy matter with
the AS-Interface analyzer to create test logs from the records
produced, thus providing documentation for start-ups and ser-
vice assignments.
For advanced AS-Interface users there are trigger functions for
detailed diagnostics.
Connection
The AS-Interface analyzer follows the communication on the
AS-Interface network as a passive station. The unit is supplied
simultaneously from the AS-Interface cable.
This analyzer interprets the physical signals on the AS-Interface
network and records the communication.
The data thus obtained are transferred through an RS 232 inter-
face to a PC such as a notebook, for evaluation with the supplied
diagnostics software.
Benefits
Simple and user-friendly operation enables diagnostics of
AS-Interface networks without help from specialists
Speedy troubleshooting thanks to intuitive display in statistics
mode
Test logs provide verification of the state and quality of the
installation for service and approval
Recorded logs facilitate remote diagnostics by Technical
Assistance
Comprehensive trigger functions enable exact analysis
Process data can be monitored online
Application
Online statistics
This mode provides a quick overview of the existing AS-Interface
system. The error rates are presented per slave in a traffic-light
function (green, yellow, red).
The bus configuration and the currently transmitted data of the
slaves are shown in a well arranged presentation.
With the expanded statistics function it is possible to determine
the error rates as the number of transmitted or faulty bus mes-
sage frames.
The bundle error overview shows in steps how many multiple
repetitions of message frames occurred in order to enable a se-
lective and look-ahead assessment of the transmission quality.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
3
5
9
b

PC
Branch M12
Master
AS-Interface Analyzer
Slave Slave Slave Slave
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
AS-Interface analyzers
2/59
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Data mode
In this mode the analyzer now shows not only the digital input/
output values but also the current analog values and the input
status of the safety slaves.
Trace mode
The presentation of message frames in the style of a classic field
bus analyzer is indispensable for complex troubleshooting.
Extensive trigger functions and recording and viewing filters are
available for this purpose.
An external trigger input and trigger output round off the scope
of functions in order to find even the most difficult errors.
For troubleshooting in connection with safety monitor applica-
tions, changes of status in the code tables of safety slaves are
identified and assessed.
Test log
The recorded data of the online statistics are easy to output and
document using a test log. Verification of the state of the plant
can thus be provided for approvals or service assignments.
The new measurement assistant records the bus signals for an
adjustable period, automating the creation of the test log. A stan-
dardized quality test of AS-i plants is thus possible.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
3
6
2
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
AS-Interface analyzers
2/60
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 904-3AB01
AS-Interface analyzers
For testing actuator/sensor interface
systems
For service assignments in installations and
networks with AS-Interface systems
Scope of supply:
- AS-Interface analyzers
- RS 232 cable for connecting to PC
- Diagnostics software (CD-ROM) for PC
(Windows 95/98, ME, 2000, NT, XP)
} 3RK1 904-3AB01 1 1 unit 121 0.450
Accessories
3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 feeders
For adaptation of shaped AS-Interface cable
to a standard round cable
Insulation piercing method for connection of
AS-Interface cable
M12 socket for connection of standard
round cable
Degree of protection IP67
} 3RX9 801-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.029
M12 cable plugs
Cable: PUR
Length: 5 m
Color: Black
A 3RX8 000-0CD42-1AF0 1 1 unit 574 0.176
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
Miscellaneous accessories
2/61
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Selection and ordering data
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 901-1NN00
AS-Interface standard distributors,
for AS-Interface flat cables
Current carrying capacity up to 7 A
Delivery includes special mounting plate for
wall and standard rail mounting
Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are required only if a
cable is to be terminated in the distributor and
must be ordered separately
} 3RK1 901-1NN00 1 1 unit 121 0.086
3RK1 901-1NN10
AS-Interface compact distributors,
for AS-Interface flat cables
Current carrying capacity up to 6 A
A 3RK1 901-1NN10 1 1 unit 121 0.040
3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable
end in
feeder
AS-i M12 socket -- available } 3RX9 801-0AA00 1 1 unit 121 0.029
3RK1 901-1NR10
3RK1 901-1NR11
AS-Interface M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable
end in
feeder
AS-i M12 socket -- not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR10 1 1 unit 121 0.060
AS-i M12
cable box
1 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR11 1 1 unit 121 0.070
AS-i M12
cable box
2 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR12 1 1 unit 121 0.100
AS-i / U
aux
M12 socket -- not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR20 1 1 unit 121 0.060
AS-i / U
aux
M12
cable box
1 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR21 1 1 unit 121 0.070
AS-i / U
aux
M12
cable box
2 m not
available
A 3RK1 901-1NR22 1 1 unit 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1NR00
AS-Interface quadruple M12 feeders
for flat cable for Cable
length
Cable
end in
feeder
AS-i / U
aux
Quadruple
M12 socket
Supplied with
coupling
module
-- available A 3RK1 901-1NR00 1 1 unit 121 0.186
3RK1 901-1TR00
M12-T distributors
IP68
1 x M12 connector
2 x M12 box
C 3RK1 901-1TR00 1 1 unit 121 0.038
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 Y-shaped coupler plugs
for connection of two sensors to one M12 socket
with Y connector
} 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0 1 1 unit 250 0.046
3RK1 901-3RA00
Addressing cables, with jack plug, to M12
For addressing slaves with M12 bus connection
Only required for 3RK1 904-2AB00 addressing
unit
If the latest version of the 3RK1 904-2AB01
addressing unit is being used, addressing is
executed over the standard 3RX8 000-0GF32-
1AB5 M12 cable
C 3RK1 901-3RA00 1 1 unit 121 0.064
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
Miscellaneous accessories
2/62
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Other accessories:
See Catalog FS 10 / chapter Proximity Switches / section
Accessories / Plug-in Connectors
See A&D-Mall / section Sensors, Measurement and Testing
Systems / Proximity Switches / Accessories / Plug Connectors
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RK1 901-1KA00
AS-Interface sealing caps M12
for free M12 sockets
} 3RK1 901-1KA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface sealing caps M12,
tamper-proof
for free M12 sockets
A 3RK1 901-1KA01 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1PN00
AS-Interface sealing caps M8
for free M8 sockets
A 3RK1 901-1PN00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1MD00
AS-Interface seals M20
For AS-Interface cable, shaped
For insertion in M20 glands
A 3RK1 901-1MD00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-3QM00
Cable adapters for flat cables
Connection of AS-Interface cable to metric
gland with insulation piercing method
Continuation using standard cable
- For M16 gland B 3RK1 901-3QM00 1 1 unit 121 0.015
- For M20 gland B 3RK1 901-3QM10 1 1 unit 121 0.017
Continuation using pins
- For M16 gland B 3RK1 901-3QM01 1 1 unit 121 0.015
- For M20 gland B 3RK1 901-3QM11 1 1 unit 121 0.015
3RK1 901-3QA00
Cable clips for cable adapters } 3RK1 901-3QA00 100 10 units 121 0.100
3RK1 901-1MN00
Cable terminating pieces
for sealing of open cable ends
(shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
} 3RK1 901-1MN00 1 10 units 121 0.085
3RK1 901-2EA00
K45 mounting plates
For wall mounting } 3RK1 901-2EA00 1 1 unit 121 0.027
For standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-2DA00 1 1 unit 121 0.036
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates
suitable for all K60 compact modules
For wall mounting } 3RK1 901-0CA00 1 1 unit 121 0.065
For standard rail mounting } 3RK1 901-0CB01 1 1 unit 121 0.095
3RK1 902-0AR00
Sealing sets
For mounting plate K60 and standard
distributor
Cannot be used for mounting plate K45
One set contains one straight and one shaped seal
B 3RK1 902-0AR00 100 5 sets 121 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
ECOFAST System
System overview
2/63
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
SIRIUS motor starter applications is a system solution for the
flexible and uniform decentralization of drive technology in the
field. It is centered on the extensive decentralization and modu-
larization of fusing, switching and control elements and safety
technology, combined with comprehensive diagnostics down to
the component level.
Modern field and power bus technologies open up new possibil-
ities for machinery and plant engineering. Systems of distributed
design are flexible and can be adapted to the various require-
ments of industrial automation.
An extensive range of geared and near-motor sensors plus a
large assortment of motor starters and frequency converters en-
sure optimum operation of the motors.
Motor starters and frequency converters are available in various
versions. Compact drive trains with a high degree of protection
(IP65) or modular island solutions with low or medium degree of
protection (IP20 or IP65) can be implemented depending on the
type of plant.
Communication with the higher control level is provided by stan-
dardized fieldbus systems (PROFIBUS/PROFINET, AS-Inter-
face), which are used to exchange not only control information
but also parameter and diagnostics data.
Full integration in TIA is realized with PROFIBUS/PROFINET.
Safety technology is also an integral component. On the device
level as well as on a higher level it with PROFIsafe, our concepts
and matching products ensure the safe operation of your plant.
The SIVACON power bar distribution system and our ECOFAST
power bus system see to the supply and distribution of energy
from the low-voltage transformer to the field device.
Benefits
Modular construction
Flexible expansion
Graded range of motor starters and frequency converters
Diagnostics capability
Communication using standardized field bus systems
Standardized connection method
Energy supply and distribution to the field device
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
1
0
c

PROFIBUS/PROFINET
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S
ET 200S
E
T

2
0
0
p
r
o
PB
Power bus 400 V
Industrial Ethernet
MES
S7 HMI
SIVACON
Safety
FU ST FU ST
ECOFAST System

System overview
2/64
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Application
SIMATIC ET 200S: The flexible and modular system with
degree of protection IP20
The SIMATIC ET 200S system for PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET
offers a range of I/O modules (digital and analog), motor starters
(mechanical and solid-state) and frequency converters. The
SIMATIC ET 200S is suitable for central use in cabinets as well
as for distributed use in local control cabinets.
The advantages for the customer are:
Creation of an optimum "package" of automation islands
Customized implementation of random additional functions in
the control box/cabinet
For the for ET 200S there is also an extensive range of safety-
oriented components available for implementing both local and
distributed solutions using PROFIsafe.
When installed in high-grade steel cases this solution is also suit-
able for use in the food and beverage sector.
SIMATIC ET 200pro: The flexible and modular system with
degree of protection IP65
The SIMATIC ET 200pro is a modular I/O station with a high
degree of protection for PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET. Several
expansion modules can be connected to the respective basic
module. The function-oriented construction of stations is possi-
ble using the technology-oriented modules.
The following components are available:
Digital and analog I/O modules
Motor starters in various versions
For the ET 200pro there are also safety-oriented components
available for local and distributed solutions with PROFIsafe
ECOFAST: The system solution for cabinet-free automation
ECOFAST (Energy and Communication Field Installation Sys-
tem) is a system solution for decentralization outside the control
cabinet. It comprises a wide range of automation, drive and in-
stallation components with a high degree of protection. Energy
and information are thus distributed and transmitted in a line.
ECOFAST connects all the components of an automation system
using a uniform, standardized connection method for data and
energy, complying with ISO 23570 specifications. This makes
ECOFAST an integral component of Totally Integrated Automa-
tion and open for manufacturers and users alike.
The ECOFAST ES configuring tool supports:
Configuration of the power bus (short-circuiting,
selectivity, voltage drop)
Validity checks of interfaces between the components
selected and the documentation
The documentation
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
With SIRIUS Safety Integrated we offer the matching solution for
your drive application. From the economical version with 3TK28
safety combination to the high-end solution with integrated
safety technology using PROFIsafe, which can be used in con-
junction with a safe control system. The graded safety concept
provides maximum flexibility in all safety matters.
SIVACON
Busway systems bring the power flow economically on track.
Distributed power distributions and a well arranged network to-
pology make planning and implementation easier. Two-man as-
sembly saves time and money compared to the costly cable in-
stallation method. A power distribution system must be adapted
to actual requirements. The bar takes you quickly to your goal.
Your plant can be rearranged without difficulty cost-intensive
downtimes are greatly minimized.
ECOFAST System
System overview
2/65
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
More information
Product For further information see
SIMATIC ET 200S A&D Mall: Section Automation Systems / SIMATIC Industrial Automation
Systems / Distributed Peripherals / ET 200S
Catalog IK PI, Chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed Peripherals"
Catalog LV 1, Chapter "Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters"
SIMATIC ET 200pro A&D Mall, Section Automation Systems / SIMATIC Industrial Automation
Systems / Distributed Peripherals / ET 200pro
Catalog IK PI, Chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 Distributed Peripherals"
Catalog LV 1, Chapter "Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters"
ECOFAST A&D Mall, Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls /
Systems / ECOFAST System
Catalog IK PI, Chapter "ECOFAST System"
SIRIUS Safety Integrated A&D Mall, Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls /
Systems / SIRIUS Safety Integrated
SIVACON A&D Mall, Section Low-Voltage Controls / Low-Voltage Power Distribution /
SIVACON Power Distribution Boards, Busway and Cubicle Systems
Catalog LV 1, Chapter "SIVACON Power Distribution Boards, Busway and
Cubicle Systems"
SIRIUS Safety Integrated

System overview
2/66
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
In spite of the steadily increasing complexity in industrial
automation, many applications are restricted to specific areas.
However simple the requirements may be, it is important to have
a reliable partner for these cases too.
With our SIRIUS Safety Integrated controls we offer the optimum
concept for your needs. Be it for failsafe sensing, instructing and
reporting, monitoring and evaluating or starting and reliable
shutting down - our safety integrated controls are expert at
performing safety tasks in your plant. SIRIUS Safety Integrated
combined with standard fieldbus systems such as AS-Interface
and PROFIBUS can solve even networked safety tasks of
greater complexity.
Integration in the the world of Totally Integrated Automation is
thus assured.
PROFIsafe: Selective shutting down with PROFIsafe safety motor starters
ASIsafe: Fast start-up and easy configuring of the safety functions
Conventional safety systems: Simple and cost-effective safety solutions
NSA0_00416a
Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3
SIMATIC S7-300F
controller
Sensing
EMERGENCY-STOP
Instructing/Reporting Monitoring/Evaluating Starting/
Safe shutting down
SIMATIC
ET 200M
ET 200eco SIMATIC ET 200S
with safety
motor starter
Solutions
PROFIsafe
3SE3
SIRIUS
position
switch
SIMATIC FS600
laser scanner
NSA0_00417a
Sensing Instructing/Reporting Monitoring/Evaluating Starting/
Safe shutting down
Motor 1
SIRIUS
contactors
ASIsafe enhanced
safety monitor
Signaling
column
EMERGENCY-
STOP
ASIsafe
module
SIRIUS
position
switch
SIMATIC FS400
light curtain
NSA0_00418a
Sensing Instructing/Reporting Monitoring/Evaluating Starting/
Safe shutting down
Motor 1
SIRIUS
contactors
EMERGENCY-
STOP
3SE3
SIRIUS
position
switch
3SE7
SIRIUS
cable-
operated
switch
3TK28
SIRIUS
safety
relay
3RA71
SIRIUS
safe
load
feeders
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
System overview
2/67
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Benefits
Integration of safety technology in standard automation means
less work for you and greater cost effectiveness.
Cost efficiency
A single system for standard and safety automation reduces
the diversity of equipment
One bus and one engineering system for standard and safety
technology cut costs
Simple reproduciblity for series machines by means of
software solution
Productivity
Shortening of downtimes through fast localization of faults plus
comprehensive diagnostics functions
Speedy restarts after essential plant modifications thanks to
flexibility
Safe, fault-tolerant systems also available for production
without stoppages
Standardization
Uniform user interface for standard and safety technology
Libraries increase re-usability
Fewer control cabinet variants on machines
Simpler installation technology in plants thanks to bus systems
Application
Safe sensing
For the sensing of signals you need devices which you can rely
on: SIRIUS detecting devices. In practically every application
these mechanical sensors detect movement sequences of all
types and pass them on in the form of an electric signal, thus
enabling machines or plants to be shut down immediately in the
event of a fault. All mechanical position switches can be used for
applications up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1 and have posi-
tively driven contacts according to IEC 60947-5-1. Be it for the
monitoring of protective devices or for the sensing of hazardous
movements by machine parts - SIRIUS Safety Integrated detects
to perfection every wrong movement even under the toughest
conditions.
Position switches
without tumbler
Position switches
with tumbler
Hinge switches Short-stroke switches Magnet switches
Description for the mechanical
monitoring of
protective devices
for the mechanical
monitoring of protective
devices and protective
door interlocks
for the mechanical
monitoring of
protective devices
for the mechanical
monitoring of protective
devices, for positional
scanning of linear
movements
for the non-contact
monitoring of protective
doors
Application Protective door
monitoring, position
detection of moving
machine parts
Protective door
monitoring with
tumbler
Protective door
monitoring
Protective door
monitoring
Protective door
monitoring
Communication with direct connection to
ASIsafe
with direct connection to
ASIsafe
-- -- --
More information A&D Mall: section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Detecting Devices
Chapter Detecting Devices
SIRIUS Safety Integrated

System overview
2/68
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Safe instructing and reporting
When things become critical, you must be able to intervene
quickly and easily in order to bring machines and plants to a safe
standstill. For such moments we offer a complete range of reli-
able commanding and signaling devices. For example, EMER-
GENCY-STOP control devices for the most diverse applications.
Two-hand operation consoles for maximum safety on presses or
punches. Effective cable-operated switches which can also be
used as EMERGENCY-STOP devices in particularly long and en-
dangered areas. And last but not least signal lamps and inte-
grated signal lamps. By the way: Many of our SIRIUS command-
ing and signaling devices can communicate through
AS-Interface.
Safe monitoring and evaluating
For plants with safety requirements to run smoothly and with high
availability they must be monitored. Our 3TK28 safety relays
have been doing this, reliably and very cost-effectively, for many
decades. The evaluation of safety-oriented data is performed by
the centerpiece of ASIsafe: the ASIsafe safety monitor. Evalua-
tion functions are performed likewise by the safety modules for
ET 200S motor starters.
EMERGENCY-STOP Cable-operated switches Two-hand operation
consoles
Foot switches Signaling columns /
Integrated signal lamps
Description EMERGENCY-STOP for
the failsafe interruption of
the safety circuit
Safe shutting down by
means of a pull-cable,
monitoring of particularly
long, endangered areas
Manual, safe initiation of
hazardous movements,
directing of both hands to
one position, simulta-
neous actuation < 0.5 s
Locking through
actuation by foot
Acoustic and visual
signaling devices
Application EMERGENCY-STOP
applications in the manu-
facturing industry
EMERGENCY-STOP
applications in the manu-
facturing industry on long
machines and plants
Safety for presses and
punches
Safe actuation by foot out-
side the danger area
Status signaling on
machines and plants
Communication with direct connection to
ASIsafe
with direct connection to
ASIsafe
with direct connection to
ASIsafe
-- AS-Interface connection
using adapter element
More information A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Commanding and Signaling Devices
Catalog: Chapter Commanding and Signaling Devices
3TK28 safety relays ASIsafe safety monitors ET 200S safety modules
Description Solid-state safety relays with contacts Centerpiece of the ASIsafe system,
for monitoring and evaluating
Modules for the ET 200S safety motor
starters, for monitoring and evaluating
on presses and punches
Application Monitoring of Emergency-Stop circuits,
protective door monitors, non-contact
protective devices, press controllers
Monitoring of Emergency-Stop circuits,
protective door monitors, non-contact
protective devices
Monitoring of Emergency-Stop circuits
and protective door monitors
Communication -- AS-Interface, gateway to PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
More information A&D Mall:
- Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
- Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Monitoring and Control Devices
Catalog:
- Chapter Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
- Chapter Monitoring and Control Devices
SIRIUS Safety Integrated
System overview
2/69
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Starting and safe shutting down
The new failsafe motor starters of the SIMATIC ET 200S provide
failsafe stopping and shut-down for safety-oriented applications
which are realized at control level. They can be used as island
solutions directly in the field, for example, or for selective discon-
nection in PROFIsafe applications. The safe load feeder unites
the functions of a motor starter and a safety relay and is respon-
sible for safe shutting down. It thus provides double protection:
From overloading and short-circuiting of the motor and from
placing operators in danger.
More information
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/safety
Safety motor starters Solutions
local
Safety motor starters Solutions
PROFIsafe
Safe load feeders
Description Motor starters for starting and safe
shutting down with conventional
controls
Motor starters for starting and safe shut-
ting down with high safety through inte-
grated self monitoring
Combination of motor starter protector and
two series-connected contactors
Application All safety applications in the
manufacturing industry
All safety applications in the
manufacturing industry
All safety applications in the
manufacturing industry
Communication PROFIBUS DP and PROFIsafe PROFIBUS DP and PROFIsafe --
More information A&D Mall:
- Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
- Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Monitoring and Control Devices
Catalog:
- Chapter Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
- Chapter Monitoring and Control Devices
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Introduction
2/70
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Bus system
- For process and field communication in cell networks with
few stations and with field devices
- For data communication according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
Provides openness for connecting standard-conform compo-
nents from different manufacturers
- PROFIBUS the fieldbus standard in production and
process automation comprises:
- Defining of standards for physical bus characteristics and
access control
- Defining of the user protocol and the user interface
Process or field communication
- PROFIBUS DP for fast, cyclic data exchange with field
devices
- PROFIBUS PA for applications in process automation and in
the inherently safe area
Data communication
- PROFIBUS FMS for data communication between automa-
tion devices from different manufacturers
PROFIBUS within the automation pyramid
Benefits
PROFIBUS is an efficient, open and robust bus system which
guarantees smooth communication.
The system is fully standardized, thus enabling standard-
conform components from different manufacturers to be con-
nected without problem.
Configuring, commissioning and troubleshooting can be per-
formed from any position. This means that the freely select-
able communication relationships are very flexible, easy to
implement and simple to change
Fast local assembly and commissioning using the
FastConnect cabling system.
Constant monitoring of the network components by means
of a simple and effective signaling concept.
High protection for your investment because existing systems
can be expanded without repercussions.
High availability thanks to ring redundance with OLM.
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB
s
DP/BF EIB/BF
Industrial
E
t h
e
r n
e
t
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA
AS-Interface
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00 instabus EIB
s
DP/BF EIB/BF
Industrial
E
t h
e
r n
e
t
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA
AS-Interface
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
8
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Process or field communication
2/71
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Communication functions
The process or field communication (PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS PA) is used to link field device to an automation,
HMI or I&C system.
The connection can be established through integrated inter-
faces on the CPU or using interface modules (IMs) and commu-
nications processors (CPs).
With today's powerful automation systems it is often more effec-
tive to link several PROFIBUS DP lines to one automation system
not only in order to increase the number of connectable I/O sta-
tions but also to be able to handle individual production areas
independently of others (segmentation).
PROFIBUS is standardized according to IEC 61158/EN 50170.
It is an efficient, open and robust fieldbus system with short re-
sponse times and the following protocols:
PROFIBUS DP
(Distributed Peripherals) is used to connect distributed pe-
ripherals, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200 with very fast response times
according to the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard.
PROFIBUS PA
(Process Automation) expands PROFIBUS DP with inherently
safe transmission according to the international standard
IEC 61158-2.
PROFIBUS DP masters
G_IK10_XX_50002
CPUs with DP interface
CP 50M0
CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO,
CP 343-5
CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO,
CP 343-5,
CP 443-5 Basic,
CP 443-5 Extended
IM 467/467 FO
SIMATIC TDC
ET 200S / ET 200M /
ET 200pro /
ET 200eco
S7-300 / S7-400
SIMATIC C7
SIMATIC
IM 151-1, IM 151-1 HF,
IM 151-7 CPU,
IM 151-7 F-CPU
C7-635/636
CPU 315F/317F,
CPU 414H/417H
CPU 416F,
CPU 41x -2/3
FM 458-1 DP (isochronous)
IM 153-1, IM 153-2
IM 154-1 DP, IM 154-2 DP HF
PC-based Automation
SIMATIC PC/PG
Panel PC
Rack PC
Field PG
Power PG
Box PC
Integral interface Communications processor
CP 5512
CP 5611 A2
CP 5613 A2/CP 5613 FO
CP 5614 A2/CP 5614 FO
Box PC 620/627/840
Rack PC 840/IL40 S
Panel PC IL77/670/677/870/877
Field PG
Power PGO
WinAC
CP 5613 A2
WinAC Slot 412/416
(with integral interface),
WinAC MP
(with integral interface)
CP 5611 A2, CP 5613 A2,
Integral interface PC/PG
WinAC RTX
WinAC Basis
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Process or field communication
2/72
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
PROFIBUS DP/PA is used to connect field devices such as dis-
tributed I/O stations or operating mechanisms to automation
systems such as SIMATIC S7 or PCs.
PROFIBUS DP/PA is selected when I/O stations on a machine or
in a plant (e.g. the field level) are widely distributed and can
be spatially grouped (>16 inputs/outputs) to form a station
(e.g. ET 200).
In this case the actuators/sensors are connected to field
devices, which are supplied with output data according to the
master/slave principle and send the input data to the controller
or the PC.
Powerful tools such as STEP 7 and COM PROFIBUS are avail-
able to configure and parameterize the I/O stations. With these
tools, tests and start-ups are possible from every connection
using PROFIBUS DP.
PROFIBUS DP slaves
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
0
8
Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE)
ET 200M
S7-300 (Slave) with CPU 31x-2 DP or
CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO
S7-200 (Slave)
ET 200S
ET 200L
Mobile Panel
C7-635, C7-636
Customized solution
with Siemens ASICs
Customized solution
with Siemens ASICs
PC with
CP 5611 A2
CP 5614 A2
CP 5614 FO
S5-115U with IM 308C
DP/AS-Interface
Link 20E
DP/PA coupler/link
DP/EIB Link
DP master e.g. SPS or PC
Master Drive
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

P
A
Vision Sensor
VS 120
VS 130
ET 200eco
ET 200pro
SITRANS F US
SITRANS P
Field device for hazardous area
ET 200iSP
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Process or field communication
2/73
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
DP device types
PROFIBUS DP differentiates between two different classes of
master and various DP functionalities:
DP master class 1
The DP master class 1 is the central component of PROFIBUS
DP. In a fixed, continuously recurring message cycle the cen-
tral controller or PC exchanges information with distributed
stations (DP slaves).
DP master class 2
Devices of this type (programming, configuring or operating
devices) are used during start-up, for configuring the DP sys-
tem or for operating the plant while it is running (diagnostics).
A DP master class 2 is able, for example, to read the input
data, output data, diagnostics data and configuration data of
slaves.
DP slave
A DP slave is an I/O station which reads in input information
and sends out output information to the other peripherals. The
amount of input and output information varies from device to
device but is limited to a maximum 244 bytes per device. The
functional scope of DP masters class 1 and 2 and of DP slaves
can vary. A communications processor can be accordingly
efficient and versatile.
DP-V0
The DP master functions (DP-V0) are: Configuring, parameter-
izing, cyclic reading of input data and writing of outputs, and
reading of diagnostics data.
DP-V1
The additional DP function expansions (DP-V 1) enable acy-
clic read and write functions and alarm acknowledgment in
parallel with the cyclic data traffic. These expanded DP func-
tions also include acyclic access to the parameters and mea-
sured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process auto-
mation, intelligent operating and monitoring devices). Slaves
of this type must be supplied with comprehensive parameter
data during start-up and while running. The acyclically trans-
mitted data (e.g. parameterizing data) are changed only rarely
compared to the cyclic measured values and are transmitted
with low priority in parallel with the fast cyclic transfer of useful
data. Alarm acknowledgment on the master provides for the
assured transmission of alarms from DP slaves.
DP-V2
The DP master functions (DP-V2) are: cycle synchronization
and cross data traffic between DP slaves.
Cycle synchronization
Cycle synchronization is realized through the use of an equi-
distant cycle signal on the bus system. This cyclic, equidistant
cycle is sent as a global control message frame from the mas-
ter to all stations. Master and slaves can thus synchronize their
applications on this signal. For typical drive applications it is
necessary for the jitter of the cycle signal to be smaller than
1 s.
Cross data traffic between DP slaves
The publisher/subscriber model is used to implement the
cross traffic between slaves. Slaves which are declared to be
publishers make available their input data (equivalent to a re-
ply message frame to their own master) to other slaves, the
subscribers, for them to read as well. The cross traffic commu-
nication takes place cyclically.
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Data communication
2/74
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Communication functions
The data communication (e.g. PROFIBUS FMS) is used to ex-
change data between automation devices or between an auto-
mation device and intelligent partners (PC, computer, etc.).
The following communication functions are available for this
purpose:
PG/OP communication
Includes integrated communication functions by means of
which the SIMATIC automation systems can perform data
communication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC
PG (STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI,
PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks.
S7 routing
With the help of the S7 routing function it is possible to use PG
communication on an internetwork basis.
S7 communication
This integrated communication function was optimized within
SIMATIC S7/C7. It also enables the connection of PCs and
workstations. The amount of useful data per job is 64 Kbyte.
S7 communication provides simple, efficient communication
services and a network-independent software interface for
MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks.
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
The SEND/RECEIVE interface (for PROFIBUS through FDL) is
optimized for communication between SIMATIC S5 and S7
controllers and thus enables migration from SIMATIC S5,
SIMATIC S7 controllers and PCs through PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet.
Standard communication
These are standardized protocols for data communication.
PROFIBUS FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification) is ideal for
the communication of different automation systems (e.g. PLC,
PC) from different manufacturers within a cell area with few
stations (max. 16). Communication with field devices with an
FMS interface is also possible. Using the FMS services READ,
WRITE and INFORMATION REPORT, one communication
partner can gain reading or writing access to another commu-
nication partner's variables through the variable index or vari-
able name or can transmit its own variable values to another
communication partner. Partial access to variable values is
supported. The communication is handled through acyclic
connections (master/master, master/slave), through acyclic
connections with slave initiative or through cyclic connections
(master/slave). With the INFORMATION REPORT it is possible
in addition to send a message to all stations on the network
with the help of a broadcast service. The FMS services IDEN-
TIFY (request for the partner's identification characteristics)
and STATUS (request for the partner's status) can be actuated
as well.
OPC server
The basic principle behind OPC (OLE for Process Control) is
that OPC client applications communicate on a standardized,
open and hence vendor-independent interface with the OPC
server. IT communication can be implemented through the
OPC XML DA interface. Suitable OPC servers are included in
the scope of supply of the corresponding communication
software.
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Data communication
2/75
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
System connections
For many terminal devices that are communication processors
(CPs) which have implemented the communication functions in
the firmware already and as the result relieve the terminal device
of having to perform communication tasks (e.g. flow control,
blocking, etc.).
Data communication for SIMATIC and PC
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
5
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
S7-300/C7
S7-400
SIMATIC C7
S5-115U to 155U
CP 5431 FMS/DP
PG/PC
CP 5611 A2
CP 5613 A2/CP 5613 FO
CP 5614 A2/CP 5614 FO
Automation system Communications processor
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Topologies
2/76
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
Siemens offers an extensive range of PROFIBUS network
components for electrical and optical transmission technology.
PROFIBUS is standardized according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
for universal automation (PROFIBUS FMS and PROFIBUS DP)
and to IEC 61158-2 for process automation (PROFIBUS PA).
Electrical network
The electrical network uses a shielded, twisted two-wire cable.
The RS 485 interface works with voltage differences. It is less
sensitive therefore to interference than a voltage or current in-
terface. With PROFIBUS the stations are connected by means
of a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 32 stations per
segment).
The individual segments are connected through repeaters.
The transmission rate is adjustable in steps from 9.6 kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s.
The maximum segment length is dependent on the transmis-
sion rate.
The electrical network can be configured as a bus or tree
structure.
The transmission technology according to IEC 61158-2 is
used with PROFIBUS PA for applications in the inherently safe
area. In this case the transmission rate equals 31.25 kbit/s.
Features
High-quality bus cable
Transmission method: RS 485 (according to EIA)
Bus structure with bus terminals and bus connector for con-
necting the PROFIBUS stations
Transmission method according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for
universal automation (PROFIBUS FMS/DP) and according to
IEC 61158-2 for the inherently safe area (PROFIBUS PA)
Conversion of DP transmission from RS 485 (bit coding
through voltage difference signals) to IEC 61158-2 (bit coding
through current signals) takes place through the network com-
ponents (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link)
Simple, consistent mounting and grounding concept
Easy installation
Network configuration as electrical PROFIBUS network
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
5
0
0
1
2
PROFIBUS PA
PC with CP 5613 A2
S7-400 with CP 443-5
ET 200S
Drive
PG
OP 17
ET 200M
DP/PA-Link
Repeater
Intrinsically-safe area
Repeater
ET 200pro ET 200pro
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Topologies
2/77
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Optical network
The optical conductor variant of PROFIBUS has the following
features:
Transmission path is insensitive to electromagnetic interfer-
ence
Suitable for long ranges
Electrical isolation
Uses either plastic or PCF or glass optical conductors
Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs
Using optical link modules (OLMs) it is possible to configure an
optical network as a line, ring or star structure. The maximum
distance between two OLMs can be 15 km. The transmission
rate is adjustable in steps from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
Optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT
The optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT is con-
figured as a line structure. A cost-optimized solution in the form
of devices with an integrated optical interface is available for this
purpose. Terminal equipment with an RS 485 interface can be
connected through an optical bus terminal (OBT). The maximum
distance between two stations on a plastic optical conductor is
50 m. Special optical conductors are used to span distances of
up to 300 m.
Network configuration of the optical PROFIBUS with OLMs
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
6
S7-300
with CP 342-5
ET 200pro
S7-400
with CP 443-5
Drive
OLM OLM OLM OLM OLM
PC
with CP 5613 A2
Bus cable
for PROFIBUS
Glass FO cable
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Topologies
2/78
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Mixed network
Mixed structures consisting of an electrical and an optical
network are possible. The transition between the two media
is effected by an OLM.
In the way stations on the bus communicate with each other
there is no difference between two-wire technology and fiber
optic technology. Up to 127 stations can be connected to one
PROFIBUS network.
Optical transmission technology provides the following
advantages:
Optical conductors made of plastic or glass are insensitive to
electromagnetic radiation, hence the EMC measures required
for electrical networks are superfluous
No additional lightning protection concept is needed outdoors
The potentials on the modules are automatically isolated
thanks to the conductor characteristics
With optical conductors it is possible to span large distances
to field devices
Network configuration with an electrical and an optical PROFIBUS combined
OP 17
S7-300
ET 200M
ET 200S
OLM OLM OLM OLM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
5
ET 200pro ET 200pro
ET 200S
Control cabinet
Bus cable for
PROFIBUS
Glass FOC
PROFIBUS
System Overview
Topologies
2/79
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Wireless coupling
With the help of the PROFIBUS infrared link module (ILM), one or
more PROFIBUS slaves or slave segments can be coupled by
wireless means. With a maximum transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s
and a maximum range of 15 m, communication with moving
parts, e.g. automatic guided vehicles (AGVs) or the replacement
of wear-prone systems (sliprings or slipring leads) is possible.
Coupling with moving stations
More information
For the SIMATIC NET products referred to above (order numbers
6GK..., 6XV1...) please also note the conditions of application,
which can be consulted on the Internet site quoted below.
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
More information about PROFIBUS can be found in Catalog
IK PI, in the chapter PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158 /
EN 50170.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
4
Slave e.g.
ET 200S
Slave e.g. ET 200L
Master e.g. S7-300
ILM
ILM ILM
Slave e.g.
ET 200pro
SIRIUS Modular System

System overview
2/80
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
Overview
A perfect team: The SIRIUS modular system for the control
cabinet
Building switchgear cabinets should be quick, easy, flexible and
space-saving. But how can all these requirements be met simul-
taneously? The answer lies in the unique SIRIUS modular
system, where you will find everything that you need for switch-
ing, protecting and starting motors and industrial systems.
This modular selection of standard components covers the
range up to 250 kW / 400 V in just seven sizes which are opti-
mally coordinated, can be combined with ease and use the
same accessories. Control technology can be that simple.
Continuous further development and regular innovations ensure
that our customers are optimally equipped with SIRIUS and ben-
efit from efficient solutions - today and tomorrow.
All components of the SIRIUS modular system are characterized
by a space-saving design and high flexibility. Configuring, in-
stalling, wiring and maintenance are extremely easy and time-
saving to perform.
Regardless of whether you want to build up load feeders with
motor starter protectors or overload relays, contactors or soft
starters, SIRIUS has the right product for every application.
SIRIUS stands for innovation
To be able to meet our customers' requirements tomorrow as
well as today we are dedicated to the ongoing development of
our product portfolio.
The new 3RB2 solid-state overload relays
With the newly developed SIRIUS 3RB2 solid-state overload
relays for both standard and high-feature requirements it is now
possible to provide motor and system protection over the full
range from 0.1 to 630 A. Thanks to the large setting range it is
possible, furthermore, to cover this current range with a mini-
mum number of variants, which compared to the "classic" bi-
metal relays has been reduced by up to 90 %. And this variance
can be minimized further by the modular design of the devices
for high-feature requirements. With these devices for full motor
protection it is possible to transmit alarm signals, current values
and the like, e.g. for further processing in the PLC.
The SIRIUS 3RB2 solid-state overload relays are coordinated
with the other components of the SIRIUS modular system with
regards to their electric rating, mechanics and dimensions.
The SIRIUS 3RB2 solid-state overload relays reduce stock and
product variance, simplify configuring, mounting and start-up,
increase plant availability and enable customized solutions.
SIRIUS Modular System
System overview
2/81
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
The new SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters for soft starting up to high ratings
Two new types of soft starter in compact SIRIUS design provide
the answer for the starting of three-phase asynchronous motors
with reduced strain on the load and the network. The new SIRIUS
3RW40 soft starter is used in demanding standard applications.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter is the right choice for high func-
tionality and for difficult starting operations.
For simple to demanding standard applications in which a wye-
delta starter has been used up to now, the SIRIUS 3RW40 soft
starter provides the best solution for starting applications with
zero torque surge. With a power range from 75 to 250 kW (at
400 V) the new SIRIUS 3RW40 soft starters supplement the ex-
isting, service-proven product segment of the 3RW30 soft start-
ers with 2-phase control. The use of 2-phase controlled soft
starters up to this high performance range is unique and was
made possible by a new control method which was specially de-
veloped by Siemens.
For motor starts with more exacting requirements, which up to
now had to be implemented with a frequency converter for ex-
ample, the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter provides the greatest
functionality and diagnostics with user-friendly operation. For in-
tegration in the process landscape the new 3RW44 high feature
soft starter can be retrofitted with an optional PROFIBUS DP
module. Thanks to its new torque control the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft
starter is a master of difficult starting and ramp-down operations
for operating mechanisms covering a performance range up to
710 kW at 400 V with an inline circuit (up to 1200 kW at 400 V
with an inside-delta circuit).
Benefits
The advantages and highlights at a glance
Load feeders
Easy to implement up to 250 kW / 400 V from standard devices
Modular design
Everything fits together and can be combined
Variants and sizes
Economical and flexible thanks to seven compact sizes
Accessories
Optimum variance with uniform accessories
Construction
Space-saving design with small device width and
butt-mounting type of construction up to 60 C
Installation
Fast start-up, short setting-up times and simple wiring
Communication
Connection to AS-interface and PROFIBUS DP possible
Maintenance
Extremely long life, low maintenance and reliable
Approvals
Global approvals and certifications such as IEC, UL, CSA,
CCC, shipbuilding
Mounting
Permanently secure mounting, screwed or snap-fitted
Spring-type terminals
Quick and secure connection, vibration-proof and
maintenance-free
Service
Short delivery periods thanks to world-wide logistics network
Environment
Environment-friendly production and materials,
recycling capability, low power loss
Design
Clear-cut, ergonomic design
(winner of the iF Product Design Award)
SIRIUS Modular System

System overview
2/82
Siemens LV 1 2007
2
More information
Product For further information see
Robust and reliable: SIRIUS 3RT contactors
Thanks to the extreme robustness and best contact reliability of
our contactors, their switching is extremely precise and reliable.
At the same time they enable you to build compact control cabi-
nets with a high packing density because the auxiliary switch
blocks and coil circuits are inside the contactor's contours. This
facilitates expansions and saves a great deal of space in the
control cabinet.
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Controls / Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Chapter Controls Contactors and Contactor
Assemblies
Much more than ON/OFF: the SIRIUS 3RV motor starter protectors
The SIRIUS 3RV motor starter protectors are compact, current
limiting motor starter protectors. They ensure reliable shutdown in
the short-circuit case and protect loads and the system from
overloads. In addition they are suitable for normal switching duty
with loads that have a small number of switching operations as
well as for reliable isolation of the equipment from the supply sys-
tem for maintenance work or modifications.
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Protection Equipment / Motor Starter Protectors up to
100 A
Chapter Protection Equipment
Triggering when things get serious: SIRIUS 3RU and 3RB overload relays
The overload relays of the SIRIUS family are available in a ther-
mal version as well as in a solid-state version for high-feature
applications. They are responsible in the main circuit for the cur-
rent-dependent overload protection of loads and the other
switching and protective devices in the respective load feeder.
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Protection Equipment / Overload Relays
Chapter Protection Equipment
Soft starting and ramp-down: SIRIUS 3RW soft starters
The 3RW soft starters offer a complete range covering all stan-
dard and high-feature motor starting applications. As the result,
the advantages of soft starting and ramp-down can be used
today in a wide range of applications for realizing optimum
machine concepts with greater ease and lower cost.
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters /
3RW Soft Starters
Chapter Load Feeders, Motor Starters and
Soft Starters
Everything ready for immediate use: with factory-wired SIRIUS load feeders
Load feeders start loads by means of a combination of protective
and switching functions. This requires a wide selection of differ-
ent components in order to be able to realize all starter types. To
keep downtimes as short as possible, Siemens offers factory-
wired starter solutions.
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters
Chapter Load Feeders, Motor Starters and
Soft Starters
SIRIUS infeed system
When you want to supply current to several motor starter protec-
tors in a group or to complete load feeders, all arguments are in
favor of using the user-friendly SIRIUS infeed system. Thanks to a
terminal block it is also possible to integrate single-pole, two-pole
or three-pole components.
A&D Mall: Section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Load Feeders, Motor Starters and Soft Starters /
3RA Fuseless Load Feeders
Chapter Load Feeders, Motor Starters and
Soft Starters
Siemens LV 1 2007
3/2 Introduction
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors
for Switching Motors
3/5 General data
3/11 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/26 3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole,
110 ... 250 kW
3/27 3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole,
335 ... 450 kW
3/29 3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system,
3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
3/30 3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3/32 3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
3/37 Components for customer assembly
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta
Starting
3/40 3RA14 complete units, 3 ...75 kW
3/47 Components for customer assembly
3TD, 3TE Contactor Assemblies
3/48 3TD6 reversing contactor assemblies,
335 kW
3/49 3TE6 contactor assemblies for wye-delta
starting, 630 kW
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK
Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 Contactors for Switching Resistive
Loads (AC-1)
3/50 3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
3RT13 Contactors for Switching Resistive
Loads (AC-1)
3/52 4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
3TK1 Contactors for Switching Resistive
Loads (AC-1)
3/54 4-pole, 4 NO, 200 ... 1000 A
3TK20 Contactors
3/55 4-pole, 4 kW
3RT15 Contactors
3/57 4-pole, 2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW
3RT16 Capacitor Contactors
3/58 12.5 ... 50 kvar
Contactors with Extended Operating
Range 0.7 ... 1.25 U
s
, for
Railway Applications
3/59 3RH11 contactor relays
3/60 3TH4 contactor relays
3/61 3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
3/64 3TB5 motor contactors, 55 ... 200 kW
3/65 3TC contactors for switching
DC voltage, 2-pole
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
3/66 1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3/69 3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/72 3RH14 latched contactor relays,
4-pole
3/73 3TH4 contactor relays, 8- and 10-pole
3/75 3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/78 3RH11 coupling relays for switching
auxiliary circuits, 4-pole
3RT Coupling Relays
3/79 3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole,
3 ... 11 kW
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
3/82 Relay couplers
3/84 Relay couplers with plug-in design
3/86 Semiconductor couplers
3RS18 Coupling Relays with Industrial
Housing
3/88 Relay couplers
LZX Plug-in Relays
3/89 Relay couplers
3TG10 Power Relays/Miniature
Contactors
3/93 4-pole, 4 kW
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
3/94 Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
3/111 Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
3/116 Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF,
3TG, 3TK contactors
3/121 Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
3/124 Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC,
3TF, 3TK contactors
Controls
Contactors and
Contactor Assemblies
Controls Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Introduction
3/2
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
Size
Type
S00
3RT10 1
S0
3RT10 2
S2
3RT10 3
3RT10 contactors 3RT12 and 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors
Type 3RT10 15 3RT10 16 3RT10 17 3RT10 23 3RT10 24 3RT10 25 3RT10 26 3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
AC, DC operation (p. 3/15, 3/19) (p. 3/16, 3/20) (p. 3/17, 3/21)
Type -- -- --
AC-3
I
e
/AC-3/400 V A 7 9 12 9 12 17 25 32 40 50
400 V kW 3 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
230 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
3RT10/12
3RT10/12
kW
kW
kW
kW
2.2
3.5
4
--
3
4.5
5.5
--
3
5.5
5.5
--
3
4.5
5.5
--
3
7.5
7.5
--
4
10
11
--
5.5
11
11
--
7.5
18.5
18.5
--
11
22
22
--
15
30
22
--
AC-4 (for I
a
= 6 x I
e
)
400 V
400 V 3RT10/12
kW
kW
3
1.15
4
2
4
2
4
2
5.5
2.6
7.5
3.5
7.5
4.4
15
8.2
18.5
9.5
22
12.6
(200 000 operating cycles)
AC-1 (40 C, 690 V)
I
e
3RT10/12 A 18 22 22 40 40 40 40 50 60 60
3RT14 AC-1 contactors
Type -- -- --
I
e
/AC-1/40 C/ 690 V A -- -- --
Accessories for contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks front
lateral
3RH19 11
--
(p. 3/97) 3RH19 21
3RH19 21
(p. 3/97)
(p. 3/100)
Terminal covers -- -- 3RT19 36-4EA2 (p. 3/109)
Box terminal blocks -- -- --
Surge suppressors 3RT19 16 (p. 3/104) 3RT19 26 (p. 3/104) 3RT19 26/36 (p. 3/104)
3RU1 and 3RB2 overload relays (protective devices: overload relays)
3RU11, thermal, CLASS 10 3RU11 16 0.1 ... 12 A (Chap. 5) 3RU11 26 1.8 ... 25 A (Chap. 5) 3RU11 36 5.5 ... 50 A (Chap. 5)
3RB20/21, solid-state,
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30
3RB20 16
3RB21 16
0.1 ... 12 A (Chap. 5) 3RB20 26
3RB21 26
3 ... 25 A (Chap. 5) 3RB20 36
3RB21 36
6 ... 50 A (Chap. 5)
3RB22/23, solid-state,
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06
0.3 ... 25 A (Chap. 5) 10 ... 100 A (Chap. 5)
3RV10 motor starter protectors (protective devices: motor starter protectors)
Type 3RV10 11 0.18 ... 12 A (Chap. 5) 3RV10 21 9 ... 25 A (Chap. 5) 3RV10 31 22 ... 50 A (Chap. 5)
Link modules 3RA19 11 (Chap. 5) 3RA19 21 (Chap. 5) 3RA19 31 (Chap. 5)
3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
Complete units Type 3RA13 15
(p. 3/33)
3RA13 16 3RA13 17 3RA13 24
(p. 3/34)
3RA13 25 3RA13 26 3RA13 34
(p. 3/35)
3RA13 35 3RA13 36
400 V kW 3 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
Installation kits/wiring modules 3RA19 13-2A (p. 3/38) 3RA19 23-2A (p. 3/38) 3RA19 33-2A (p. 3/38)
Mechanical interlocks 3RA19 12-2H (p. 3/39) 3RA19 24-1A/-2B (p. 3/37)
3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Complete units Type 3RA14 15
(p. 3/42)
3RA14 16 3RA14 23
(p. 3/43)
3RA14 25 3RA14 34
(p. 3/44)
3RA14 35
(p. 3/45)
3RA14 36
400 V kW 5.5 7.5 11 15/18.5 22/30 37 45
Installation kits/wiring modules 3RA19 13-2B (p. 3/47) 3RA19 23-2B (p. 3/47) 3RA19 33-2B/-2C (p. 3/47)
Controls Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Introduction
3/3
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
S3
3RT1. 4
S6
3RT1. 5
S10
3RT1. 6
S12
3RT1. 7
14
3TF6
3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66 3RT10 75 3RT10 76 --
(p. 3/18, 3/21) (p. 3/22) (p. 3/22) (p. 3/22)
-- -- 3RT12 64
(p. 3/26)
3RT12 65 3RT12 66 3RT12 75
(p. 3/26)
3RT12 76 3TF68
(p. 3/27)
3TF69
65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500 630 820
30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335 450
18.5
37
45
30
22
45
55
37
22
55
55
37
37
75
110
75
45
90
132
90
55
110
160
90
55
160
200
90/315
75
160
250
132/355
90
200
250
132/400
132
250
400
250/560
160
355
400/500
250/710
200
434
600
600
260
600
800
800
30
15.1
37
17.9
45
22
55
29
75
38
90
45
110
54/78
132
66/93
160
71/112
200
84/140
250
98/161
355
168
400
191
100 120 120 160 185 215 275/330 330 330 430/610 610 700 910
3RT14 46 (p. 3/50) 3RT14 56 (p. 3/51) 3RT14 66 (p. 3/51) 3RT14 76 (p. 3/51) --
140 275 400 690 --
--
3TY7 561 (p. 3/117)
3RT19 46-4EA1/2 (p. 3/109) 3RT19 56-4EA1/2/3 (p. 3/109) 3RT19 66-4EA1/2/3 (p. 3/109) 3TX7 686/696 (p. 3/117)
-- 3RT19 55/56-4G (p. 3/109) 3RT19 66-4G (p. 3/109) --
3RT19 56-1C (RC element) (p. 3/105) 3TX7 572 (p. 3/116)
3RU11 46 18 ... 100 A (Chap. 5) -- -- -- --
3RB20 46
3RB21 46
12.5 ... 100 A (Chap. 5) 3RB20 56
3RB21 56
50 ... 200 A (Chap. 5) 3RB20 66
3RB21 66
55 ... 630 A
(Chap. 5)
3RB20 66
3RB21 66
160 ... 630 A
(Chap. 5)
3RB20 66
3RB21 66
160 ... 630 A
(Chap. 5)
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 56 3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 66
20 ... 200 A (Chap. 5) 63 ... 630 A (Chap. 5)
3RV10 41 45 ... 100 A (Chap. 5) -- -- -- --
3RA19 41 (Chap. 5) -- -- -- --
3RA13 44
(p. 3/36)
3RA13 45 3RA13 46 -- -- -- 3TD68 04
(p. 3/48)
30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335
3RA19 43-2A (p. 3/38) 3RA19 53-2A (p. 3/38) 3RA19 63-2A (p. 3/38) 3RA19 73-2A (p. 3/38) 3TX7 680-1A
3RA19 54-2A (p. 3/37) 3TX7 686-1A
3RA14 44
(p. 3/46)
3RA14 45 -- -- -- 3TE68 04
(p. 3/49)
55 75 -- -- -- 630
3RA19 43-2B/-2C (p. 3/47) 3RA19 53-2B (p. 3/47) 3RA19 63-2B (p. 3/47) 3RA19 73-2B (p. 3/47) 3TX7 680-1B
Controls Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Introduction
3/4
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
The advantages at a glance
Order No. Page
Coupling links, narrow design
Relay couplers Width 6.2 mm (1 NO, 1 CO), 12.5 mm and 17.5 mm
Output coupling links
Input coupling links with hard gold-plating
3TX7 002,
3TX7 003,
3TX7 004,
3TX7 005
3/82
Plug-in base couplers, complete with relay Width 6.2 mm (1 NO, 1 CO)
Relays, replaceable
3TX7 014-1..00 3/84
Plug-in base couplers, complete with relay
and hard gold-plating
Width 6.2 mm (1 CO) 3TX7 014-1..02 3/84
Semiconductor couplers Output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor 3TX7 002,
3TX7 004,
3TX7 005
3/86
Coupling relays in industrial housing
Relay couplers Safe isolation up to 300 V between contacts and
relay circuits
1, 2 and 3 changeover contacts
Hard gold-plated contacts in combination and
wide voltage range versions
3RS18 3/88
Plug-in relays
Relay couplers with 2, 3 and 4 changeover
contacts
Switching capacity 12 A/10 A/6 A
Width 27 mm
Base optionally with or without logical isolation
LZX:PT 3/89
Relay couplers with 1, 2 changeover contacts Switching capacity 16 A/8 A
Width 15.5 mm
Base optionally with or without logical isolation
LZX:RT 3/89
Relay couplers with 3 changeover contacts and
circular base
Switching capacity 6 A
11-pole circular base
Width 38 mm
LZX:MT 3/92
Power relays
with screw and flat connectors 3TG10 3/93
3TX7 3RS18 LZX 3TG10
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3/5
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
d
Overview
3RT1 contactors and coupling relays
Size S00 with mountable accessories
For contactor assemblies see pages 3/32 to 3/39.
For installation kit for reversing contactor assemblies
(mech. interlocking, wiring modules) see page 3/38.
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
For fuseless load feeders, see Load Feeders, Motor Starters and
Soft Starters -> 3RA Fuseless Load Feeders.
The SIRIUS generation of
controls is a complete,
modular system family,
logically designed right
down to the last detail,
from the basic units to the
accessories.
Contactor (page 3/15)
Coupling relay (page 3/79)
Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay (page 3/103)
Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay (page 3/103)
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay (page 3/102)
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/97)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/97)
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/97)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/97)
4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 3/97) (terminal designations
according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard version or solid-state compatible
version (pages 3/97, 3/102) (terminal designations according to
EN 50005)
Solder pin adapter for contactors with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
(page 3/108)
Solder pin adapter for contactors and coupling relays (page 3/107)
Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current
(page 3/106)
Surge suppressor with LED (page 3/105)
Surge suppressor without LED (page 3/105)
3-phase feeder terminal (page 3/47)
Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole, without terminal (page 3/47)
Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal (page 3/108)
Link for paralleling, 4-pole, with terminal (page 3/108)
Connection module (adapter and connector) for contactors with
screw-type connection (page 3/107)
For contactors
For contactors and coupling relays (interface)
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
4
8
a
15
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
20
19
16
12
13
1
17
18
2
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3/6
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S0 to S3 with mountable accessories
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
4
9
b
4
10
5
18
17
16
11
1
12
9
6
15
14
1
8
7
13
16
19
22
21
2
20
26
22
23
24
3
21
25
Contactor, size S0, see page 3/16
Contactor, size S2, see page 3/17
Contactor, size S3, see page 3/18
1
2
3
For sizes S0 to S3:
Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay (page 3/103)
Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay (page 3/103)
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay (page 3/102)
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/98)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/98)
4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 3/98)
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connection terminal (page 3/47)
Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal (page 3/108)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
(page 3/100) (terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
(page 3/98)
Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 3/37)
Mechanical interlock, mountable on the front (page 3/37)
Wiring modules on the top and bottom (reversing duty) (page 3/39)
Surge suppressor (page 3/104) (varistor, RC element, diode assembly),
can be mounted on the top or bottom (different for S0 and S2/S3)
Coupling link for mounting directly onto contactor coil (page 3/107)
LED module for indicating contactor operation (page 3/107)
Only for size S0:
Pneumatic delay block (page 3/103)
Connection module (adapter and connector)
for contactors with screw-type connection (page 3/107)
Only for sizes S0 and S2:
Mechanical latching (page 3/103)
Only for sizes S2 and S3:
Coil repeat terminal for making contactor assemblies
(page 3/37)
Terminal cover for box terminals (page 3/109)
Only for size S3:
Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection (page 3/109)
Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole (page 3/107)
Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S3
Accessories differ according to size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
25
26
20
21
22
23
24
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3/7
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories
(illustration for basic unit)
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(page 3/22 and 3/51)
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay (page 3/102)
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 3/97)
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/98)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/98)
Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
(page 3/98)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
(page 3/100) (terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
(identical for S0 to S12)
Surge suppressor (RC element) (page 3/105), for plugging into top of
withdrawable coil
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(page 3/109), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Terminal cover for box terminal (page 3/109),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Box terminal block (page 3/109), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S12
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
1
5
7
c
8
1
7
3
2
5
4
6
10
9
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3/8
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Size S6 with accessories
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, size S6 (page 3/22 and 3/51)
3RA19 54-2A mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 3/37)
3RA19 53-2A wiring modules on the top and bottom (page 3/39)
3RT19 56-4BA31 link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole, with through
hole (page 3/108)
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection (page 3/109),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Terminal cover for box terminal (page 3/109),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Box terminal block (page 3/109),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
6
6
8
4
3
1
2
1
3
6
5
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3/9
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6, S10 and S12 with accessories
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(page 3/22 and 3/51) or
3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12 (page 3/26)
Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 3/37)
3RA19 wiring modules on the top and bottom (page 3/38)
3RT19 56-4BA31 link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
with through hole (page 3/108)
Terminal cover for box terminal, (page 3/109),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(page 3/109), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
6
6
9
1
2
1
3
5
6
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3/10
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
4
1
0
2
1
5
5
4
3
6
Air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12 (page 3/22)
Vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12 (page 3/26)
Withdrawable coils for 3RT1. ..-.A.. contactors with conventional
operating mechanism (size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14
air-break contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(Size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
Withdrawable coils for 3RT1. ..-.N.. contactors with solid-state operating
mechanism (Size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break
contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors) (size S12: the same for
air-break and vacuum contactors)
Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for
3RT1..-.P.. and 3RT1. ..-1Q.. air-break contactors with solid-state oper-
ating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator.
Surge suppressor (RC element) (page 3/104),
plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
3RT1. ..-. A.. with conventional operating mechanism
3RT1. ..-. N.. with solid-state operating mechanism
Identical for sizes S6 to S12
Different according to size
1
2
3
4
5
6
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/11
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S00 to S3, up to 45 kW
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3RT1 contactors are climate-proof. They are finger-safe
according to EN 50274.
The 3RT1 contactors are available with screw terminals or with
Cage Clamp terminals.
Size S00 contactors have an auxiliary contact integrated in the
basic unit. The basic units of sizes S0 to S3 contain only the main
current paths.
All basic units can be extended with auxiliary switch blocks. For
size S0 and higher, complete units with 2 NO + 2 NC are avail-
able (connection designation according to EN 50012). The aux-
iliary switch block can be removed (for more information see
LV 1 T).
In addition, complete units with permanently mounted auxiliary
switch block (2 NO + 2 NC according to EN 50012) are offered
for sizes S00 and S0. These versions are built according to spe-
cial Swiss regulations "SUVA" and are distinguished externally
by a red labeling plate.
The size S3 contactors have removable box terminals for the
main conductor connections. This permits connection of ring
terminal lugs or busbars.
Contact reliability
If voltages 110 V and currents 100 mA are to be switched,
the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT1 contactor or 3RH11 contactor
relay should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
reliability.
These auxiliary contacts are suitable for electronic circuits with
currents 1 mA at a voltage of 17 V.
Short circuit protection of the contactors
For more information about short circuit protection of contactors
without overload relay, see Technical specifications. For short
circuit protection of the contactors with overload relay, see
"Overload Relays". To assemble fuseless motor feeders you must
select combinations of motor starter protector and contactor as
explained in "Fuseless Load Feeders".
Motor protection
3RU11 thermal overload relays or 3RB20 solid-state overload re-
lays can be fitted to the 3RT1 contactors for protection against
overload. The overload relays must be ordered separately.
Surge suppression
3RT1 contactors can be retrofitted with RC elements, varistors,
diodes or diode assemblies (assembly of diode and Zener diode
for short break times) for supressing opening surges in the coil.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00
contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on auxil-
iary switch block.
For size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors and RC elements can be
snapped on either on the top or directly below the coil connec-
tions. Diode assemblies are available in 2 different versions on
account of their polarity. Depending on the application they can
be connected either only at the bottom (assembly with motor
starter protector) or only at the top (assembly with overload re-
lay).
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is
specified by coding.
Exceptions:
3RT19 26-1T.00 and
3RT19 36-1T.00; in this case the plug-in direction is marked with
"+" and "-".
Coupling relays are supplied either without surge suppression or
with a varistor or diode connected as standard, according to the
version.
Note:
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times
of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are damped
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assemblies 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S12,
> 45 to 250 kW
3RT10, contactors for switching motors,
3RT12, vacuum contactors for switching motors,
3RT14, contactors for AC-1 applications.
Operating mechanism types
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
Conventional operating mechanism
Solid-state operating mechanism (with 3 performance levels)
UC operation
The contactors can be operated with AC (40 to 60 Hz) as well as
with DC.
Withdrawable coils
For simple coil replacement, e.g. if the application is replaced,
the magnetic coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Auxiliary contact complement
The contactors can be fitted with up to 8 auxiliary contacts (iden-
tical auxiliary switch blocks from S0 to S12). Of these, no more
than 4 are permitted to be NC contacts.
3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors:
Auxiliary contacts mounted laterally and on front
3RT12 vacuum contactors:
Auxiliary contacts mounted laterally
Contactors with conventional operating mechanism
Version 3RT1. ..-.A:
The magnetic coil is switched directly on and off with the control
supply voltage U
s
by way of terminals A1/A2.
Multi-voltage range for the control supply voltage U
s
:
Several closely adjacent control supply voltages, available
around the world, are covered by just one coil,
for example 110-115-120-127 V UC or 220-230-240 V UC.
In addition, allowance is also made for a coil operating range of
0.8 times the lower (U
s min
) and 1.1 times the upper (U
s max
)
rated control supply voltage within which the contactor switches
reliably and no thermal overloading occurs.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/12
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism
The magnetic coil is supplied selectively with the power required
for reliable switching and holding by upstream control electron-
ics.
Wide voltage range for the control supply voltage U
s
:
Compared with the conventional operating mechanism, the
solid-state operating mechanism covers an even broader
range of control supply voltages used worldwide within one
coil variant. For example, the coil for 200 to 277 V UC
(U
s min
to U
s max
) covers the voltages
200-208-220-230-240-254-277 V used worldwide.
Extended operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
:
The wide range for the rated control supply voltage and the
additionally allowed coil operating range of 0.8 x U
s min
to
1.1 x U
s max
results in an extended coil operating range of at
least 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
, within which the contactors will operate
reliably, for the most common control supply voltages of 24,
110 and 230 V.
Bridging temporary voltage dips:
Control voltage failures dipping to 0 V (at A1/A2) are bridged
for up to approx. 25 ms to avoid unintentional tripping.
Defined ON and OFF thresholds:
For voltages of 0.8 x U
s min
and higher the electronics will
reliably switch the contactor ON, and as of 0.5 x U
s min
it is
reliably switched OFF. The hysteresis in the switching thresh-
olds prevents the main contacts from chattering as well as in-
creased wear or welding when operated in weak, unstable
networks. This also prevents thermal overloading of the con-
tactor coil if the voltage applied is too low (contactor does not
close properly and is continuously operated with overexcita-
tion).
Low control power consumption when closing and in the
closed state.
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The contactors with solid-state operating mechanism comply
with the requirements for operation in industrial plants.
Interference immunity
- Burst (IEC 61000-4-4): 4 kV
- Surge (IEC 61000-4-5): 4 kV
- Electrostatic discharge, ESD (IEC 61000-4-2): 8/15 kV
- Electromagnetic field (IEC 61000-4-3): 10 V/m
Emitted interference
- Limit value class A according to EN 55011
Note:
In connection with converters, the control cables should be
installed separately from the load cables of the converter.
Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT = Remaining Life Time)
Main contactor contacts are working parts which must be re-
placed in good time when the end of their service life has been
reached. The degree of contact erosion and thus the electrical
endurance (= number of operating cycles) depends on the load-
ing, utilization category, duty type, etc. Routine checks/visual in-
spections by the maintenance personnel are needed in order to
monitor the state of the main contacts. The remaining lifetime in-
dication function takes over this task. It does not count the num-
ber of operating cycles which does not provide information
about contact erosion but instead electronically identifies,
evaluates and stores the actual progress of erosion of each one
of the three main contacts, and outputs a warning when speci-
fied limits are reached. The stored data are not lost even if the
control supply voltage for A1/A2 fails. After replacement of the
main contacts, measurement the remaining lifetime must be re-
set using the "RESET" button (hold down RESET button for about
2 seconds using a pen or similar tool).
Advantages:
Signaling through relay contact or AS-i when remaining life-
time is 20 %, i.e. contact material wear is 80 %
Additional visual indication of various levels of erosion by
means of LEDs on the laterally mounted solid-state module
when remaining lifetime is 60 % (green), 40 % (orange) and
20 % (red)

Early warning to replace contacts
Optimum utilization of contact material
Visual inspection of the condition of contacts no longer
necessary
Reduction of ongoing operating costs
Optimum planning of maintenance measures
Avoidance of unforeseen plant downtimes
3RT1...-.N version: for 24 V DC PLC output
2 control options:
Control without a coupling link directly through a
24 V DC/ 30 mA PLC output (EN 61131-2). Connection by
means of 2-pole plug-in connection. The screwless spring-
type connection is part of the scope of supply. The control
supply voltage which supplies the solenoid operating
mechanism must be connected to A1/A2.
Note:
Before start-up, the slide switch for PLC operation must be
moved to the "PLC ON" position (setting ex works: "PLC OFF").
Conventional control by applying the control supply voltage at
A1/A2 through a switching contact.
Note:
The slide switch must be in the "PLC OFF" position
(= setting ex works)
RLT
Reset
60%
40%
20%
60%
RLT
Reset
60%
40%
20%
40%
RLT
Reset
60%
40%
20%
20%
RLT
Reset
60%
40%
20%
NSB0_01 1 50a
LED-
Di spl ays
green
green
red
orange
new
D C 24 V
L 1/L +
N/L -
A1 A2
PL C
O FF O N
1
2
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
1
4
3
c
PL C output
D C 24 V/30 m A
$ Slide switch must be in
"PLC ON" position
% Plug-in connection, 2-pole
DC 24 V
L1 /L+
N/L-
A1 A2
PLC
OFF ON
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
1
4
4
c
1
$ Slide switch must be in
"PLC OFF" position
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/13
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
3RT1...-.P version: for 24 V DC PLC output or
PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT).

To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator with
power, the control supply voltage U
s
must be connected to
terminals A1/A2 of the laterally mounted solid-state module. The
control inputs of the contactor are connected to a 7-pole plug-in
connection; the screwless spring-operated connector is part of
the scope of supply.
The "Remaining Lifetime RLT" status signal is available at
terminals R1/R2 through a floating relay contact (hard gold-
plated, enclosed) and can be input to SIMOCODE, PLC or
other devices for processing, for example.
Permissible current-carrying capacity of the R1/R2 relay
output:
- I
e
/AC-15/24 to 230 V: 3 A
- I
e
/DC-13/24 V: 1 A
LED indications
The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the
laterally mounted solid-state module:
- Contactor ON (energized state): Green LED ("ON")
- Indication of remaining lifetime
2 control options:
Contactor control without a coupling link directly through a
24 V DC/ 30 mA PLC output (EN 61131-2) by way of
terminals IN+/IN-.
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by
way of terminals H1/H2, i.e. automatic control through PLC or
SIMOCODE/PROFIBUS DP can be deactivated e.g. at startup or
in the event of a fault and the contactor can be controlled
manually.
Contactor control through relay outputs, e.g. by
- PLC
- SIMOCODE
by way of terminals H1/H2. Contact loading: U
s
/approx. 5 mA.
When operated through SIMOCODE, a communication link to
PROFIBUS DP is also provided.
3RT1. ..-.Q version: Communication-capable with integrated
AS-Interface and indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)

To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator with
power, the control supply voltage U
s
must be connected to
terminals A1/A2 of the laterally mounted solid-state module. The
contactor itself is controlled by way of the integrated AS-Inter-
face interface. The inputs and outputs are connected to a 10-
pole plug-in connection; the screwless spring-type connection
(6-pole for external connection and 4-pole for AS-Interface con-
nection) are part of the scope of supply.
LED indications
The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the
laterally mounted solid-state module:
- Contactor ON (energized state): Green LED ("ON")
- Automatic/Local control: Green LED ("AUTO")
- Bus status: Green/red dual LED ("AS-i")
- Remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
AS-Interface addressing socket "ADDR":
The contactor address can be assigned after installation.
O N
H 1
H 2
R1
R2
IN
IN
24 V
D C
RL T
300 V
AC/D C
A1 A2
-.PP3.
200-277 V
50-60 H z
D C
RL T
60%
40%
20%
Re s e t
3RT105/3RT145
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
1
4
5
a
Conta c tor O N
D is pla y s for RL T:
L E D g re e n
L E D g re e n
L E D ora ng e
L E D re d
RL T Re s e t
Plug -in
c onne c tion
7-pole
L 1/L +
N/L -
A1 A2
S2
S1
S1
H 1
R1
R2
IN
IN
H 2
NSB0_01146d
1 2
Indic a tion
of re m a ining
life tim e 20%
D C 24 V/30 m A
PL C output
$ Solid-state module of
3RT1 ...-.P contactor
% Plug-in connection, 7-pole
S1 Selector switch for switching
from automatic control through
PLC semiconductor output to
local control
S2 Local control option
L 1/L +
N/L -
A1 A2
H 1
H 2
R1
R2
IN
IN
S1
S2
NSB0_01147c
PRO FIBUS D P
1 2
e .g .
SIMO CO D E
othe r
PL C
Indic a tion
of re m a ining
life tim e 20%
$ Solid-state module of
3RT1 ...-.P contactor
% Plug-in connection, 7-pole
S1 Selector switch for switching
from automatic control,
for example, through
SIMOCODE DP or PLC
relay output to local control
S2 Local control option
O N
H 1
H 2
SF1
SF2
AS-i
300 V
AC/D C
A1 A2
-.Q P3.
200-277 V
50-60 H z
D C
3RT105/3RT145
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
1
4
8
b
AUTO
AS-i
RL T
60%
40%
20%
Re s e t
AD D R.
H 3
1
2
3
4
Conta c tor O N
D is pla y s for RL T:
L E D g re e n
L E D g re e n
L E D ora ng e
L E D re d
RL T Re s e t
Plug -in
c onne c tion
6-pole
Bus s ta tus
Autom a tic
c ontrol
Plug -in
c onne c tion
4-pole
Adre s s ja c k
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/14
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Control circuit:
Contactor control through AS-Interface by way of terminals
AS-i +/AS-i . Each of these terminals is jumpered and con-
nected twice to a 4-pole connector which is separate from the
other control inputs.
Advantages:
- The AS-Interface cable is not interrupted if the connector is
pulled out
- The contactor remains functional through the local control
inputs and its own 6-pole connector
Control signals through AS-i:
- Contactor ON/OFF
Status signals through AS-i:
- Contactor ON/OFF
- Automatic/Local control
- Remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
- Signal through free input, e.g. overload relay tripped.
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by
means of terminals H1/H2/H3, i.e. automatic control through
AS-Interface can be deactivated e.g. during startup or in the
event of a fault and the contactor can be controlled manually.
Contactor diagnostics using the user program
Inputs Outputs
S1
S2
A1 A2
H 1
SF2
AS-i
H 2
H 3
SF1
AS-i
AS-i
AS-i
AS-i
L 1/L +
N/L -
NSB0_01149c
2
1 3
3RB20
O v e rloa d re la y
e .g .
$ Solid-state module of
3RT1 ...-.Q contactor
% Plug-in connection, 6-pole
& Plug-in connection, 4-pole
S1 Selector switch for switching
from automatic control, for
example, through
AS-Interface to local control
S1 open: Automatic mode
S2 Local control option
I/O configuration (hex)
ID code (hex)
7
F
Power supply V 26.5 ... 31.6 (according to AS-Interface specification)
AS-Interface power consumption mA max. 20
Contact loading at SF1/2 mA 3 ... 6
Watchdog function (disconnects outputs in the event of AS-Interface fault) Built-in
Indication behavior
During operation, the LEDs on
the contactor indicate the
states shown on the right.
LED States Description of state
AS-Interface On On Flash-
ing
Flash-
ing
Station address 0
No AS-Interface communication
AS-Interface communication OK
Input signals Device status Output signals Device status
DI0 "Ready" 0 Device not ready/manual operation DO0 "Running" 0 Contactor off
1 Device ready/automatic mode 1 Contactor on
DI1 "Running" 0 Contactor off DO1 0 --
1 Contactor on 1 --
DI2 "Remaining lifetime" 0 Remaining lifetime RLT > 20 % DO2 0 --
1 Remaining lifetime RLT 20 % 1 --
DI3 "Free input" 0 No input signal at SF1/2 DO3 0 --
1 Input signal at SF1/2 1 --
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/15
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
AC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

1)
For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
,
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.

3RT10 1.-1A...

3RT10 1.-2A...

3RT10 1.-1AP04-3MA0

3RT10 1.-2AP04-3MA0
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s

at 50/60 Hz
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
1)

Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7 3 18 10 E 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 15-1AB01 0.205 } 3RT10 15-2AB01 0.203
110 } 3RT10 15-1AF01 0.203 } 3RT10 15-2AF01 0.200
230 } 3RT10 15-1AP01 0.203 } 3RT10 15-2AP01 0.201
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 15-1AB02 0.205 } 3RT10 15-2AB02 0.201
110 } 3RT10 15-1AF02 0.203 } 3RT10 15-2AF02 0.201
230 } 3RT10 15-1AP02 0.204 } 3RT10 15-2AP02 0.201
9 4 22 10 E 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 16-1AB01 0.204 } 3RT10 16-2AB01 0.203
110 } 3RT10 16-1AF01 0.205 } 3RT10 16-2AF01 0.201
230 } 3RT10 16-1AP01 0.200 } 3RT10 16-2AP01 0.201
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 16-1AB02 0.206 } 3RT10 16-2AB02 0.201
110 } 3RT10 16-1AF02 0.203 } 3RT10 16-2AF02 0.200
230 } 3RT10 16-1AP02 0.205 } 3RT10 16-2AP02 0.201
12 5.5 22 10 E 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 17-1AB01 0.204 } 3RT10 17-2AB01 0.201
110 } 3RT10 17-1AF01 0.203 } 3RT10 17-2AF01 0.199
230 } 3RT10 17-1AP01 0.204 } 3RT10 17-2AP01 0.199
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 17-1AB02 0.204 B 3RT10 17-2AB02 0.202
110 } 3RT10 17-1AF02 0.203 } 3RT10 17-2AF02 0.200
230 } 3RT10 17-1AP02 0.204 } 3RT10 17-2AP02 0.201
Size S00
1)

with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7 3 18 22 E 2 2 230 } 3RT10 15-1AP04-3MA0 0.245 B 3RT10 15-2AP04-3MA0 0.248
9 4 22 22 E 2 2 230 } 3RT10 16-1AP04-3MA0 0.245 B 3RT10 16-2AP04-3MA0 0.240
12 5.5 22 22 E 2 2 230 } 3RT10 17-1AP04-3MA0 0.245 B 3RT10 17-2AP04-3MA0 0.247
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/97.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/16
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101
1)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

3RT10 2.-1A.00 3RT10 2.-3A.00

3RT10 2.-1A.04

3RT10 2.-1AL24-3MA0
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s

at 50 Hz
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals
for coil connections
Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S0
9 4 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 23-1AB00 0.339 B 3RT10 23-3AB00 0.335
110 } 3RT10 23-1AF00 0.338 B 3RT10 23-3AF00 0.335
230 } 3RT10 23-1AP00 0.337 } 3RT10 23-3AP00 0.334
12 5.5 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 24-1AB00 0.338 B 3RT10 24-3AB00 0.335
110 } 3RT10 24-1AF00 0.337 B 3RT10 24-3AF00 0.333
230 } 3RT10 24-1AP00 0.339 } 3RT10 24-3AP00 0.335
17 7.5 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 25-1AB00 0.341 B 3RT10 25-3AB00 0.335
110 } 3RT10 25-1AF00 0.336 B 3RT10 25-3AF00 0.335
230 } 3RT10 25-1AP00 0.339 } 3RT10 25-3AP00 0.336
25 11 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 26-1AB00 0.340 B 3RT10 26-3AB00 0.337
110 } 3RT10 26-1AF00 0.336 B 3RT10 26-3AF00 0.338
230 } 3RT10 26-1AP00 0.339 } 3RT10 26-3AP00 0.337
Size S0
with mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
9 4 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 23-1AB04 0.407 --
110 } 3RT10 23-1AF04 0.406 --
230 } 3RT10 23-1AP04 0.409 --
12 5.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 24-1AB04 0.409 --
110 } 3RT10 24-1AF04 0.405 --
230 } 3RT10 24-1AP04 0.408 --
17 7.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 25-1AB04 0.411 --
110 } 3RT10 25-1AF04 0.410 --
230 } 3RT10 25-1AP04 0.407 --
25 11 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 26-1AB04 0.410 --
110 } 3RT10 26-1AF04 0.406 --
230 } 3RT10 26-1AP04 0.408 --
Size S0
with permanently mounted auxiliary
switch block
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
at
50/60 Hz
V AC
12 5.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 230 B 3RT10 24-1AL24-3MA0 0.415 --
17 7.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 230 A 3RT10 25-1AL24-3MA0 0.415 --
25 11 40
1)
22 E 2 2 230 A 3RT10 26-1AL24-3MA0 0.415 --
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/17
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 3.-1A.00

3RT10 3.-3A.00

3RT10 3.-1A.04
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s

at 50 Hz
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals
for coil connections
Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S2
32 15 50 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 34-1AB00 0.810 B 3RT10 34-3AB00 0.808
110 } 3RT10 34-1AF00 0.815 B 3RT10 34-3AF00 0.815
230 } 3RT10 34-1AP00 0.813 } 3RT10 34-3AP00 0.811
40 18.5 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 35-1AB00 0.838 B 3RT10 35-3AB00 0.836
110 } 3RT10 35-1AF00 0.835 B 3RT10 35-3AF00 0.837
230 } 3RT10 35-1AP00 0.839 } 3RT10 35-3AP00 0.834
50 22 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 36-1AB00 0.841 B 3RT10 36-3AB00 0.839
110 } 3RT10 36-1AF00 0.836 B 3RT10 36-3AF00 0.831
230 } 3RT10 36-1AP00 0.838 } 3RT10 36-3AP00 0.837
Size S2
with mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
32 15 50 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 34-1AB04 0.908 --
110 } 3RT10 34-1AF04 0.912 --
230 } 3RT10 34-1AP04 0.908 --
40 18.5 60 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 35-1AB04 0.931 --
110 } 3RT10 35-1AF04 0.931 --
230 } 3RT10 35-1AP04 0.930 --
50 22 60 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 36-1AB04 0.929 --
110 } 3RT10 36-1AF04 0.940 --
230 } 3RT10 36-1AP04 0.929 --
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/18
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 4.-1A.00

3RT10 4.-3A.00
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals
for coil connections
Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rail
Size S3
65 30 100 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 44-1AB00 1.701 B 3RT10 44-3AB00 1.720
110 } 3RT10 44-1AF00 1.709 B 3RT10 44-3AF00 1.715
230 } 3RT10 44-1AP00 1.704 } 3RT10 44-3AP00 1.695
80 37 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 45-1AB00 1.831 B 3RT10 45-3AB00 1.845
110 } 3RT10 45-1AF00 1.830 B 3RT10 45-3AF00 1.848
230 } 3RT10 45-1AP00 1.825 } 3RT10 45-3AP00 1.815
95 45 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 46-1AB00 1.838 B 3RT10 46-3AB00 1.854
110 } 3RT10 46-1AF00 1.829 B 3RT10 46-3AF00 1.843
230 } 3RT10 46-1AP00 1.838 } 3RT10 46-3AP00 1.840
Size S3
with mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
65 30 100 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 44-1AB04 1.809 --
110 } 3RT10 44-1AF04 1.805 --
230 } 3RT10 44-1AP04 1.807 --
80 37 120 22 E 2 2 24 B 3RT10 45-1AB04 1.930 --
110 } 3RT10 45-1AF04 1.951 --
230 } 3RT10 45-1AP04 1.935 --
95 45 120 22 E 2 2 24 B 3RT10 46-1AB04 1.942 --
110 } 3RT10 46-1AF04 1.960 --
230 } 3RT10 46-1AP04 1.944 --
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/112.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/19
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
DC operation DC solenoid system
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 1.-1B...

3RT10 1.-2B... 3RT10 1.-1BB44-3MA0

3RT10 1.-2BB44-3MA0
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7 3 18 10 E 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 15-1BB41 0.263 } 3RT10 15-2BB41 0.260
220 A 3RT10 15-1BM41 0.260 B 3RT10 15-2BM41 0.252
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 15-1BB42 0.262 } 3RT10 15-2BB42 0.261
220 B 3RT10 15-1BM42 0.261 B 3RT10 15-2BM42 0.256
9 4 22 10 E 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 16-1BB41 0.264 } 3RT10 16-2BB41 0.259
220 B 3RT10 16-1BM41 0.260 B 3RT10 16-2BM41 0.253
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 16-1BB42 0.263 } 3RT10 16-2BB42 0.261
220 B 3RT10 16-1BM42 0.261 B 3RT10 16-2BM42 0.253
12 5.5 22 10 E 1 -- 24 } 3RT10 17-1BB41 0.263 } 3RT10 17-2BB41 0.261
220 B 3RT10 17-1BM41 0.259 B 3RT10 17-2BM41 0.254
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT10 17-1BB42 0.262 } 3RT10 17-2BB42 0.261
220 B 3RT10 17-1BM42 0.260 B 3RT10 17-2BM42 0.255
Size S00
with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7 3 18 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 15-1BB44-3MA0 0.308 B 3RT10 15-2BB44-3MA0 0.308
9 4 22 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 16-1BB44-3MA0 0.309 A 3RT10 16-2BB44-3MA0 0.308
12 5.5 22 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 17-1BB44-3MA0 0.304 B 3RT10 17-2BB44-3MA0 0.308
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/97.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/20
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
DC operation DC solenoid system
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

1)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

3RT10 2.-1B.40 3RT10 2.-3B.40 3RT10 2.-3B.44 3RT10 2.-1BB44-3MA0
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rails
Size S0
9 4 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 23-1BB40 0.570 } 3RT10 23-3BB40 0.570
220 B 3RT10 23-1BM40 0.576 B 3RT10 23-3BM40 0.576
12 5.5 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 24-1BB40 0.566 } 3RT10 24-3BB40 0.566
220 A 3RT10 24-1BM40 0.579 B 3RT10 24-3BM40 0.579
17 7.5 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 25-1BB40 0.570 } 3RT10 25-3BB40 0.570
220 A 3RT10 25-1BM40 0.575 B 3RT10 25-3BM40 0.575
25 11 40
1)
-- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 26-1BB40 0.569 } 3RT10 26-3BB40 0.569
220 A 3RT10 26-1BM40 0.580 B 3RT10 26-3BM40 0.580
Size S0
with mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to DIN 50012
9 4 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 23-1BB44 0.639 --
220 B 3RT10 23-1BM44 0.644 --
12 5.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 24-1BB44 0.641 --
220 B 3RT10 24-1BM44 0.645 --
17 7.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 25-1BB44 0.640 --
220 B 3RT10 25-1BM44 0.645 --
25 11 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 26-1BB44 0.643 --
220 B 3RT10 26-1BM44 0.645 --
Size S0
with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
Terminal designations according to DIN 50012
12 5.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 A 3RT10 24-1BB44-3MA0 0.641 --
17 7.5 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 A 3RT10 25-1BB44-3MA0 0.640 --
25 11 40
1)
22 E 2 2 24 A 3RT10 26-1BB44-3MA0 0.642 --
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/21
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
DC operation DC solenoid system
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 3.-1B.40 3RT10 4.-1B.40

3RT10 3.-3B.40 3RT10 4.-3B.40 3RT10 4.-1B.44
Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

up to
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S2
32 15 50 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 34-1BB40 1.433 } 3RT10 34-3BB40 1.435
220 A 3RT10 34-1BM40 1.446 B 3RT10 34-3BM40 1.452
40 18.5 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 35-1BB40 1.443 } 3RT10 35-3BB40 1.426
220 B 3RT10 35-1BM40 1.439 B 3RT10 35-3BM40 1.454
50 22 60 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 36-1BB40 1.435 } 3RT10 36-3BB40 1.443
220 B 3RT10 36-1BM40 1.444 A 3RT10 36-3BM40 1.455
Size S2
with mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
32 15 50 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 34-1BB44 1.530 --
220 A 3RT10 34-1BM44 1.530 --
40 18.5 60 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 35-1BB44 1.522 --
220 B 3RT10 35-1BM44 1.523 --
50 22 60 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 36-1BB44 1.533 --
220 B 3RT10 36-1BM44 1.508 --
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rail
Size S3
65 30 100 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 44-1BB40 2.808 } 3RT10 44-3BB40 2.807
220 B 3RT10 44-1BM40 2.793 B 3RT10 44-3BM40 2.749
80 37 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 45-1BB40 2.828 } 3RT10 45-3BB40 2.807
220 B 3RT10 45-1BM40 2.781 B 3RT10 45-3BM40 2.770
95 45 120 -- -- -- 24 } 3RT10 46-1BB40 2.817 } 3RT10 46-3BB40 2.821
220 B 3RT10 46-1BM40 2.767 B 3RT10 46-3BM40 2.760
Size S3
with mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
65 30 100 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 44-1BB44 2.921 --
220 B 3RT10 44-1BM44 2.880 --
80 37 120 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 45-1BB44 2.919 --
220 B 3RT10 45-1BM44 2.870 --
95 45 120 22 E 2 2 24 } 3RT10 46-1BB44 2.913 --
220 B 3RT10 46-1BM44 2.887 --
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/112.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/22
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (varistor)
Main conductors: Bar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals
1)

1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with bar
connections instead of box terminals. Without additional charge.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must be replaced with "6",
e.g. 3RT10 54-6A.36 .

3RT1. 5.

3RT1. 6. 3RT1. 7.
Size Rated data Auxiliary
contacts,
lateral
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC kg
Conventional operating mechanism
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 54-1AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.641
220 240 } 3RT10 54-1AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.619
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 55-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.344
220 240 } 3RT10 55-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.331
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 56-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.369
220 240 } 3RT10 56-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.350
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 64-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.508
220 240 } 3RT10 64-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.428
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 65-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.554
220 240 } 3RT10 65-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.500
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 66-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.599
220 240 } 3RT10 66-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.520
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 75-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.340
220 240 } 3RT10 75-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.070
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 110 127 } 3RT10 76-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.490
220 240 } 3RT10 76-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.355
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No. Price
per PU
Conventional operating mechanism
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 54-3AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.641
220 240 B 3RT10 54-3AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.628
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 55-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.344
220 240 B 3RT10 55-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.332
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 56-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.374
220 240 B 3RT10 56-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.350
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 64-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.508
220 240 B 3RT10 64-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.428
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 65-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.554
220 240 B 3RT10 65-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.500
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 66-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.599
220 240 B 3RT10 66-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.520
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 75-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.340
220 240 B 3RT10 75-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.070
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 110 127 B 3RT10 76-2AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.490
220 240 B 3RT10 76-2AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.366
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/113.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/23
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (varistor)
Main conductors: Bar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals
1)


1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with bar
connections instead of box terminals. Without additional charge.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "3" must be replaced with "2",
e.g. 3RT10 54-2N.36 .
Size Rated data Auxiliary
contacts,
lateral
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC kg
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 54-1NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.630
200 277 } 3RT10 54-1NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.950
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 55-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.325
200 277 } 3RT10 55-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.325
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 56-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.335
200 277 } 3RT10 56-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.334
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 64-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 6.664
200 277 A 3RT10 64-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.526
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 65-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 6.711
200 277 A 3RT10 65-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.600
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 66-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 6.720
200 277 A 3RT10 66-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.600
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 75-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 10.352
200 277 A 3RT10 75-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.079
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 96 127 A 3RT10 76-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 10.501
200 277 A 3RT10 76-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.235
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No. Price
per PU
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 54-3NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.630
200 277 B 3RT10 54-3NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.950
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 55-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.325
200 277 B 3RT10 55-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.325
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 56-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.335
200 277 B 3RT10 56-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.335
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 64-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 6.664
200 277 B 3RT10 64-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.526
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 65-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 6.711
200 277 B 3RT10 65-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.600
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 66-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 6.720
200 277 B 3RT10 66-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.600
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 75-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 10.352
200 277 B 3RT10 75-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.079
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 96 127 B 3RT10 76-2NF36 1 1 unit 101 10.501
200 277 B 3RT10 76-2NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.235
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/24
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with bar
connections instead of box terminals. Without additional charge.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must be replaced with "6",
e.g. 3RT10 54-6..3. .
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (varistor)
Main conductors: Bar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals
1)

Remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
3RT10 56-6P

3RT10 56-6Q
Size Rated data Auxiliary
contacts,
lateral
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Rating of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC kg
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output/
PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 54-1PF35 1 1 unit 101 4.200
200 277 B 3RT10 54-1PP35 1 1 unit 101 4.440
150 45 75 90 132 185 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 55-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 3.875
200 277 B 3RT10 55-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 3.884
185 55 90 110 160 215 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 56-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 3.913
200 277 B 3RT10 56-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 4.093
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 64-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 5.700
200 277 B 3RT10 64-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 6.960
265 75 132 160 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 65-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 7.203
200 277 B 3RT10 65-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 7.004
300 90 160 200 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 66-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 4.852
200 277 B 3RT10 66-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 7.050
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 75-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 10.781
200 277 B 3RT10 75-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 10.505
500 160 250 355 400 610 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 76-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 9.100
200 277 B 3RT10 76-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 10.665
Solid-state operating mechanism with AS-Interface and
remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 54-1QF35 1 1 unit 101 4.190
200 277 B 3RT10 54-1QP35 1 1 unit 101 4.167
150 45 75 90 132 185 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 55-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 3.892
200 277 B 3RT10 55-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 3.886
185 55 90 110 160 215 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 56-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 3.100
200 277 B 3RT10 56-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 3.888
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 64-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 7.018
200 277 B 3RT10 64-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 6.930
265 75 132 160 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 65-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 5.700
00 277 B 3RT10 65-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 7.000
300 90 160 200 250 330 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 66-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 5.700
200 277 B 3RT10 66-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 7.018
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 75-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 9.100
200 277 B 3RT10 75-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 10.513
500 160 250 355 400 610 1 1 96 127 B 3RT10 76-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 11.730
200 277 B 3RT10 76-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 9.100
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/113.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3/25
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
1)
For deviating coil voltages and coil operating ranges of sizes S00 and S0,
the 24 V DC SITOP Power power supply with wide range input
(93 to 264 V AC; 30 to 264 V DC) can be used for coil excitation
(see Power Supplies -> SITOP Power Power Supplies).
2)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
.
3)
Coil operating range:
Size S00 at 50 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
Sizes S0 to S3: at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
.
4)
Coil operating range:
Size S00 at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
Sizes S0 to S3: at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
.
5)
Coil operating range
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
.
6)
Operating range:
0.8 x U
s min
to 1.1 x U
s max
.
Contactor type 3RT10 1 3RT10 2,
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4
3RT14 4 3RT13 1,
3RT15 1
3RT13 2 ... 3RT13 4,
3RT15 2 and 3RT15 3
3RT16
Rated control supply voltage U
s
Sizes S00 ... S3
AC operation
1)
Magnetic coils for 50 Hz (exception: size S00: 50 and 60 Hz
2)
)
24 V AC B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0
42 V AC D0 D0 D0 D0 -- --
48 V AC H0 H0 H0 H0 -- --
110 V AC F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0
230 V AC P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0
400 V AC V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 V0
Magnetic coils for 50 and 60 Hz
2)
24 V AC B0 C2 C2 B0 C2 C2
42 V AC D0 D2 D2 D0 D2 --
48 V AC H0 H2 H2 H0 H2 --
110 V AC F0 G2 G2 F0 G2 G2
220 V AC N2 N2 N2 N2 N2 N2
230 V AC P0 L2 L2 P0 L2 L2
Magnetic coils (for USA and Canada
3)
)
50 Hz 60 Hz
110 V AC 120 V AC K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 K6
220 V AC 240 V AC P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6
Magnetic coils (for Japan)
50/60 Hz
4)
60 Hz
5)
100 V AC 110 V AC G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 G6
200 V AC 220 V AC N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6
400 V AC 440 V AC R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 R6
DC operation
1)
12 V DC A4 -- -- A4 -- --
24 V DC B4 B4 B4 B4 B4 --
42 V DC D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 --
48 V DC W4 W4 W4 W4 -- --
60 V DC E4 E4 E4 -- -- --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 --
125 V DC G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 --
220 V DC M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 --
230 V DC P4 P4 P4 P4 -- --
Sizes S6 ... S12
AC/DC operation (40 ... 60 Hz, DC)
Conventional operating mechanism
U
s min
... U
s max
6)
Contactor type 3RT1. 5.-.A
3RT1. 6.-.A
3RT1. 7.-.A
U
s min
... U
s max
6)
Contactor type 3RT1. 5.-.A
3RT1. 6.-.A
3RT1. 7.-.A
23 ... 26 V AC/DC B3 240 ... 277 V AC/DC U3
42 ... 48 V AC/DC D3 380 ... 420 V AC/DC V3
110 ... 127 V AC/DC F3 440 ... 480 V AC/DC R3
200 ... 220 V AC/DC M3 500 ... 550 V AC/DC S3
220 ... 240 V AC/DC P3 575 ... 600 V AC/DC T3
Solid-state operating mechanism
U
s min
... U
s max
6)
Contactor type 3RT1. 5.-.N
3RT1. 6.-.N
3RT1. 7.-.N
3RT1. 5.-.P/Q
3RT1. 6.-.P/Q
3RT1. 7.-.P/Q
21 ... 27.3 V AC/DC B3 --
96 ... 127 V AC/DC F3 F3
200 ... 277 V AC/DC P3 P3
Examples
AC operating
mechanism
3RT10 23-1AP00 Contactor with screw terminals; with magnetic coil for 50 Hz for rated control supply voltage 230 V AC.
3RT10 23-1AG20 Contactor with screw terminals; with magnetic coil for 50/60 Hz for rated control supply voltage 110 V AC.
DC operating
mechanism
3RT10 34-3BB40 Contactor with Cage Clamp terminals; for rated control supply voltage 24 V DC.
3RT10 34-3BG40 Contactor with Cage Clamp terminals; for rated control supply voltage 125 V DC.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
3/26
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
3RT12 vacuum contactors for switching motors
Operating mechanism types
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
Conventional operating mechanism, version 3RT12 ..-.A
Solid-state operating mechanism, version 3RT12 ..-.N
UC operation
The contactors can be operated with AC (40 to 60 Hz) as well as
with DC.
Withdrawable coils
For simple coil replacement, e.g. if the application is replaced,
the magnetic coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Auxiliary contact complement
The contactors can be fitted with up to 8 laterally mounted aux-
iliary contacts (identical auxiliary switch blocks from S0 to S12).
Of these, no more than 4 are permitted to be NC contacts.
Selection and ordering data

AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (varistor)
Main conductors: Bar connections
3RT12 7. 3RT12 7.
Size Rated data Auxiliary
con-
tacts,
lateral
Rated control
supply voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Order No. Price
per PU
1000 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC kg
Conventional operating mechanism
S10 225 55 110 160 200 330 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 64-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 7.355
220 240 A 3RT12 64-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 7.225
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 65-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 7.386
220 240 A 3RT12 65-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 7.300
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 66-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 7.331
220 240 A 3RT12 66-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 7.318
S12 400 132 200 250 400 610 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 75-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.500
220 240 A 3RT12 75-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.397
500 160 250 355 500 610 2 2 110 127 A 3RT12 76-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.534
220 240 A 3RT12 76-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.400
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output
S10 225 55 110 160 200 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 64-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 7.400
200 277 B 3RT12 64-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 7.394
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 65-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 7.400
200 277 B 3RT12 65-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 7.399
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 66-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 7.402
200 277 B 3RT12 66-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 7.407
S12 400 132 200 250 400 610 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 75-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 7.250
200 277 B 3RT12 75-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.250
500 160 250 355 500 610 2 2 96 127 B 3RT12 76-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 10.580
200 277 B 3RT12 76-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.246
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For more 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors (335 kW and 450 kW), see page 3/27.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
3/27
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
Built-in surge suppression: varistor circuit.
2)
For more information on EMC, see LV 1 T.
3TF68/69 vacuum contactors are supplied with integrated overvoltage
damping for the main current paths (for description, see LV 1 T). The over-
voltage damping circuit is not required if 3TF68/69 contactors are used in
circuits with DC choppers, frequency converters or speed-variable operat-
ing mechanisms, for example. It could be damaged by the voltage peaks
and harmonics and cause phase-to-phase short-circuits. For this reason,
the contactors can also be supplied without integrated overvoltage damp-
ing. Without additional charge.
The order number must include "-Z" and the order code "A02".
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Main conductors: Bar connections
Size 14
3TF6. 33-.Q.7
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
The 3TF68/69 contactors are climate-proof.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending
on the configuration with other devices (see Accessories and Spare Parts
on page 3/117).

3TF68
Rated data Aux.
con-
tacts
Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 C) AC -1
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e
up
to 690 V
Rating of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current I
e

(at 40 C)
Ver-
sion
Order No. Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A kW kW kW kW kW A NONC V kg
AC operation
1)

2)

630 200 335 434 600 -- 700 4 4 110 ... 132 AC,
50/60 Hz
A 3TF68 44-0CF7 1 1 unit 101 19.364
200 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
A 3TF68 44-0CM7 1 1 unit 101 19.820
630 200 335 434 600 600 700 4 4 110 ... 132 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF68 44-8CF7 1 1 unit 101 19.670
200 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
B 3TF68 44-8CM7 1 1 unit 101 20.270
820 260 450 600 800 -- 910 4 4 110 ... 132 AC,
50/60 Hz
A 3TF69 44-0CF7 1 1 unit 101 21.833
200 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
A 3TF69 44-0CM7 1 1 unit 101 22.105
820 260 450 600 800 800 910 4 4 110 ... 132 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 44-8CF7 1 1 unit 101 22.307
200 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 44-8CM7 1 1 unit 101 22.454
DC operation DC economy circuit
630 200 335 434 600 -- 700 3 3 24 DC C 3TF68 33-1DB4 1 1 unit 101 19.532
600 C 3TF68 33-8DB4 1 1 unit 101 17.900
820 260 450 600 800 -- 910 3 3 24 DC C 3TF69 33-1DB4 1 1 unit 101 22.666
800 C 3TF69 33-8DB4 1 1 unit 101 12.258
AC operation Version for AC controls which are subject to strong
interference
630 200 335 434 600 -- 700 3 3 110 ... 120 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF68 33-1QG7 1 1 unit 101 18.592
220 ... 240,AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF68 33-1QL7 1 1 unit 101 21.100
380 ... 420 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF68 33-1QV7 1 1 unit 101 20.739
600 700 3 3 110 ...120 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF68 33-8QG7 1 1 unit 101 21.000
220 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF68 33-8QL7 1 1 unit 101 21.034
820 260 450 600 800 -- 910 3 3 110 ... 120 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 33-1QG7 1 1 unit 101 22.512
220 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 33-1QL7 1 1 unit 101 22.400
380 ... 420 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 33-1QV7 1 1 unit 101 22.625
800 910 3 3 110 ... 120 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 33-8QG7 1 1 unit 101 21.900
220 ... 240 AC,
50/60 Hz
C 3TF69 33-8QL7 1 1 unit 101 22.897
Reversing contactors supplied: 3TC44 17-4A..
For accessories, see page 3/116, for spare parts, see page 3/126.
N
S
B

0
1
3
7
4
V
V
6
A1
3TF68,
A2 Mai n
contactor 3TF69
Bar
connecti on
1 m
Control
contactor
3TC44
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
3/28
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type 3TF
3TF68..-.C/D
3TF69..-.C/D
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50/60 Hz
110 ... 132 V AC F7
200 ... 240 V AC M7
230 ... 277 V AC P7
380 ... 460 V AC Q7
500 ... 600 V AC S7
DC operation
24 V DC B4
110 V DC F4
125 V DC G4
220 V DC M4
230 V DC P4
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system,
3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
3/29
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Main conductors: Bar connections

3TB50
Size Rated data Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 C) AC -1
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Opera-
tional
current I
e

(at 40 C)
Version Order No. Price
per PU
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V kg
DC operation DC solenoid system
6 110 37 55 75 90 170 2 2 24 DC A 3TB50 17-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 6.436
8 170 55 90 110 132 230 2 2 24 DC B 3TB52 17-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 8.468
10 250 75 132 160 200 325 2 2 24 DC C 3TB54 17-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 16.510
12 400 115 200 255 355 425 2 2 24 DC C 3TB56 17-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 19.318
For accessories, see page 3/116.
For spare parts, see page 3/124.
Contactor type 3TB
Rated control supply voltage U
s
3TB50/3TB52/3TB54 3TB56
DC operation
24 V DC B4 B4
110 V DC F4 --
220 V DC M4 M4
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
3/30
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 (VDE 0660).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
The contactors with screw terminals are finger-safe
according to EN 50274.
The contactors are available in versions with screw terminals,
6.3 mm plug connectors and solder pin connectors for soldering
in printed circuit boards.
Selection and ordering data
Size 00
AC-1: Operational current I
e
= 16 A (at 55 C)
Screw terminals
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Auxiliary
contacts
DT Screw terminals/ PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Flat/solder pin connections
Opera-
tional
current I
e
Rating of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
at 400/
380 V
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V 690/
660 V

A kW kW kW kW NO NC kg
Contactors with screw terminals
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail

3TF20 ..-0...,
3TF28 ..-0...
AC operation
5 1.3 2.2 2.9 3.8 10E 1 -- B 3TF28 10-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.194
01E -- 1 B 3TF28 01-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.193
9 2.4 4 4 4 10E 1 -- A 3TF20 10-0AP0
1 1 unit 101 0.192
01E -- 1 A 3TF20 01-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.193
DC operation DC solenoid system
5 1.3 2.2 2.9 3.8 10E 1 -- B 3TF28 10-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.214
01E -- 1 B 3TF28 01-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.214
9 2.4 4 4 4 10E 1 -- A 3TF20 10-0BB4
1 1 unit 101 0.214
01E -- 1 A 3TF20 01-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.214
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail

3TF20 ..-3...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 -- 10E 1 -- B 3TF20 10-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.166
01E -- 1 B 3TF20 01-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.163
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 -- 10E 1 -- B 3TF20 10-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.187
01E -- 1 C 3TF20 01-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.188
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors
for screw mounting (diagonal)
3TF20 ..-7...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 -- 10E 1 -- C 3TF20 10-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.161
01E -- 1 B 3TF20 01-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.160
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 -- 10E 1 -- B 3TF20 10-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.184
01E -- 1 B 3TF20 01-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.185
Contactors with solder pin connectors for printed circuit boards
for screw mounting (diagonal)

3TF20 ..-6...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 -- 10E 1 -- C 3TF20 10-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.163
01E -- 1 B 3TF20 01-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.164
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 -- 10E 1 -- B 3TF20 10-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.186
01E -- 1 B 3TF20 01-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.184
For accessories, see page 3/118.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
3/31
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
1)
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
; lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about other voltages.
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Auxiliary
contacts
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

Ratings of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
at 400/
380 V
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V 690/
660 V

A kW kW kW kW NO NC kg
Contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch blocks
with screw terminals, width 45 mm
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail

3TF22 ..-0...,
3TF29 ..-0...
AC operation
5 1.3 2.2 2.9 3.8 11E 1 1 C 3TF29 11-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.220
22E 2 2 C 3TF29 22-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.228
9 2.4 4 4 4 11E 1 1 C 3TF22 11-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.220
22E 2 2 C 3TF22 22-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.228
DC operation DC solenoid system
5 1.3 2.2 2.9 3.8 11E 1 1 C 3TF29 11-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.241
22E 2 2 C 3TF29 22-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.251
9 2.4 4 4 4 11E 1 1 C 3TF22 11-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.238
22E 2 2 C 3TF22 22-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.250
For accessories, see page 3/118.
Contactor type 3TF20
Rated control supply voltage U
s
3TF28
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz
24 V AC 29 V AC B0
110 V AC 132 V AC F0
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P0
1)
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50/60 Hz
230 V AC L2
DC operation
24 V DC B4
Contactor type 3TF22
Rated control supply voltage U
s
3TF29
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P0
1)
DC operation
24 V DC B4
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
3/32
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
The 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies can be ordered as
follows:
Sizes S00 to S3
Fully wired and tested, with mechanical and electrical inter-
lock. For assemblies with AC operation and 50/60 Hz, a dead
interval of 50 ms must be provided when used with voltages
500 V; a dead interval of 30 ms is recommend for use with
voltages 400 V. These dead times do not apply to assem-
blies with DC operation.
Sizes S00 to S12
As individual parts for customer assembly.
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
For overload relays for motor protection, see "SIRIUS Overload
Relays".
The 3RA13 contactor assemblies have screw terminals and are
suitable for screwing or snapping onto 35 mm standard mount-
ing rails.
Complete units
The fully wired reversing contactor assemblies are suitable for
use in any climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The contactor assemblies consist of 2 contactors with the same
power, with one NC contact in the basic unit. The contactors are
mechanically and electrically interlocked (NC contact interlock).
For motor protection, either 3RU11 overload relays for direct
mounting or stand-alone installation or thermistor motor protec-
tion tripping units must be ordered separately.
Components for customer assembly
Installation kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly
of reversing contactor assemblies.
Contactors, overload relays, the mechanical interlock (as of size
S0) and for momentary-contact operation auxiliary switch
blocks for latching must be ordered separately.

1)
Can be mounted onto the front.
2)
Laterally mountable with one auxiliary contact.
3)
Laterally mountable without auxiliary contact.
4)
Interlock can only be ordered with installation kit.
5)
Installation kit contains: mechanical interlock; connecting clips for
2 contactors; wiring modules on the top and bottom.
6)
Installation kit contains: wiring modules on the top and bottom.
7)
Installation kit contains: 2 connecting clips for contactors; wiring modules
on the top and bottom.
8)
Installation kit contains: wiring module on the top and bottom.
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
for 50 Hz 400 V AC
Size Order No.
Rating Operational
current I
e
Contactor Mechanical
interlock
1)
Mechanical
interlock
2)
Mechanical
interlock
3)
Installation kit Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
kW A
3 7 S00 3RT10 15 --
4)
-- -- 3RA19 13-2A
5)
3RA13 15-8XB30-1 . .
4 9 3RT10 16 3RA13 16-8XB30-1 . .
5.5 12 3RT10 17 3RA13 17-8XB30-1 . .
5.5 12 S0 3RT10 24 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B -- 3RA19 23-2A
6)
3RA13 24-8XB30-1 . .
7.5 17 3RT10 25 3RA13 25-8XB30-1 . .
11 25 3RT10 26 3RA13 26-8XB30-1 . .
15 32 S2 3RT10 34 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B -- 3RA19 33-2A
7)
3RA13 34-8XB30-1 . .
18.5 40 3RT10 35 3RA13 35-8XB30-1 . .
22 50 3RT10 36 3RA13 36-8XB30-1 . .
30 65 S3 3RT10 44 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B -- 3RA19 43-2A
7)
3RA13 44-8XB30-1 . .
37 80 3RT10 45 3RA13 45-8XB30-1 . .
45 95 3RT10 46 3RA13 46-8XB30-1 . .
55 115 S6 3RT10 54 -- -- 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 53-2M
8)
--
75 150 3RT10 55
90 185 3RT10 56
110 225 S10 3RT10 64 -- -- 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 63-2A
8)
--
132 265 3RT10 65
160 300 3RT10 66
200 400 S12 3RT10 75 -- -- 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 73-2A
8)
--
250 500 3RT10 76 -- --
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
3/33
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
;
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
2)
The contactors integrated in the contactor assemblies have no unassigned
auxiliary contacts.
1)
3RT10 1. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit are required for
the electrical interlock.
Size S00 up to 5.5 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
2)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
Rating of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg
AC operation, 50/60 Hz

7 2.2 3 3.5 4 24 AC A 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AB0 1 1 unit 101 0.429
110 AC A 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AF0 1 1 unit 101 0.430
230 AC } 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.427
9 3 4 4.5 5.5 24 AC A 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AB0 1 1 unit 101 0.429
110 AC A 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AF0 1 1 unit 101 0.428
230 AC } 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.425
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 24 AC A 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AB0 1 1 unit 101 0.430
110 AC A 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AF0 1 1 unit 101 0.425
230 AC } 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.430
DC operation
7 2.2 3 3.5 4 24 DC } 3RA13 15-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.548
9 3 4 4.5 5.5 24 DC } 3RA13 16-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.547
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K2
Solder pin adapters
Auxiliary switch block,
front
(auxiliary switch block
according to EN 50005
must be used)
Surge suppressors
3RT19 16-4KA1
3RH19 11-1....
3RT19 16-1....
3/107
3/97
3/104, 3/105
Contactors, 3 kW
Contactors, 4 kW
Contactors, 5.5 kW
Installation kit
3RT10 15
3RT10 16
3RT10 17
3RA19 13-2A
3RT10 15
3RT10 16
3RT10 17
3/15
3/15
3/15
3/38
The installation kit contains:
Mechanical interlock
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting
the main current paths, electrical interlock included
1)
,
interruptible (NC contact interlock)
2
6
1
6
4
5
N
S
B
0
0
4
5
9
13
14 14
14 14
14
16
13
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
13
14
16
1 2
1 2
1 2
6 4 5
4
5
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
3/34
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
Size S0 up to 11 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e
up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg
AC operation, 50/60 Hz

12 3 5.5 7.5 7.5 24 AC A 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.766
110 AC A 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.763
230 AC } 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.777
17 4 7.5 10 11 24 AC A 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.760
110 AC A 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.763
230 AC } 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.773
25 5.5 11 11 11 24 AC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.755
110 AC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.760
230 AC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.774
DC operation
12 3 5.5 7.5 7.5 24 DC } 3RA13 24-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 1.224
17 4 7.5 10 11 24 DC A 3RA13 25-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 1.222
25 5.5 11 11 11 24 DC A 3RA13 26-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 1.229
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K2
Mechanical interlock,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
lateral
Surge suppressors
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1CA..
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 26-1....
3/37
3/98
3/100
3/104
Contactors, 5.5 kW
Contactors, 7.5 kW
Contactors, 11 kW
Mechanical interlock,
lateral
Installation kit
3RT10 24
3RT10 25
3RT10 26
3RA19 24-2B
3RA19 23-2A
3RT10 24
3RT10 25
3RT10 26
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/37
3/38
The installation kit contains wiring modules on the top and bottom
(they also form the mechanical connection between the contac-
tors).
4
2
6
1
6
16
15
14
14
12
N
S
B
0
0
4
6
0
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
12
14
15
16
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
3/35
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
Size S2 up to 22 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e
up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg
AC operation, 50/60 Hz

32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 24 AC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 2.255
110 AC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 2.265
230 AC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 2.220
40 11 18.5 22 22 24 AC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 2.315
110 AC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 2.320
230 AC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 2.300
50 15 22 30 22 24 AC B 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 2.340
110 AC B 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 2.315
230 AC A 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 2.290
DC operation
32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 24 DC A 3RA13 34-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 3.440
40 11 18.5 22 22 24 DC A 3RA13 35-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 3.445
50 15 22 30 22 24 DC A 3RA13 36-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 3.454
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K2
Mechanical interlock,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
lateral
Surge suppressors
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1CA..
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 26-1....
3RT19 36-1....
3/37
3/98
3/100
3/104
Contactors, 15 kW
Contactors, 18.5 kW
Contactors, 22 kW
Mechanical interlock,
lateral
Installation kit
The installation kit contains:
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3RA19 24-2B
3RA19 33-2A
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3/17
3/17
3/17
3/37
3/38
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with a clearance of 10 mm
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main
current paths
2
1
4
6
6
16
5
N
S
B
0
0
4
6
1
15
12
14
14
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
12
14
15
16
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
5 6
5
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
3/36
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
Size S3 up to 45 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg
AC operation at 50/60 Hz

65 18.5 30 37 45 24 AC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 4.242
110 AC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 4.250
230 AC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 4.221
80 22 37 45 55 24 AC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 4.432
110 AC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 4.500
230 AC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 4.500
95 22 45 55 55 24 AC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 4.464
110 AC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 4.500
230 AC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 4.470
DC operation
65 18.5 30 37 45 24 DC B 3RA13 44-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 6.380
80 22 37 45 55 24 DC B 3RA13 45-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 6.430
95 22 45 55 55 24 DC B 3RA13 46-8XB30-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 6.471
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K2
Mechanical interlock, front
Auxiliary switch block, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1CA..
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 26-1....
3RT19 36-1....
3/37
3/98
3/100
3/104
Contactors, 30 kW
Contactors, 37 kW
Contactors, 45 kW
Mechanical interlock,
lateral
Installation kit
The installation kit contains:
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
3RA19 24-2B
3RA19 43-2A
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
3/18
3/18
3/18
3/37
3/38
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with a clearance of 10 mm
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main current paths
2
1
4
6
6
5
16
15
14
12
14
N
S
B
0
0
4
6
2
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
12
14
15
16
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
5 6
5
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
Components for customer assembly
3/37
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
Can also be used for 4-pole contactors with sizes S2 and S3.
2)
Can also be used for size S0 4-pole contactors.

For contac-
tors
Size Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
Mechanical interlocks

3RA19 24-1A mounted
onto 2 contactors
3RT10 2
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
3RT13 2
3RT13 3
3RT13 4
3RT15 2
3RT15 3
S0
S2
S3
For lateral mounting
1)

each with one auxiliary con-
tact (1 NC contact) per con-
tactor (can only be used to
connect contactors which
are not more than 1 size
larger or smaller. The mount-
ing depth of the smaller con-
tactor has to be adapted.)
} 3RA19 24-2B 1 1 unit 101 0.060
3RT10 2
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
3RT13 2
3RT15 2
S0
S2
S3
S0
For mounting to the front
2)
to contactors with sizes S0 to
S3 (for contactors of the
same size)
Note:
Size S0: Wiring modules
must be mounted first
Sizes S2 and S3:
Use 3RA19 32-2C
mechanical connectors
} 3RA19 24-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.052

3RA19 54-2A
3RT1. 5
to
3RT1. 7
S6
S10
S12
For lateral mounting
without auxiliary contacts;
size S6, S10 and S12 con-
tactors can be interlocked
with each other as required;
no adaptation of mounting
depth is necessary. Contac-
tor clearance 10 mm.
} 3RA19 54-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.045

3RA19 54-2C
3RT10 4.-A
with
3RT10 5
S3
with
S6
Adapter, laterally mount-
able, for mechanical inter-
locking of contactor S3 (only
for AC operation) with con-
tactor S6 using 3RA1954-2A
locking device (must be
ordered separately) incl.
connecting clips
A 3RA19 54-2C 1 1 unit 101 0.050
Coil repeat terminals

3RA19 23-3B
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
S2, S3 For the coil connectors A1
and A2 for reversing starters
(contactor sizes S2 and S3).
2 x A1 and 1 x A2 required
per assembly
(one set contains 10 x A1
and 5 x A2)
B 3RA19 23-3B 1 1 set 101 0.082
Base plates
3RT10 5 S6 For customer assembly of
reversing contactor assem-
blies
B 3RA19 52-2A 1 1 unit 101 1.249
3RT1. 6 S10 B 3RA19 62-2A 1 1 unit 101 2.091
3RT1. 7 S12 B 3RA19 72-2A 1 1 unit 101 2.322
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
Components for customer assembly
3/38
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
For con-
tactors
Size Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
Installation kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies

3RA19 13-2A

3RT10 1 S00 The installation kit contains:
Mechanical interlock;
2 connecting clips for
2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
} 3RA19 13-2A 1 1 set 101 0.041

3RA19 23-2A
3RT10 2 S0 The installation kit contains:
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
} 3RA19 23-2A 1 1 set 101 0.052

3RA19 33-2A
3RT10 3 S2 The installation kit contains:
2 connecting clips for
2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
} 3RA19 33-2A 1 1 set 101 0.122

3RA19 43-2A
3RT10 4 S3 The installation kit contains:
2 connecting clips for
2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
} 3RA19 43-2A 1 1 set 101 0.294
3RT10 5 S6 The installation kit contains:
Wiring modules on the top
and bottom
(for connection with box ter-
minal)
A 3RA19 53-2A 1 1 set 101 1.294
3RT10 5 S6 The installation kit contains:
Wiring modules on the top
and bottom
(for connection without box
terminal)
A 3RA19 53-2M 1 1 set 101 0.900
3RT1. 6 S10 A 3RA19 63-2A 1 1 set 101 2.419
3RT1. 7 S12 A 3RA19 73-2A 1 1 set 101 3.040
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
Components for customer assembly
3/39
Siemens LV 1 2007
3


1)
This pack contains 10 additional interlocks.
2)
The connector function can be fulfilled with the wiring modules for size S0,
a contactor clearance of 10 mm and a lateral interlock.
For con-
tactors
Size Contac-
tor clear-
ance
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type mm kg
Wiring modules, single
3RT10 1 S00-S00 0 top (in-phase) } 3RA19 13-3D 1 5 units 101 0.011
bottom (with phase
reversal)
} 3RA19 13-3E 1 5 units 101 0.014
3RT10 2 S0-S0
and
S0-S0
0
and
10
top (in-phase) } 3RA19 23-3D 1 5 units 101 0.021
bottom (with phase
reversal)
} 3RA19 23-3E 1 5 units 101 0.019
3RT10 3 S2-S2 10 top (in-phase) } 3RA19 33-3D 1 1 unit 101 0.066
bottom (with phase
reversal)
} 3RA19 33-3E 1 1 unit 101 0.054
3RT10 4 S3-S3 10 top (in-phase) } 3RA19 43-3D 1 1 unit 101 0.157
bottom (with phase
reversal)
} 3RA19 43-3E 1 1 unit 101 0.137
3RT10 5 S6-S6 10 top (in-phase) A 3RA19 53-3D 1 1 set 101 0.615
For con-
tactors
Size Contac-
tor
clear-
ance
Interlock-
ing
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type mm kg
Mechanical connectors 1 pack = 10 sets for 10 assemblies

3RA19 12-2H
3RT1. 1
1)
S00-S00 0 laterally
mountable
for 3 and
4-pole con-
tactors
} 3RA19 12-2H 1 10 sets 101 0.001

3RA19 22-2C
3RT1. 2 S0-S0 0
10
2)
mount-
able on
front
for 3 and
4-pole con-
tactors
A 3RA19 22-2C 1 10 sets 101 0.025
laterally
mountable
} 3RT19 22-2D 1 10 sets 101 0.110

3RA19 32-2C
3RT1. 3
3RT1. 4
S2-S2
S3-S3
0 mount-
able on
front
for 3-pole
contactors
} 3RA19 32-2C 1 10 sets 101 0.001

3RA19 32-2D
3RT1. 3
3RT1. 4
3RT1. 5
S2-S2
S3-S3
S6-S6
10 laterally
mountable
for 3-pole
contactors
} 3RA19 32-2D 1 10 sets 101 0.003

3RA19 32-2G
3RT1. 3 S2-S2 10 laterally
mountable
for 4-pole
contactors
} 3RA19 32-2G 1 10 sets 101 0.007

3RA19 42-2G
3RT1. 4 S3-S3 10 laterally
mountable
for 4-pole
contactors
B 3RA19 42-2G 1 10 sets 101 0.008
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/40
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
These 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are
designed for standard applications.
Note:
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applica-
tions such as very heavy starting or wye-delta starting of special
motors must be customized. Help with designing such special
applications is available from Technical Assistance.
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be
ordered as follows:
Sizes S00 to S3:
Fully wired and tested, with electrical interlock, dead interval
of up to 10 s on reversing (size S00 with electrical and me-
chanical interlocks)
Sizes S00 to S12:
As individual parts for customer assembly.
A dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the
timing relay function.
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
For overload relays for motor protection, see "Protection Equip-
ment: Overload Relays -> 3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays".
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies have screw terminals and are
suitable for screwing or snapping onto 35 mm standard mount-
ing rails.
Fully wired and tested 3RA14 contactor assemblies have one
unassigned NO contact which is mounted onto the front of the
K3 delta contactor.
A solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is snapped onto
the front of the complete contactor assemblies, size S00 up to
7.5 kW, while a timing relay is mounted onto the side of sizes S0
to S3, 11 kW to 75 kW.
1)
Installation kit contains mechanical interlock, 3 connecting clips; wiring
modules on the top (connection between mains and delta contactor) and
on the bottom (connection between delta and wye contactor); star jumper.
2)
The installation kit contains 5 connecting clips; wiring modules on the top
(connection between mains and delta contactor) and on the bottom (con-
nection between delta and wye contactor); star jumper.
3)
Installation kit contains wiring module on the bottom (connection between
delta contactor and wye contactor) and star jumper.
4)
Wiring module on top from reversing contactor assembly (note conductor
cross-sections).
Rated data
at 50 Hz 400 V AC
Size Accessories for
customer assembly
Rating
kW
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e

A
Motor current
A
Line/delta
contactor
Wye contactor Order No.
complete
Timing relay Installation kit A,
for double infeed
5.5 12 9.5 ... 13.8 S00-S00-S00 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3RA14 15-8XB31-1... 3RT19 16-2G.51 --
7.5 17 12.1 ... 17 3RT10 17 3RA14 16-8XB31-1... 3RP15 74-1N.30
11 25 19 ... 25 S0-S0-S0 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3RA14 23-8XC21-1... 3RP15 74-1N.30 --
15 32 24.1 ... 34 3RT10 26 3RA14 25-8XC21-1...
18.5 40 34.5 ... 40
22 50 31 ... 43 S2-S2-S0 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 3RA14 34-8XC21-1... 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 33-2C
3)
30 50 48.3 ... 65 3RT10 35 --
37 80 62.1 ... 77.8 S2-S2-S2 3RT10 34 3RA14 35-8XC21-1... 3RA19 33-2B
3)
45 86 69 ... 86 3RT10 36 3RA14 36-8XC21-1...
55 115 77.6 ... 108.6 S3-S3-S2 3RT10 44 3RT10 35 3RA14 44-8XC21-1... 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 43-2C
3)
75 150 120.7 ... 150 3RT10 45 3RT10 36 3RA14 45-8XC21-1...
90 160 86 ... 160 S6-S6-S3 3RT10 54 3RT10 44 -- 3RP15 74-1N.30 --
110 195 86 ... 195
132 230 86 ... 230 3RT10 55 3RT10 45
160 280 86 ... 280 3RT10 56 3RT10 46
200 350 95 ... 350 S10-S10-S6 3RT10 64 3RT10 54 -- 3RP15 74-1N.30 --
250 430 95 ... 430 3RT10 65 3RT10 55
315 540 277 ... 540 S12-S12-S10 3RT10 75 3RT10 64 -- 3RP15 74-1N.30 --
355 610 277 ... 610
400 690 277 ... 690 3RT10 65
500 850 277 ... 850 3RT10 76 3RT10 66
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/41
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Components for customer assembly
Installation kits with wiring modules and, if necessary, mechani-
cal connectors are available for contactor assemblies for wye-
delta starting. Contactors, overload relays, wye-delta timing re-
lays, auxiliary switches for electrical interlock if required also
feeder terminals, mechanical interlocks (exception: in the case
of the kit for size S00 contactor assemblies the mechanical inter-
lock between the delta contactor and the wye contactor is in-
cluded in the kit) and base plates must be ordered separately.
The wiring installation kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top
and bottom main conducting path connections between the line
and delta contactors (top) and between the delta and wye con-
tactors (bottom).
In the case of sizes S2 to S12 only the bottom main conducting
path connection between the delta and wye contactors is in-
cluded in the wiring module, owing to the larger conductor
cross-section at the infeed.
Motor protection
Overload relays or thermistor motor protection tripping units can
be used for overload protection.
The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
current.
Note:
The selection of contactor types refers to fused configurations
(see LV 1 T).
Overload relay, thermal
(trip class CLASS 10)
Overload relay, solid-state
(trip class CLASS 10)
Installation kit B,
for single infeed
Star jumper Base plates Setting range
A
Order No. Setting range
A
Order No.
3RA19 13-2B
1)
3RT19 16-4BA31 -- 5.5 ... 8 3RU11 16-1HB0 3 ... 12 3RB20 16-1SB0
7 ... 10 3RU11 16-1JB0
3RA19 23-2B
2)
3RT19 26-4BA31 -- 11 ... 16 3RU11 26-4AB0 6 ... 25 3RB20 26-1QB0
14 ... 20 3RU11 26-4BB0
20 ... 25 3RU11 26-4DB0
3RA19 33-3D
4)
3RT19 26-4BA31 3RA19 32-2E 18 ... 25 3RU11 36-4DB0 12.5 ... 50 3RB20 36-1UB0
28 ... 40 3RU11 36-4FB0
3RT19 36-4BA31 3RA19 32-2F 36 ... 45 3RU11 36-4GB0
40 ... 50 3RU11 36-4HB0
3RA19 43-3D
4)
3RT19 36-4BA31 3RA19 42-2E 45 ... 63 3RU11 46-4JB0 25 ... 100 3RB20 46-1EB0
70 ... 90 3RU11 46-4LB0
3RA19 53-3D
4)
3RT19 46-4BA31 3RA19 52-2E -- -- 50 ... 200 3RB20 56-1FC2
3RT19 56-4BA31 3RA19 62-2E -- -- 55 ... 250 3RB20 66-1GC2
3RT19 66-4BA31 3RA19 72-2E -- -- 160 ... 630 3RB20 66-1MC2
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/42
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
1)
Use version with 1 NO.
2)
Use version with 1 NC.
Size S00-S00-S00 up to 7.5 kW
Rated data AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

at
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg

AC operation, 50/60 Hz
12 3.3 5.5 7.2 9.2 24 AC C 3RA14 15-8XB31-1AB0 1 1 unit 101 0.940
110 AC C 3RA14 15-8XB31-1AF0 1 1 unit 101 0.934
230 AC } 3RA14 15-8XB31-1AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.948
17 4.7 7.5 10.3 9.2 24 AC B 3RA14 16-8XB31-1AB0 1 1 unit 101 0.995
110 AC B 3RA14 16-8XB31-1AF0 1 1 unit 101 0.935
230 AC } 3RA14 16-8XB31-1AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.928
DC operation
12 3.3 5.5 7.2 9.2 24 DC B 3RA14 15-8XB31-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 1.120
17 4.7 7.5 10.3 9.2 24 DC } 3RA14 16-8XB31-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 1.117
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1
1)
K3
2)
K2
2)
Auxiliary switch block,
front
Surge suppressors
3-phase feeder
terminal
3RH19 11-1....
3RT19 16-1....
3RA19 13-3K
3/97
3/104,
3/105
3/47
Contactors, 5.5 kW
Contactors, 7.5 kW
3RT10 15
3RT10 17
3RT10 15
3RT10 17
3RT10 15
3RT10 15
3/15
3/15
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block,
front
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO contact
Installation kit
3RT19 16-2G.51
3RH19 11-1BA10
3RA19 13-2B
3/102
3/97
3/47
The installation kit contains:
Mechanical interlock
3 connecting clips
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main and control conducting paths
2
1
6
6
6
9
3
7
5
4
17
16
14 14
14
14
N
S
B
0
0
4
6
3
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
14
16
17
3 1 2
3 1 2
7
9
6 4 5
4
5
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/43
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
1)
Coil operating range at 50 Hz:
0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
1)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
2)
and can only be mounted with contactors with screw terminal (coil).
3)
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
4)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15
timing relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
Size S0-S0-S0 up to 18.5 kW
Rated data AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested contactor
assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
at
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg

AC operation, 50/60 Hz
25 7.1 11 15.6 19 24 AC C 3RA14 23-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 1.760
110 AC C 3RA14 23-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 1.760
230 AC } 3RA14 23-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 1.779
32 / 40 11.4 15 / 18.5 19 19 24 AC C 3RA14 25-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 1.740
110 AC C 3RA14 25-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 1.735
230 AC } 3RA14 25-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 1.771
DC operation
25 7.1 11 15.6 19 24 DC } 3RA14 23-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 2.385
32 / 40 11.4 15 / 18.5 19 19 24 DC } 3RA14 25-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 2.448
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K3 K2
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front
1)
Mechanical interlock, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
3-phase feeder terminal
2)
3-phase busbar
2)
Push-in lug
3)
for timing relay
screw mounting
3RA19 24-2B
3RT19 26-2G...
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 26-1....
3RV19 15-5A
3RT19 26-4CC20
3RP19 03
3/37
3/102
3/37
3/100
3/104
3/47
3/47
4)
Contactors, 11 kW
Contactors, 15/18.5 kW
3RT10 24
3RT10 26
3RT10 24
3RT10 26
3RT10 24
3RT10 24
3/16
3/16
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block
with 1 unassigned
NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Installation kit
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 23-2B
4)
3/98
3/98
3/47
The installation kit contains:
Connecting clips
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting
the main and control conducting paths
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
6
4
a
2 1
3
6
8
19
6
6
5
16
7
12
17
18
10
10
15
10
9 4
19
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
4
7
12
15
16
17
18
19
3 1 2
3 1 2
8
9
10
5 6
5
6
17 18
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/44
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
1)
Use the 3RA19 32-2B base plate for this configuration.
2)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
3)
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
4)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15
timing relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
Size S2-S2-S0 up to 30 kW
Rated data AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e
up to
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg

AC operation, 50/60 Hz
50 / 65 19.6 22 / 30 35 34 230 AC } 3RA14 34-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 3.070
24 AC C 3RA14 34-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 3.140
110 AC C 3RA14 34-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 3.120
DC operation
50 / 65 19.6 22 / 30 35 34 24 DC } 3RA14 34-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 4.520
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K3 K2
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Depth compensation required
K3: 1.5 mm; K2: 0 mm
1)
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front
2)
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
3-phase feeder terminal
Three-phase busbar
Push-in lug
3)
for timing relay
screw mounting
3RA19 24-2B
3RT19 26-2G...
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 26-1....
3RT19 36-1....
3RV19 35-5A
3RV19 35-1A
3RP19 03
3/37
3/102
3/100
3/104,
3/105
3/47
3/47
4)
Contactors, 22/30 kW 3RT10 34 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 3/16
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block
with 1 unassigned
NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Base plate
Installation kit
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 32-2E
3RA19 33-2C
4)
3/98
3/98
3/47
3/47
The installation kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
jumper on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
6
5
b
2
1
3
6
11
8
6
16
7
17
18
10
10
15
10
9
4
19
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
4
7
15
16
17
18
19
3 1 2
8
9
10
11
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/45
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
1)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
2)
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
3)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15
timing relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
Size S2-S2-S2 up to 45 kW
Rated data AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e
up
to 400 V
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg

AC operation, 50/60 Hz
80 25 37 51 63 24 AC C 3RA14 35-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 3.725
110 AC C 3RA14 35-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 3.665
230 AC } 3RA14 35-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 3.650
86 27 45 55 63 24 AC C 3RA14 36-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 3.750
110 AC C 3RA14 36-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 3.710
230 AC } 3RA14 36-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 3.685
DC operation
80 25 37 51 63 24 DC B 3RA14 35-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 5.515
86 27 45 55 63 24 DC B 3RA14 36-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 5.482
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K3 K2
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front
1)
Mechanical interlock, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
3-phase feeder terminal
Three-phase busbar
Push-in lug
2)
for timing relay
screw mounting
3RA19 24-2B
3RT19 26-2G...
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 26-1....
3RT19 36-1....
3RV19 35-5A
3RV19 35-1A
3RP19 03
3/37
3/102
3/37
3/100
3/104,
3/105
3/47
3/47
3)
Contactors, 37 kW
Contactors, 45 kW
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3RT10 34
3RT10 34
3/17
3/17
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block
with 1 unassigned
NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Base plate
Installation kit
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 32-2F
3RA19 33-2B
3)
3/98
3/98
3/47
3/47
The installation kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
jumper on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
6
6
a
17
18
16
15
10
9
19
11
3
6 2
1
10
10
8
6
12
4
7
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
4
7
12
15
16
17
18
19
3 1 2
3 1 2
8
9
10
11
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3/46
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
1)
Use the 3RA19 42-2B base plate for this configuration.
2)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
3)
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
4)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15
timing relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
Size S3-S3-S2 up to 75 kW
Rated data AC-3 Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
1)
DT Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
at
Rating of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg

AC operation, 50/60 Hz
115 37 55 81 93 24 AC B 3RA14 44-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 5.700
110 AC B 3RA14 44-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 5.680
230 AC } 3RA14 44-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 5.826
150 47 75 103 110 24 AC B 3RA14 45-8XC21-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 5.365
110 AC B 3RA14 45-8XC21-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 1.770
230 AC } 3RA14 45-8XC21-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 5.971
DC operation
115 37 55 81 93 DC 24 B 3RA14 44-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 8.520
150 47 75 103 110 DC 24 B 3RA14 45-8XC21-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 8.539
Accessories Order No. Page Individual parts Order No. Page
K1 K3 K2
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Depth compensation required
K3: 0 mm; K2: 27.5 mm
1)
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front
2)
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
Push-in lug
3)
for timing relay
screw mounting
1-phase feeder terminal
3RA19 24-2B
3RT19 26-2G...
3RH19 21-1EA..
3RT19 .6-1....
3RP19 03
3RA19 43-3L
3/37
3/102
3/100
3/104
4)
3/47
Contactors, 55 kW
Contactors, 75 kW
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3/17
3/17
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Base plate
Installation kit
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 42-2E
3RA19 43-2C
4)
3/98
3/98
3/47
3/47
The installation kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
jumper on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
6
7
d
8
2
1
3
6
7
10 10
6
11
9
10
16
15
4
19
20
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
4
7
15
16
19
20
3 1 2
3 1 2
8
9
10
11
6
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
Components for customer assembly
3/47
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1 (S10, S12) cover can be used
for touch protection.
Version Size DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Installation kits
The installation kit contains:
Mechanical interlock;
3 connecting clips
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
S00-S00-S00 } 3RA19 13-2B 1 1 set 101 0.048
The installation kit contains:
5 connecting clips
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
S0-S0-S0 } 3RA19 23-2B 1 1 set 101 0.061
The installation kit contains:
Star jumper,
wiring module on the bottom
(wiring module on the top is not included
in the scope of supply.
A double infeed between the line contac-
tor and the delta contactor is recom-
mended.)
S2-S2-S0 } 3RA19 33-2C 1 1 set 101 0.051
S2-S2-S2 } 3RA19 33-2B 1 1 set 101 0.072
S3-S3-S2 } 3RA19 43-2C 1 1 set 101 0.139
S3-S3-S3 } 3RA19 43-2B 1 1 set 101 0.165
S6-S6-S6 A 3RA19 53-2B 1 1 set 101 0.843
S6-S6-S6 A 3RA19 53-2N 1 1 set 101 0.600
S10-S10-S10 A 3RA19 63-2B 1 1 set 101 1.782
S12-S12-S12 B 3RA19 73-2B 1 1 set 101 2.205
1-phase feeder terminals
Conductor cross-section: 95 mm
2
S3 A 3RA19 43-3L 1 1 unit 101 0.280
3-phase feeder terminals
Feeder terminal block for the line contac-
tor for large conductor cross-sections
Conductor cross-section: 6 mm
2
S00 } 3RA19 13-3K 1 1 unit 101 0.022
Conductor cross-section: 25 mm
2
S0 } 3RV19 15-5A 1 1 unit 101 0.043
Conductor cross-section: 50 mm
2
S2 } 3RV19 35-5A 1 1 unit 101 0.115
3-phase busbars
Bridging phase-by-phase of all input ter-
minals of
the line contactor (K1) and S0 D 3RT19 26-4CC20 1 1 unit 101 0.033
the delta contactor (K3) S2 } 3RV19 35-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.140
Links for paralleling, 3-pole (star jumpers)

3RT19 26-4BA31
without connection terminal
(the links for paralleling can be reduced
by one pole)
S00 } 3RT19 16-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.003
S0 } 3RT19 26-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.006
S2 } 3RT19 36-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.015
S3 } 3RT19 46-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.028
S6
1)
} 3RT19 56-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.161
S10, S12
1)
} 3RT19 66-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.533
Base plates
for customer assembly of contactor
assemblies for wye-delta starting with a
laterally mounted timing relay
Side-by-side mounting S2, S2, S0 B 3RA19 32-2E 1 1 unit 101 0.441
10 mm distance between K3 and K2 S2, S2, S2 B 3RA19 32-2F 1 1 unit 101 0.484
Side-by-side mounting S3, S3, S2 B 3RA19 42-2E 1 1 unit 101 0.668
10 mm distance between K1, K3 and K2 S6, S6, S3 B 3RA19 52-2E 1 1 unit 101 1.805
S6, S6, S6 B 3RA19 52-2F 1 1 unit 101 1.945
S10, S10, S6 B 3RA19 62-2E 1 1 unit 101 3.177
S10, S10, S10 B 3RA19 62-2F 1 1 unit 101 3.392
S12, S12, S10 B 3RA19 72-2E 1 1 unit 101 3.597
S12, S12, S12 B 3RA19 72-2F 1 1 unit 101 3.681
for customer assembly of contactor
assemblies for wye-delta starting with a
front-mounted timing relay, 10 mm
distance between K1, K3 and K2
S2, S2, S0 B 3RA19 32-2B 1 1 unit 101 0.429
S2, S2, S2 B 3RA19 32-2B 1 1 unit 101 0.429
S3, S3, S2 B 3RA19 42-2B 1 1 unit 101 0.707
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TD, 3TE Contactor Assemblies

3TD6 reversing contactor assemblies, 335 kW
3/48
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
The contactor assemblies are suitable for use in any climate and
the contactors are mechanically interlocked. They are finger-
safe according to EN 50274.
Complete units and components for customer assembly are
available. For motor protection, either overload relays for stand-
alone installation or thermistor motor protection tripping units
must be ordered separately.
Complete units
3TD68 contactor assemblies each consist of two mechanically
interlocked 3TF68 contactors. Electrical interlocking is wired.
The main and control circuits are wired according to the circuit
diagrams.
An internal circuit diagram, a type designation and an identifica-
tion plate are provided on a common cover.
Auxiliary contacts
The contactor assemblies each have 2 NO + 2 NC contacts per
individual contactor. 1 NO + 1 NC contacts with momentary-
contact operation and 2 NO + 1 NC contacts with continuous
operation are unassigned.
Selection and ordering data

Size Rated data AC-3 Auxiliary con-
tacts per direc-
tion of rotation
Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e

up to
Rating of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Version
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V AC kg
Complete units
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
14 630 200 335 434 600 4 4 110 132 C 3TD68 04-2CF7 1 1 unit 101 56.000
200 240 C 3TD68 04-2CM7 1 1 unit 101 54.000
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TD, 3TE Contactor Assemblies
3TE6 contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting, 630 kW
3/49
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
The contactor assemblies are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
3TE contactor assemblies are available as complete units and
components for customer assembly.
The complete unit combinations are optionally supplied without
a main conducting path connection between the line contactor
and the delta contactor.
Motor protection
3TE68 contactor assemblies are supplied without overload pro-
tection. Overload relays or thermistor motor protection tripping
units must be ordered separately.
The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
current.
Selection and ordering data

1)
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 ... 1.15 x U
s
;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Size Rated data AC-3 Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e

up to
Rating of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V AC kg
Complete units, reversing time up to 10 s
AC operation, 50 Hz
without main conducting path connection between line and delta contactor
14 1090 315 630 800 1000 110 C 3TE68 04-5CF0 1 1 unit 101 58.000
230/220
1)
C 3TE68 04-5CP0 1 1 unit 101 58.000
For motor protection, overload relays for stand-alone installation must be ordered separately, see Protection Equipment: Overload Relays -> 3RB2 Solid-State
Overload Relays.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
3/50
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation (size S3)
UC operation (AC/DC) (sizes S6 to S12)
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
3RT14 contactors are used for switching resistive loads (AC-1)
or as contactors, for example, for variable-speed operating
mechanisms that normally only have to carry the current.
The accessories for the SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors can also be
used here.
For more detailed descriptions about the sizes S3 to S12,
see 3RT10 Motor Contactors.
Selection and ordering data

Size Rated data AC-1, T
u
: 40 C Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

Ratings of AC loads
(p.f. = 0.95) at
Order No. Price
per PU
up to
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW V kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm
standard mounting rail

3RT14 46-1A..0
AC operation
S3 140 53 92 115 159 24, 50 Hz B 3RT14 46-1AB00 1 1 unit 101 1.850
110, 50 Hz B 3RT14 46-1AF00 1 1 unit 101 1.828
230, 50 Hz } 3RT14 46-1AP00 1 1 unit 101 1.834
DC operation DC solenoid system
S3 140 53 92 115 159 24 DC } 3RT14 46-1BB40 1 1 unit 101 2.835
220 DC B 3RT14 46-1BM40 1 1 unit 101 2.779
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
3/51
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (varistor)
Main conductors: Bar connections
Size Rated data AC-1, T
u
: 40 C Auxil-
iary
con-
tacts
Rated
control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

Ratings of AC loads
(p.f. = 0.95) at
Ver-
sion
Order No. Price
per PU
up to
690 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V kg
Conventional operating mechanism

3RT14 6.
S6 275 105 180 225 310 2 2 110 ... 127 } 3RT14 56-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 3.360
220 ... 240 } 3RT14 56-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 3.330
S10 400 151 263 329 454 2 2 110 ... 127 } 3RT14 66-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 6.586
220 ... 240 } 3RT14 66-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 6.551
S12 690 261 454 568 783 2 2 110 ... 127 A 3RT14 76-6AF36 1 1 unit 101 10.465
220 ... 240 } 3RT14 76-6AP36 1 1 unit 101 10.366
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output
S6 275 105 180 225 310 2 2 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 56-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 3.327
200 ... 277 A 3RT14 56-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 3.400
S10 400 151 263 329 454 2 2 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 66-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 12.569
200 ... 277 A 3RT14 66-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 6.550
S12 690 261 454 568 783 2 2 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 76-6NF36 1 1 unit 101 10.489
200 ... 277 A 3RT14 76-6NP36 1 1 unit 101 10.192
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output/PLC relay output,
with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6 275 105 180 225 310 1 1 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 56-6PF35 1 1 unit 101 3.895
200 ... 277 B 3RT14 56-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 4.197
S10 400 151 263 329 454 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 66-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 5.700
S12 690 261 454 568 783 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 76-6PP35 1 1 unit 101 10.650
Solid-state operating mechanism with AS-Interface and
remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6 275 105 180 225 310 1 1 96 ... 127 B 3RT14 56-6QF35 1 1 unit 101 3.100
200 ... 277 B 3RT14 56-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 3.100
S10 400 151 263 329 454 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 66-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 10.200
S12 690 261 454 568 783 1 1 200 ... 277 B 3RT14 76-6QP35 1 1 unit 101 6.459
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/98.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT13 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
3/52
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102)
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The accessories for the 3-pole SIRIUS contactors can also be
used for the 4-pole versions.
Selection and ordering data
AC operation, 4 NO contacts
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101
1)
For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
,
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
2)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

3RT13 1.-1A.00

3RT13 2.-1A.00
Rated data AC-1,
T
u
: 40/60 C
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Operational
current I
e
Ratings of AC
loads
(p.f. = 0.95)
at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
Order No.
Price
per PU
400 V
A kW V kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rails
Size S00
1)

18 / 16 12 / 11 24, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 16-1AB00 0.206 B 3RT13 16-2AB00 0.202
110, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 16-1AF00 0.204 B 3RT13 16-2AF00 0.198
230, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 16-1AP00 0.203 } 3RT13 16-2AP00 0.202
22 / 20 14.5 / 13 24, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 17-1AB00 0.205 B 3RT13 17-2AB00 0.201
110, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 17-1AF00 0.203 B 3RT13 17-2AF00 0.200
230, 50/60 Hz } 3RT13 17-1AP00 0.203 } 3RT13 17-2AP00 0.201
Size S0
35 / 30
2)
22 / 20 24, 50 Hz } 3RT13 25-1AB00 0.393 --
110, 50 Hz } 3RT13 25-1AF00 0.392 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 25-1AP00 0.394 --
40 / 35
2)
26 / 23 24, 50 Hz } 3RT13 26-1AB00 0.393 --
110, 50 Hz } 3RT13 26-1AF00 0.391 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 26-1AP00 0.394 --
Size S00: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 to S3: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
(for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts, please note information in the Technical Information LV 1 T ).
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/97.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT13 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
3/53
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
AC and DC operation, 4 NO contacts
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

1)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm.

3RT13 1.-2B..0

3RT13 36-1A.00

3RT13 4.-1A.00
Rated data AC-1,
T
u
: 40/60 C
Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e

Ratings of AC
loads
(p.f. = 0.95)
at 50 Hz and
Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V
A kW V kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rails
AC operation
Size S2
60 / 55 39 / 36 24, 50 Hz B 3RT13 36-1AB00 0.989 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT13 36-1AF00 0.994 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 36-1AP00 0.985 --
Size S3
110 / 100 72 / 66 24, 50 Hz B 3RT13 44-1AB00 2.200 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT13 44-1AF00 2.194 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 44-1AP00 2.170 --
140 / 120 92 / 79 24, 50 Hz B 3RT13 46-1AB00 2.188 --
110, 50 Hz B 3RT13 46-1AF00 2.208 --
230, 50 Hz } 3RT13 46-1AP00 2.168 --
DC operation DC solenoid system
Size S00
18 / 16 12 / 11 24 DC } 3RT13 16-1BB40 0.264 } 3RT13 16-2BB40 0.260
220 DC B 3RT13 16-1BM40 0.262 B 3RT13 16-2BM40 0.253
22 / 20 14.5 / 13 24 DC } 3RT13 17-1BB40 0.263 A 3RT13 17-2BB40 0.260
220 DC B 3RT13 17-1BM40 0.260 B 3RT13 17-2BM40 0.254
Size S0
35 / 30
1)
22 / 20 24 DC } 3RT13 25-1BB40 0.624 --
220 DC B 3RT13 25-1BM40 0.628 --
40 / 35
1)
26 / 23 24 DC } 3RT13 26-1BB40 0.625 --
220 DC B 3RT13 26-1BM40 0.630 --
Size S2
60 / 55 39 / 36 24 DC } 3RT13 36-1BB40 1.576 --
220 DC B 3RT13 36-1BM40 1.591 --
Size S3
110 / 100 72 / 66 24 DC B 3RT13 44-1BB40 3.183 --
220 DC B 3RT13 44-1BM40 3.135 --
140 / 120 92 / 79 24 DC B 3RT13 46-1BB40 3.193 --
220 DC B 3RT13 46-1BM40 3.134 --
Size S00: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 to S3: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
(for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts, please note information in the Technical Information LV 1 T ).
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/97.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TK1 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 200 ... 1000 A
3/54
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
The contactors also comply with the requirements of
NFC 63110 and NFC 20040.
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are fin-
ger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal covers may have to
be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on the configura-
tion with other devices.
Magnetic coils for 3TK10 to 3TK13 contactors:
as withdrawable coils.
Surge suppression
Control circuits
Magnetic coils for 3TK1 contactors: can be retrofitted
with RC elements.
Selection and ordering data

1)
At 60 Hz: 240 V.
Screw terminals
Screw mounting

3TK13
Rated data AC-1 Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
supply voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Operational
current I
e

up to 690 V
(at 40 C)
Rating of AC loads
(p.f. = 0.95) at
Version Order No. Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 690 V 1000 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V AC kg
AC operation
200 75 130 225 205 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz B 3TK10 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 4.423
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK10 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 4.449
110/120, 50/60 Hz C 3TK10 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 4.379
24, 50 Hz D 3TK10 42-0AB0 1 1 unit 101 4.432
250 90 165 280 200 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz B 3TK11 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 4.746
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK11 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 4.476
110/120, 50/60 Hz D 3TK11 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 4.634
24, 50 Hz D 3TK11 42-0AB0 1 1 unit 101 4.738
300 110 195 340 325 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz B 3TK12 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 7.158
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK12 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 7.167
110/120, 50/60 Hz D 3TK12 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 7.127
24, 50 Hz D 3TK12 42-0AB0 1 1 unit 101 7.129
350 130 230 395 370 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz B 3TK13 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 7.156
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK13 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 7.172
110/120, 50/60 Hz D 3TK13 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 7.118
24, 50 Hz D 3TK13 42-0AB0 1 1 unit 101 7.136
550 205 360 620 510 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz
1)
B 3TK14 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 18.938
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK14 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 19.041
110/120, 50/60 Hz C 3TK14 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 19.094
800 300 525 905 575 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz
1)
B 3TK15 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 19.068
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK15 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 19.100
110/120, 50/60 Hz C 3TK15 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 19.076
1000 375 655 1135 -- 2 2 220 ... 230, 50 Hz
1)
B 3TK17 42-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 20.030
230 ... 240, 50 Hz D 3TK17 42-0AU0 1 1 unit 101 20.080
110/120, 50/60 Hz D 3TK17 42-0AF0 1 1 unit 101 20.100
For accessories, see page 3/116 onwards.
For spare parts, see page 3/124 onwards.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TK20 Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
3/55
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 (VDE 0660).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
The contactors with screw terminals are finger-safe according to
EN 50274.
The contactors are available in versions with screw terminals,
6.3 mm plug connectors and solder pin connectors for soldering
in printed circuit boards.
Application
The main area of application for the 3TK2 contactors with flat
connectors is in household equipment. These contactors are
also suitable for simple electric controllers. No auxiliary switch
blocks can be retrofitted.
Selection and ordering data
Size 00
AC-1: operational current I
e
= 16 A (at 55 C)
1)
Operating range at AC-1
220 V: 0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
; lower operating range limit
according to IEC 60947.
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Main contacts DT Screw terminals/ PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Flat/solder pin connections
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e

Ratings of induction motors
at 50 Hz and
Version Order No. Price
per PU
at 400/
380 V
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V 690/
660 V

A kW kW kW kW NO NC kg
Contactors with screw terminals for screw and snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard mounting rail

3TK20 ..-0...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 4 4 -- B 3TK20 40-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.190
3 1 B 3TK20 31-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.188
2 2 B 3TK20 22-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.188
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 4 4 -- B 3TK20 40-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.210
3 1 B 3TK20 31-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.210
2 2 B 3TK20 22-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.209
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors for screw and
snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TK20 ..-3...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 -- 4 -- C 3TK20 40-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.166
3 1 C 3TK20 31-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.164
2 2 C 3TK20 22-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.180
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 -- 4 -- C 3TK20 40-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.185
3 1 C 3TK20 31-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.187
2 2 C 3TK20 22-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.189
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors
for screw mounting (diagonal)
3TK20 ..-7...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 -- 4 -- B 3TK20 40-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.161
3 1 B 3TK20 31-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.163
2 2 B 3TK20 22-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.162
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 -- 4 -- B 3TK20 40-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.183
3 1 B 3TK20 31-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.187
2 2 B 3TK20 22-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.183
Contactors with solder pin connectors for printed circuit boards
1)

for screw mounting (diagonal)

3TK20 ..-6...
AC operation
9 2.4 4 4 -- 4 -- B 3TK20 40-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.159
3 1 B 3TK20 31-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.160
2 2 B 3TK20 22-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.159
DC operation DC solenoid system
9 2.4 4 4 -- 4 -- B 3TK20 40-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.182
3 1 B 3TK20 31-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.183
2 2 B 3TK20 22-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.181
For accessories, see page 3/119.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TK20 Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
3/56
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be
changed)
1)
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
; lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about other voltages.
Contactor type 3TK20
Rated control supply voltage U
s
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P0
1)
DC operation
24 V DC B4
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT15 Contactors
4-pole, 2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW
3/57
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102)
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The accessories for the 3-pole SIRIUS contactors can also be
used for the 4-pole versions.
Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation, 2 NO contacts + 2 NC contacts
1)

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

1)
Single device for pole reversal; not suitable for reversing duty.
2)
For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
3)
Required conductor cross-section: 10 mm.

3RT15 1.-1....

3RT15 1.-2....

3RT15 26-1....
Rated data Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
AC-2/AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
AC-1,
T
u
: 40/60 C
Opera-
tional
current
I
e

Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e

Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
at 400 V 400 V
A kW A V kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rails
AC operation
Size S00
2)

9 4 18 / 16 24, 50/60 Hz B 3RT15 16-1AB00 0.205 B 3RT15 16-2AB00 0.198
110, 50/60 Hz B 3RT15 16-1AF00 0.204 B 3RT15 16-2AF00 0.196
230, 50/60 Hz } 3RT15 16-1AP00 0.202 } 3RT15 16-2AP00 0.201
12 5.5 22 / 20 24, 50/60 Hz A 3RT15 17-1AB00 0.205 B 3RT15 17-2AB00 0.200
110, 50/60 Hz } 3RT15 17-1AF00 0.203 B 3RT15 17-2AF00 0.199
230, 50/60 Hz } 3RT15 17-1AP00 0.205 } 3RT15 17-2AP00 0.201
Size S0
25 11 40 / 35
3)
24, 50 Hz B 3RT15 26-1AB00 0.395
110, 50 Hz B 3RT15 26-1AF00 0.390
230, 50 Hz } 3RT15 26-1AP00 0.393
Size S2
40 18.5 55 / 50 24, 50 Hz B 3RT15 35-1AB00 0.983
110, 50 Hz B 3RT15 35-1AF00 0.991
230, 50 Hz } 3RT15 35-1AP00 0.984
DC operation DC solenoid system
Size S00
9 4 18 / 16 24 DC } 3RT15 16-1BB40 0.263 } 3RT15 16-2BB40 0.260
220 DC B 3RT15 16-1BM40 0.262 B 3RT15 16-2BM40 0.256
12 5.5 22 / 20 24 DC } 3RT15 17-1BB40 0.265 B 3RT15 17-2BB40 0.262
220 DC B 3RT15 17-1BM40 0.259 B 3RT15 17-2BM40 0.255
Size S0
20 11 40 / 35
3)
24 DC } 3RT15 26-1BB40 0.625
220 DC B 3RT15 26-1BM40 0.626
Size S2
40 18.5 55 / 50 24 DC } 3RT15 35-1BB40 1.583
220 DC B 3RT15 35-1BM40 1.585
Size S00: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 to S3: Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
(for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts, please note information in the Technical Information LV 1 T ).
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/97.
For spare parts, see page 3/111.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT16 Capacitor Contactors
12.5 ... 50 kvar
3/58
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The 3RT16 capacitor contactors are special versions of the size
S00 to S3 SIRIUS contactors. The capacitors are precharged by
means of the mounted leading NO contacts and resistors; only
then do the main contacts close.
This prevents disturbances in the network and welding of the
contactors.
Only discharged capacitors are permitted to be switched on
with capacitor contactors.
The auxiliary switch block which is snapped onto the capacitor
contactor contains the three leading NO contacts and in the
case of S00 one standard NC contact (in addition to one NO
contact in the basic unit) and in the case of S0 and S3 one stan-
dard NO contact, which is unassigned. Size S00 also contains
another unassigned NO contact in the basic unit.
In addition, a 2-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted lat-
erally on the 3RT16 47 capacitor contactors (2 NO, 2 NC or
1 NO + 1 NC versions); type 3RH19 21-1EA... . The fitting of aux-
iliary switches for 3RT16 17 and 3RT16 27 is not expandable.
For the capacitor switching capacity of the basic 3RT10 contac-
tor version, see Technical specifications.
Selection and ordering data

1)
For size S3: 55 C.
2)
Operating range: 0.85 ... 1.1 x U
s
.
3)
For conductor cross-sections > 6 mm
2
use 3RV19 25-5AB terminals (2 units).
AC operation
Screw terminals

3RT16 17-1A.03

3RT16 27-1A.01

3RT16 47-1A.01
Utilization category AC-6b
Switching of AC capacitors for an
ambient temperature of 60 C
1)
Auxiliary
contacts,
unas-
signed
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
2)
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Capacitor rating at
operational voltage 50/60 Hz
Order No. Price
er PU
at 230 V at 400 V at 525 V at 690 V
kvar kvar kvar kvar NO NC V AC Hz kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting
rails
Size S00
3 7.5 5 12.5 7.5 15 10 21 1 1 24 50 / 60 B 3RT16 17-1AB03 1 1 unit 101 0.278
110 B 3RT16 17-1AF03 1 1 unit 101 0.276
230 } 3RT16 17-1AP03 1 1 unit 101 0.275
Size S0
3)
3.5 15 6 25 7.8 30 10 42 1 -- 24 50 B 3RT16 27-1AB01 1 1 unit 101 0.440
110 B 3RT16 27-1AF01 1 1 unit 101 0.430
230 } 3RT16 27-1AP01 1 1 unit 101 0.431
Size S3
3.5 30 5 50 7.5 60 10 84 1 -- 24 50 B 3RT16 47-1AB01 1 1 unit 101 2.037
110 B 3RT16 47-1AF01 1 1 unit 101 2.040
230 } 3RT16 47-1AP01 1 1 unit 101 2.033
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3RH11 contactor relays
3/59
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
DC operation
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102), for
requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to EN 50274. The
size S00 contactor relays have Cage Clamp connections for all
terminals.
Ambient temperature
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the con-
tactor relays (across the full coil operating range) is
-40 C to +70 C.
Continuous duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the mechan-
ical endurance, the current-carrying capacity of the conducting
paths and the switching frequency.
Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to consider-
able variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tem-
peratures, e.g. railway applications under extreme climatic con-
ditions, rolling mills, etc.
Control and auxiliary circuits
The coils of the contactor relays have an extended tol. range
from 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
and are fitted as standard with varistors to
provide protection against overvoltages. The opening delay is
consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
3RH11 ..-0LA0
The DC solenoid systems of the contactor relays are modified (to
hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor.
The size S00 contactor relays are supplied prewired with a plug-
on module containing the series resistor. The varistor is inte-
grated. A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005)
can be fitted additionally.
Mounting
At ambient temperatures up to 70 C, the size S00 contactor re-
lays are allowed to be mounted side by side.
3RH11 22-2K.40:
These contactor relays have an extended operating range from
0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
; the coils are fitted with varistors as standard. An
additional series resistor is not required. Please note:
Size S00: It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block.
At ambient temperatures > 60 C 70 C, a clearance of 10 mm
is required when they are mounted side by side.
Selection and ordering data

1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 C.
2)
Version without series resistor.
3)
One 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted;
no clearance required up to 70 C.
DC operation DC solenoid system
Cage Clamp terminals
For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
3RH11 22-2K.40: 3RH11 22-2K.40-0LA0
Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
T
u
: 70 C at
Contacts Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Cage Clamp terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A A A A NO NC V DC kg
3RH11 contactor relays
Size S00
Cage Clamp terminals for all connections
6 3 2 1 2 2
1)
24
2)
} 3RH11 22-2KB40 1 1 unit 101 0.255
110
2)
A 3RH11 22-2KF40 1 1 unit 101 0.256
6 3 2 1 2 1
3)
24 A 3RH11 22-2KB40-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.284
110 A 3RH11 22-2KF40-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.285
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3TH4 contactor relays
3/60
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
3TH4 contactor relays
EN 60947-4-1.
For requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal
covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depend-
ing on the configuration with other devices.
Application
For operation in plants which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tempera-
tures, e.g. in railway applications.
Selection and ordering data

1)
Contacts not extendable.
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor

3TH4
Con-
tacts
Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
Contacts
1)
Rated control
supply voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Order No. Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
Number A A A A NO NC V kg
3TH42 contactor relays DC operation DC solenoid system
8 10 6 4 2 44E 4 4 24 DC B 3TH42 44-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 0.674
110 DC B 3TH42 44-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 0.661
53E 5 3 24 DC C 3TH42 53-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 0.669
110 DC C 3TH42 53-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 0.660
62E 6 2 24 DC B 3TH42 62-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 0.667
110 DC B 3TH42 62-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 0.663
For accessories, see page 3/121.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
3/61
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
DC operation
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102), for
requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274 (excep-
tion: series resistors S0 to S3). The contactors are available with
both Cage Clamp and screw connection. The size S00 contac-
tors have Cage Clamp terminals for all connections. The auxil-
iary conductor and coil terminals of sizes S0 to S3 are all Cage
Clamp terminals.
Ambient temperature
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the con-
tactors (across the full coil operating range) is -40 C to +70 C.
Continuous duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the mechan-
ical endurance, the current-carrying capacity of the conducting
paths and the switching frequency.
Dimensions
Attaching resistors increases the width of contactor sizes S0 to
S3 (see Dimensional Drawings).
Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to consider-
able variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tem-
peratures, e.g. railway applications under extreme climatic
conditions, rolling mills, etc.
Control and auxiliary circuits
The coils of the contactors have an extended operating range
from 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
and are fitted as standard with varistors to
provide protection against overvoltages. The opening delay is
consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
3RT10 ..-0LA0
The DC solenoid systems of the contactors are modified (to
hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor.
The size S00 contactors are supplied prewired with a plug-on
module containing the series resistor. The varistor is integrated.
A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be
fitted additionally.
The size S0 to S3 contactors are equipped on the front with an
auxiliary switch block with 2 NO + 2 NC contacts. The separate
series resistor, which is attached laterally next to the contactor
on the 35 mm standard mounting rail, is fitted with connecting
cables for mounting the contactors. A circuit diagram showing
the terminals is stuck onto each contactor. One NC of the auxil-
iary contacts is required for the series resistor function. The
selection and ordering data shows the number of additional,
unassigned auxiliary contacts. It is only possible to extend the
number of auxiliary contacts with size S00.
Mounting
At ambient temperatures up to 70 C, the size S00 contactors
and contactor relays are allowed to be mounted side by side.
The resistor module of the size S0 to S3 contactors must be
mounted to the left of the contactor owing to the prefabricated
connecting cables.
3RT10 17-2K.4.,
3RT10 2.-3K.40
These contactors have an extended operating range from
0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
; the coils are fitted with varistors as standard.
An additional series resistor is not required.
Please note:
Size S00: it is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block.
Size S0: up to two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be
mounted.
At ambient temperatures > 60 C 70 C, a clearance of 10 mm
is required when they are mounted side by side.
3RT10 contactors with contactor control unit, extended
operating range
Control and auxiliary circuits
The coils of the contactors have an extended operating range
from 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
and are fitted as standard with varistors to
provide protection against overvoltages. The opening delay is
consequently 2 ms to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
3RT10 ..-.X.40-0LA2
The contactors are energized via upstream control electronics
which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
at an
ambient temperature of 70 C. They are supplied as complete
units with a built-on contactor control unit. A varistor is integrated
for damping opening surges in the coil.
The possibility of mounting auxiliary switches is the same as that
for equivalent standard contactors.
Mounting
At ambient temperatures up to 70 C, sizes S0 to S3 of these
contactor versions are allowed to be mounted side by side.
Ambient temperature:
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is -40 C to
+70 C. Continuous duty at temperatures > +60 C reduces the
mechanical endurance, the current-carrying capacity of the
conducting paths and the switching frequency.
Dimensions
Because of the built-on contactor control unit, the height of the
size S0 to S3 contactors increases by up to 34 mm (see Dimen-
sional Drawings).
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
3/62
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 C.
2)
One 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted;
no distance required up to 70 C.
3)
Version without series resistor.
4)
Up to two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted. A clearance
of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures
> 60 C.
5)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased; no clearance
required up to 70 C.
DC operation DC solenoid system
Cage Clamp terminals
For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor

3RT10 17-2K.4.-0LA0 3RT10 2.-3K.40

3RT10 3.-3K.44-0LA0
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
T
u
: 70 C
Auxiliary contacts Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Cage Clamp terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e
at
Ratings of
induction motors at
Version Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC kg
3RT10 contactors for switching motors
Size S00
Cage Clamp terminals for all connections
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 1
1)
-- 24
3)
} 3RT10 17-2KB41 1 1 unit 101 0.256
110
3)
B 3RT10 17-2KF41 1 1 unit 101 0.256
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 -- 1
1)
24
3)
} 3RT10 17-2KB42 1 1 unit 101 0.256
110
3)
B 3RT10 17-2KF42 1 1 unit 101 0.255
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 -- 1
2)
24 A 3RT10 17-2KB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.283
110 B 3RT10 17-2KF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.285
Size S0
Cage Clamp terminals for coil connections and auxiliary contacts
17 4 7.5 10 11 -- --
4)
24
3)
} 3RT10 25-3KB40 1 1 unit 101 0.580
110
3)
B 3RT10 25-3KF40 1 1 unit 101 0.574
25 5.5 11 11 11 -- --
4)
24
3)
} 3RT10 26-3KB40 1 1 unit 101 0.581
110
3)
B 3RT10 26-3KF40 1 1 unit 101 0.575
17 4 7.5 10 11 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 25-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.760
110 B 3RT10 25-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.745
25 5.5 11 11 11 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 26-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.758
110 B 3RT10 26-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 0.742
Size S2
Cage Clamp terminals for coil connections and auxiliary contacts
32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 34-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 1.630
110 B 3RT10 34-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 1.664
40 11 18.5 22 22 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 35-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 1.648
110 B 3RT10 35-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 1.656
50 15 22 30 22 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 36-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 1.647
110 B 3RT10 36-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 1.669
Size S3
Cage Clamp terminals for coil connections and auxiliary contacts
65 18.5 30 37 43 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 44-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 3.070
110 B 3RT10 44-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 3.028
80 22 37 45 55 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 45-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 3.085
110 B 3RT10 45-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 2.670
95 22 45 55 55 2 1
5)
24 B 3RT10 46-3KB44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 3.090
110 B 3RT10 46-3KF44-0LA0 1 1 unit 101 3.042
For spare parts, see page 3/98.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
3/63
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
DC operation DC solenoid system
For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail
Contactor control unit
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
PU (UNIT, SET, M)= 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101
1)
Auxiliary switch blocks mountable as standard contactors.

3RT10 ..-3X.40-0LA2
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
T
u
: up to 70 C
Auxiliary
contacts
1)
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals
for coil connections
Weight
per PU
approx.
Rated
opera-
tional
current I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz
Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
Ident.
No.
Version
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC V DC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S0
17 7.5 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 25-1XB40-0LA2 0.625 B 3RT10 25-3XB40-0LA2 0.340
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 25-1XF40-0LA2 0.340 B 3RT10 25-3XF40-0LA2 0.645
25 11 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 26-1XB40-0LA2 0.627 B 3RT10 26-3XB40-0LA2 0.630
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 26-1XF40-0LA2 0.445 B 3RT10 26-3XF40-0LA2 0.639
Size S2
32 15 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 34-1XB40-0LA2 1.432 C 3RT10 34-3XB40-0LA2 1.466
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 34-1XF40-0LA2 1.505 B 3RT10 34-3XF40-0LA2 1.500
40 18.5 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 35-1XB40-0LA2 1.491 C 3RT10 35-3XB40-0LA2 1.486
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 35-1XF40-0LA2 1.432 B 3RT10 35-3XF40-0LA2 1.515
50 22 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 36-1XB40-0LA2 1.491 B 3RT10 36-3XB40-0LA2 1.489
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 36-1XF40-0LA2 1.432 B 3RT10 36-3XF40-0LA2 1.466
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rail
Size S3
65 30 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 44-1XB40-0LA2 2.864 B 3RT10 44-3XB40-0LA2 2.855
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 44-1XF40-0LA2 2.775 B 3RT10 44-3XF40-0LA2 2.787
80 37 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 45-1XB40-0LA2 2.871 B 3RT10 45-3XB40-0LA2 2.720
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 45-1XF40-0LA2 2.720 B 3RT10 45-3XF40-0LA2 2.720
95 45 -- -- -- 24 B 3RT10 46-1XB40-0LA2 2.913 B 3RT10 46-3XB40-0LA2 2.913
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT10 46-1XF40-0LA2 2.913 B 3RT10 46-3XF40-0LA2 2.913
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3TB5 motor contactors, 55 ... 200 kW
3/64
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
EN 60947-4-1.
For requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal
covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depend-
ing on the configuration with other devices.
Application
For operation in plants which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tempera-
tures, e.g. in railway applications.
Selection and ordering data

1)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased.
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors
For screw fixing
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
Size Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Auxiliary
contacts
1)
Rated control
supply voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
at
Ratings of induction
motors at
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC kg
Contactors for switching AC voltage
DC operation DC solenoid system
6 110 37 55 75 90 2 1 24 C 3TB50 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 6.674
110 C 3TB50 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 6.640
8 170 55 90 110 132 2 1 24 C 3TB52 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 9.250
110 C 3TB52 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 9.222
10 250 75 132 160 200 2 1 24 C 3TB54 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 16.800
110 C 3TB54 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 8.845
12 400 115 200 255 355 2 1 110 C 3TB56 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 19.793
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x , for Railway Applications
3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 2-pole
3/65
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
EN 60947-4-1.
For requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274 (excep-
tion: series resistor). Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto
the connecting bars, depending on the configuration with other
devices.
Application
For operation in plants which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient tempera-
tures, e.g. in railway applications.
Selection and ordering data

1)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased.
3TC44: For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TC48 to 3TC56: For screw fixing
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor

3TC48
Size Utilization
category
Rated opera-
tional current
I
e
at
Rated power of AC loads at Auxil-
iary
contacts
1)
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
750 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V Order No. Price
per PU
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC kg
Contactors for switching DC voltage
DC operation DC solenoid system
2 DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
32 7 14 19.2 24 2 1 24 B 3TC44 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 1.321
7.5 5 9 9 4 110 C 3TC44 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 1.310
4 DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
75 16.5 33 45 56 2 1 24 C 3TC48 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 4.857
75 13 27 38 45 110 C 3TC48 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 3.710
8 DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
170 48 97 132 165 2 1 24 C 3TC52 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 10.722
170 41 82 110 110 110 C 3TC52 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 10.830
12 DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
400 88 176 240 300 2 1 24 C 3TC56 17-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 24.150
400 70 140 200 250 110 C 3TC56 17-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 18.190
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
U
s
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
3/66
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
3TC4 and 3TC5
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars,
depending on the configuration with other devices.
The DC motor ratings given in the tables are applicable to the
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories with two-pole switching of
the load or with the two conducting paths of the contactor con-
nected in series.
One contactor conducting path can switch full power up to
220 V. The ratings for higher voltages are available on request.
3TC7
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are suit-
able for switching and controlling DC motors as well as all other
DC loads. The electromagnetic excitation is designed for a par-
ticularly wide coil operating range.
It is between 0.7 or 0.8 to 1.2 U
s
.
3TC74 contactors can be used at up to 750 V/400 A and 50 Hz
in AC-1 operation.
Application
The contactors are suitable for switching and controlling DC
motors as well as all other DC circuits.
A version with an especially large actuating voltage is available
for operation in electrically driven vehicles and in switchgear
with significant fluctuations in the operational voltage (see page
3/65).
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
3/67
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
For the permissible load for utilization category DC-1,
see Technical Specifications.
2)
The fitting of auxiliary switches cannot be altered on DC-operated
contactors.
3)
The following rated operational currents are permitted for reversing
duty with 3TC44 to 3TC56 contactors:
Contactor Rated operational voltage
Type 110 V, 220 V 440 V
3TC44 32 A 7 A
3TC48 75 A 75 A
3TC52 170 A 170 A
3TC56 400 A 400 A
4)
For > 600 V: I
e
= 170 A.
5)
Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
.
3TC44 3TC48
Size Rated data DC-3 and DC-5
1)
Auxiliary
contacts
2)
Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e
3)
Ratings of
DC motors at Version
110 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V
A kW kW kW kW kW NO NC V kg
3TC44 to 3TC56 2-pole contactors
DC operation
Screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
2 32 2.5 5 9 9 4 2 2 24 DC } 3TC44 17-0AB4 1 1 unit 101 1.050
110 DC } 3TC44 17-0AF4 1 1 unit 101 1.046
220 DC } 3TC44 17-0AM4 1 1 unit 101 1.050
Screw mounting
4 75 6.5 13 27 38 45 2 2 24 DC A 3TC48 17-0AB4 1 1 unit 101 4.680
110 DC A 3TC48 17-0AF4 1 1 unit 101 4.745
220 DC A 3TC48 17-0AM4 1 1 unit 101 4.513
8 220
4)
20 41 82 110 110 2 2 24 DC C 3TC52 17-0AB4 1 1 unit 101 10.589
110 DC C 3TC52 17-0AF4 1 1 unit 101 9.826
220 DC C 3TC52 17-0AM4 1 1 unit 101 9.878
12 400 35 70 140 200 250 2 2 24 DC C 3TC56 17-0AB4 1 1 unit 101 17.870
110 DC C 3TC56 17-0AF4 1 1 unit 101 19.318
220 DC C 3TC56 17-0AM4 1 1 unit 101 22.870
AC operation, 50 Hz
Screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
2 32 2.5 5 9 9 4 2 2 220 / 230 AC
5)
} 3TC44 17-0BP0 1 1 unit 101 0.673
110 / 110 AC } 3TC44 17-0BF0 1 1 unit 101 0.683
Screw mounting
4 75 6.5 13 27 38 45 2 2 220 / 230 AC
5)
A 3TC48 17-0BP0 1 1 unit 101 3.447
110 AC C 3TC48 17-0BF0 1 1 unit 101 3.487
8 220
4)
20 41 82 110 110 2 2 220 / 230 AC
5)
A 3TC52 17-0BP0 1 1 unit 101 7.005
110 AC C 3TC52 17-0BF0 1 1 unit 101 7.041
12 400 35 70 140 200 250 2 2 220 / 230 AC
5)
C 3TC56 17-0BP0 1 1 unit 101 14.437
110 AC C 3TC56 17-0BF0 1 1 unit 101 14.363
For more rated control supply voltages U
s
, see page 3/68.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
3/68
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
For the permissible load for utilization category DC-1,
see Technical Specifications.
2)
The fitting of auxiliary switches cannot be altered on
DC-operated contactors.
3)
Upper operating range limit at 230 V: 1.14 x U
s
.
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
1)
Coil operating range at 220 V or 380 V: 0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
2)
Upper operating range limit at 230 V: 1.14 x U
s
.

3TC74

3TC78
Size Rated data
DC-3 and DC-5
1)
Auxil-
iary
contacts
2)
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

Rating of DC motors at
110 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V 1200 V 1500 V
A kW kW kW kW kW kW kW NO NC V kg
3TC74 1-pole contactors Operational voltage up to 750 V
DC operation
12 400 35 70 140 200 250 -- -- 4 4 24 DC C 3TC74 14-0EB 1 1 unit 101 10.728
110 DC C 3TC74 14-0EF 1 1 unit 101 10.660
AC operation, 50 Hz
12 400 35 70 140 200 250 -- -- 4 4 230 / 220 AC
3)
C 3TC74 14-1CM 1 1 unit 101 10.850
3TC78 2-pole contactors Operational voltage up to 1500 V
DC operation
12 400 35 70 140 200 250 400 500 4 4 24 DC C 3TC78 14-0EB 1 1 unit 101 22.500
110 DC C 3TC78 14-0EF 1 1 unit 101 15.960
AC operation, 50 Hz
12 400 35 70 140 200 250 400 500 4 4 230 / 220 AC
3)
C 3TC78 14-1CM 1 1 unit 101 23.824
For more rated control supply voltages U
s
, see below.
For spare parts, see page 3/126.
Contactor type 3TC44 3TC48 3TC52/56 3TC74/78
Rated control supply voltage U
s
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50 Hz
24 V AC B0 B0 -- --
110 V AC F0 F0 F0 --
230/220 V AC P0
1)
P0
1)
P0
1)
M
2)
240 V AC U0 U0 -- --
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50/60 Hz
24 V AC C2 -- -- --
110 V AC G2 -- -- --
120 V AC K2 -- -- --
220 V AC N2 -- -- --
230 V AC L2 -- -- --
DC operation
24 V DC B4 B4 B4 B
48 V DC W4 W4 -- --
60 V DC E4 E4 -- --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4 F
125 V DC G4 G4 -- --
220 V DC M4 M4 M4 M
230 V DC P4 P4 -- --
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/69
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
The SIRIUS generation of controls is a complete, modular
system family, logically designed right down to the last detail,
from the basic units to the accessories.
Contactor relays and coupling relays
Size S00 with accessories
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3RH1 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The 3RH1 contactor relays have screw or Cage Clamp
terminals. Four contacts are available in the basic unit.
Contactor relay, see page 3/70
Coupling relay for auxiliary circuits, see page 3/78
Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay, see page 3/103
Solid-state time delay block, OFF-delay, see page 3/103
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay, see page 3/102
(versions: ON or OFF-delay)
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above, see page 3/97
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above, see page 3/97
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below, see page 3/97
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below, see page 3/97
4-pole auxiliary switch block, see page 3/97
(terminal designations according to EN 50011 or EN 50005)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard version or solid-state compatible
version, see page 3/97
(terminal designations according to EN 50005)
Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with 4-pole auxiliary switch block,
see page 3/108
Solder pin adapter for contactor relays and coupling relays,
see page 3/107
Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current,
see page 3/106
Surge suppressor with LED, see page 3/105
Surge suppressor without LED, see page 3/105
8
9
10
11
6
7
5
12
15
16
13
3
4
1
2
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/70
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101
For other voltages see page 3/71, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/97 and 3/99.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
.
Screw
terminals
3RH11 ..-1... 3RH11 ..-2... 3RH12 ..-1... 3RH12 ..-2...
Rated opera-
tional current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
Contacts Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
at 230 V Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
A NO NC V AC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
50/60 Hz
1)
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
6 40 E 4 -- 24 } 3RH11 40-1AB00 0.204 } 3RH11 40-2AB00 0.201
110 } 3RH11 40-1AF00 0.202 } 3RH11 40-2AF00 0.199
230 } 3RH11 40-1AP00 0.204 } 3RH11 40-2AP00 0.200
31 E 3 1 24 } 3RH11 31-1AB00 0.204 } 3RH11 31-2AB00 0.200
110 } 3RH11 31-1AF00 0.202 } 3RH11 31-2AF00 0.199
230 } 3RH11 31-1AP00 0.203 } 3RH11 31-2AP00 0.199
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RH11 22-1AB00 0.203 } 3RH11 22-2AB00 0.201
110 } 3RH11 22-1AF00 0.202 } 3RH11 22-2AF00 0.200
230 } 3RH11 22-1AP00 0.204 } 3RH11 22-2AP00 0.199
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
6 44 E 4 4 230 } 3RH12 44-1AP00 0.254 B 3RH12 44-2AP00 0.253
62 E 6 2 230 } 3RH12 62-1AP00 0.251 B 3RH12 62-2AP00 0.254
DC operation DC solenoid system
DC
6 40 E 4 -- 24 } 3RH11 40-1BB40 0.264 } 3RH11 40-2BB40 0.260
220 } 3RH11 40-1BM40 0.261 B 3RH11 40-2BM40 0.257
31 E 3 1 24 } 3RH11 31-1BB40 0.262 } 3RH11 31-2BB40 0.259
220 } 3RH11 31-1BM40 0.259 B 3RH11 31-2BM40 0.254
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RH11 22-1BB40 0.264 } 3RH11 22-2BB40 0.261
220 } 3RH11 22-1BM40 0.260 B 3RH11 22-2BM40 0.255
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
6 44 E 4 4 24 } 3RH12 44-1BB40 0.312 A 3RH12 44-2BB40 0.311
62 E 6 2 24 } 3RH12 62-1BB40 0.313 A 3RH12 62-2BB40 0.314
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/71
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be
changed)
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
.
2)
Coil operating range
at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
.
3)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
.
Contactor type 3RH11
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
Control supply
voltage at
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50/60 and 60 Hz
50/60 Hz
1)
60 Hz
24 V AC -- B0
42 V AC -- D0
48 V AC -- H0
110 V AC -- F0
220 V AC -- N2
230 V AC -- P0
400 V AC -- V0
Magnetic coils for AC 50/60 and 60 Hz (for Japan
2)
)
100 V AC 110 V AC G6
200 V AC 220 V AC N6
400 V AC 440 V AC R6
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz (for USA and Canada
3)
)
50 Hz 60 Hz
110 V AC 120 V AC K6
220 V AC 240 V AC P6
DC operation
12 V DC A4
24 V DC B4
42 V DC D4
48 V DC W4
60 V DC E4
110 V DC F4
125 V DC G4
220 V DC M4
230 V DC P4
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH14 latched contactor relays, 4-pole
3/72
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The terminal designations comply with EN 50011.
The contactor coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both
designed for continuous duty.
The number of auxiliary contacts can be extended by means of
auxiliary switch blocks (up to 4 poles).
RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies can be fitted
to both coils from the front for damping opening surges in the
coil.
The contactor relay can also be switched on and released
manually. (For minimum actuating times, see Technical Specifi-
cations).
Selection and ordering data
For accessories, see page 3/97 and 3/99.
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
.
3RH14 22-1BB40
Rated operational
current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
Contacts Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
at 230 V Ident. No. acc.
to EN 50011
Version Order No. Price
per PU
A NO NC V kg
With screw terminals for screw and snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
AC 50/60 Hz
1)
6 40 E 4 -- 24 B 3RH14 40-1AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.385
42 B 3RH14 40-1AD00 1 1 unit 101 0.380
110 B 3RH14 40-1AF00 1 1 unit 101 0.385
230 A 3RH14 40-1AP00 1 1 unit 101 0.384
31 E 3 1 24 B 3RH14 31-1AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.385
42 B 3RH14 31-1AD00 1 1 unit 101 0.386
110 B 3RH14 31-1AF00 1 1 unit 101 0.385
230 B 3RH14 31-1AP00 1 1 unit 101 0.386
22 E 2 2 24 B 3RH14 22-1AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.389
42 B 3RH14 22-1AD00 1 1 unit 101 0.388
110 B 3RH14 22-1AF00 1 1 unit 101 0.387
230 } 3RH14 22-1AP00 1 1 unit 101 0.389
DC operation DC solenoid system
DC
6 40 E 4 -- 24 } 3RH14 40-1BB40 1 1 unit 101 0.509
110 B 3RH14 40-1BF40 1 1 unit 101 0.504
220 B 3RH14 40-1BM40 1 1 unit 101 0.502
31 E 3 1 24 B 3RH14 31-1BB40 1 1 unit 101 0.504
110 B 3RH14 31-1BF40 1 1 unit 101 0.510
220 B 3RH14 31-1BM40 1 1 unit 101 0.494
22 E 2 2 24 } 3RH14 22-1BB40 1 1 unit 101 0.504
110 B 3RH14 22-1BF40 1 1 unit 101 0.505
220 B 3RH14 22-1BM40 1 1 unit 101 0.510
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH4 contactor relays, 8- and 10-pole
3/73
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 and EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3TH42/3TH43 contactor relays are suitable for use in any
climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
In terms of their terminal designations, identification numbers
and identification letters, the 3TH42/3TH43 contactor relays con-
form to the standard EN 50011 for "Specific Contactor Relays".
Selection and ordering data
For accessories, see page 3/121.
Spare parts
Magnetic coils:
AC operation: 3TY7 403-0A.
DC operation: 3TY4 803-0B.
(voltages on request)
Contacts:
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH42 contactor relays.
1)
Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
3TH42 ..-0...
Contacts Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
at
Contacts DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V 690/
660 V
Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Number A A A A NO NC NO NC kg
With screw terminals for screw and snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation, rated control supply voltage U
s
= 50 Hz 230/220 V AC
1)
8 10 6 4 2 80 E 8 -- -- -- B 3TH42 80-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.422
71 E 7 1 -- -- B 3TH42 71-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.420
62 E 6 2 -- -- B 3TH42 62-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.420
53 E 5 3 -- -- C 3TH42 53-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.420
44 E 4 4 -- -- B 3TH42 44-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.419
44 E, U 3 3 1 1 B 3TH42 93-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.425
DC operation DC solenoid system, rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC
8 10 6 4 2 80 E 8 -- -- -- B 3TH42 80-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.664
71 E 7 1 -- -- B 3TH42 71-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.663
62 E 6 2 -- -- B 3TH42 62-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.673
53 E 5 3 -- -- B 3TH42 53-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.662
44 E 4 4 -- -- B 3TH42 44-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.660
44 E, U 3 3 1 1 B 3TH42 93-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.667
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH4 contactor relays, 8- and 10-pole
3/74
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
For accessories, see page 3/121.
1)
Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Spare parts
Magnetic coils:
AC operation: 3TY7 403-0A.
DC operation: 3TY4 803-0B.
(voltages on request)
Contacts:
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH43 contactor relays.
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s
.
2)
Operating range at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x U
s.
3TH43 ..-0A.. 3TH43 ..-0B..
Contacts Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
at
Contacts DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Number A A A A NO NC NO NC kg
With screw terminals for screw and snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation, rated control supply voltage U
s
= 50 Hz 230/220 V AC
1)
10 10 6 4 2 100 E 10 -- -- -- } 3TH43 10-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.465
91 E 9 1 -- -- } 3TH43 91-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.465
82 E 8 2 -- -- } 3TH43 82-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.465
73 E 7 3 -- -- } 3TH43 73-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.463
73 E,U 6 2 1 1 } 3TH43 46-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.466
64 E 6 4 -- -- } 3TH43 64-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.462
55 E 5 5 -- -- } 3TH43 55-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.463
55 E,U 4 4 1 1 } 3TH43 94-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.465
DC operation DC solenoid system, rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC
10 10 6 4 2 100 E 10 -- -- -- } 3TH43 10-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.710
91 E 9 1 -- -- } 3TH43 91-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.707
82 E 8 2 -- -- } 3TH43 82-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.705
73 E 7 3 -- -- } 3TH43 73-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.697
73 E U 6 2 1 1 } 3TH43 46-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.706
64 E 6 4 -- -- } 3TH43 64-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.708
55 E 5 5 -- -- } 3TH43 55-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.705
55 E U 4 4 1 1 } 3TH43 94-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.707
Contactor type 3TH42/3TH43
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
Control supply
voltage at
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz
24 V AC 29 V AC B0
36 V AC 42 V AC G0
42 V AC 50 V AC D0
48 V AC 58 V AC H0
60 V AC 72 V AC E0
110 V AC 132 V AC F0
125/127 V AC 150/152 V AC L0
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P0
1)
240 V AC 288 V AC U0
400/380 V AC 480/460 V AC V0
1)
415 V AC 500 V AC R0
500 V AC 600 V AC S0
For Japan
100 V AC 100-110 V AC G6
2)
200 V AC 200-220 V AC N6
2)
For USA and Canada
110 V AC 120 V AC K6
2
)
220 V AC 240 V AC P6
2
)
Contactor type 3TH42/3TH43
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50/60 Hz
24 V AC C2
42 V AC D2
110 V AC G2
115 V AC J2
120 V AC K2
220 V AC N2
230 V AC L2
240 V AC P2
440 V AC R2
DC operation
12 V DC A4
24 V DC B4
30 V DC C4
36 V DC V4
42 V DC D4
48 V DC W4
60 V DC E4
110 V DC F4
125 V DC G4
220 V DC M4
230 V DC P4
240 V DC Q4
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/75
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 (VDE 0660).
The terminal designations comply with EN 50011.
3TH2 contactor relays
The 3TH2 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
The contactor relays with screw terminal are finger-safe accord-
ing to EN 50274.
3TH27 latched contactor relays
The contactor coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both
designed for continuous duty.
RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies can be fitted
to both coils from the front for damping opening surges in the
coil.
The contactor relay can also be switched on and released
manually.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/76
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
For accessories, see page 3/122.
Contacts Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
at
Contacts DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Flat/solder pin connections
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V 690/
660 V
Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Version Order No. Price
per PU

Number A A A A NO NC kg
Contactor relays with screw terminals for screw and snap-on
mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail

3TH20 ..-0A..
AC operation
4 4 3 2 1 40E 4 -- A 3TH20 40-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.194
31E 3 1 A 3TH20 31-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.193
22E 2 2 A 3TH20 22-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.193
DC operation DC solenoid system
4 4 3 2 1 40E 4 -- A 3TH20 40-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.214
31E 3 1 A 3TH20 31-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.215
22E 2 2 A 3TH20 22-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.216
Contactor relays with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors

3TH20 ..-3...
AC operation
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- B 3TH20 40-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.166
31E 3 1 B 3TH20 31-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.164
22E 2 2 B 3TH20 22-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.165
for screw mounting (diagonal)
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- C 3TH20 40-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.161
31E 3 1 B 3TH20 31-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.162
22E 2 2 C 3TH20 22-7AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.162
3TH20 ..-7...
DC operation DC solenoid system
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- B 3TH20 40-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.187
31E 3 1 B 3TH20 31-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.185
22E 2 2 B 3TH20 22-3BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.185
for screw mounting (diagonal)
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- C 3TH20 40-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.183
31E 3 1 B 3TH20 31-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.183
22E 2 2 C 3TH20 22-7BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.183
Contactor relays with solder pin connectors for printed circuit boards
3TH20.. -6...
AC operation
for screw mounting (diagonal)
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- C 3TH20 40-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.162
31E 3 1 B 3TH20 31-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.162
22E 2 2 C 3TH20 22-6AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.162
DC operation DC solenoid system
for screw mounting (diagonal)
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- C 3TH20 40-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.184
31E 3 1 B 3TH20 31-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.185
22E 2 2 B 3TH20 22-6BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.187
Contactor relays with permanently mounted auxiliary switch blocks
with screw terminals, width 45 mm for screw and snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TH22.. -0A..
AC operation
8 4 3 2 -- 80E 8 0 C 3TH22 80-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.234
71E 7 1 C 3TH22 71-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.233
62E 6 2 C 3TH22 62-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.235
53E 5 3 C 3TH22 53-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.234
44E 4 4 C 3TH22 44-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.234
DC operation DC solenoid system
8 4 3 2 -- 80E 8 0 C 3TH22 80-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.255
71E 7 1 C 3TH22 71-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.256
62E 6 2 C 3TH22 62-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.258
53E 5 3 C 3TH22 53-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.255
44E 4 4 C 3TH22 44-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.257
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3/77
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
For accessories, see page 3/122.
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be
changed)
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
; lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about further voltages.
Con-
tacts
Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
at
Contacts DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V 690/
660 V
Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Num-
ber

A A A A NO NC kg
Latched contactor relays with screw terminals for screw and snap-on
mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TH27 ..
AC operation
4 4 3 2 1 40E 4 -- B 3TH27 40-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.343
31E 3 1 B 3TH27 31-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.350
22E 2 2 B 3TH27 22-0AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.345
DC operation DC solenoid system
4 4 3 2 1 40E 4 -- B 3TH27 40-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.396
31E 3 1 B 3TH27 31-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.401
22E 2 2 B 3TH27 22-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.399
Contactor type 3TH20 ..-0... 3TH20 ..-3...,
3TH20 ..-6...,
3TH20 ..-7...,
Rated control supply voltage U
s
3TH22, 3TH27
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz
24 V AC 29 V AC B0 --
110 V AC 132 V AC F0 --
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P0
1)
P0
1)
DC operation
24 V DC B4 B4
110 V DC F4 --
220 V DC M4 --
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH11 coupling relays for switching
auxiliary circuits, 4-pole
3/78
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Application
DC operation
IEC 60947 and EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3RH11 coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits are
tailored to the special requirements of working with electronic
controls.
The 3RH11 coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary
switch blocks.
Selection and ordering data
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101
For accessories, see page 3/97 and 3/99.
3RH11 ..-1.B40 3RH11 ..-2.B40
Surge
suppressors
Rated opera-
tional current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14
Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
at 230 V Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
A NO NC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
Rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 2.3 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor or
RC element,
attachable
6 40 E 4 -- } 3RH11 40-1HB40 0.258 B 3RH11 40-2HB40 0.254
31 E 3 1 } 3RH11 31-1HB40 0.258 B 3RH11 31-2HB40 0.253
22 E 2 2 } 3RH11 22-1HB40 0.259 B 3RH11 22-2HB40 0.255
Built-in diode 6 40 E 4 -- } 3RH11 40-1JB40 0.258 B 3RH11 40-2JB40 0.256
31 E 3 1 } 3RH11 31-1JB40 0.259 } 3RH11 31-2JB40 0.256
22 E 2 2 } 3RH11 22-1JB40 0.260 B 3RH11 22-2JB40 0.255
Built-in varistor 6 40 E 4 -- } 3RH11 40-1KB40 0.259 B 3RH11 40-2KB40 0.256
31 E 3 1 } 3RH11 31-1KB40 0.259 } 3RH11 31-2KB40 0.254
22 E 2 2 } 3RH11 22-1KB40 0.259 } 3RH11 22-2KB40 0.255
Rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x U
s
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 1.4 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor or
RC element,
attachable
6 40 E 4 -- B 3RH11 40-1MB40-0KT0 0.259 B 3RH11 40-2MB40-0KT0 0.255
31 E 3 1 B 3RH11 31-1MB40-0KT0 0.259 B 3RH11 31-2MB40-0KT0 0.255
22 E 2 2 A 3RH11 22-1MB40-0KT0 0.262 B 3RH11 22-2MB40-0KT0 0.256
Built-in diode 6 40 E 4 -- B 3RH11 40-1VB40 0.260 B 3RH11 40-2VB40 0.256
31 E 3 1 A 3RH11 31-1VB40 0.260 B 3RH11 31-2VB40 0.256
22 E 2 2 B 3RH11 22-1VB40 0.261 B 3RH11 22-2VB40 0.256
Built-in varistor 6 40 E 4 -- B 3RH11 40-1WB40 0.260 B 3RH11 40-2WB40 0.255
31 E 3 1 A 3RH11 31-1WB40 0.260 B 3RH11 31-2WB40 0.256
22 E 2 2 A 3RH11 22-1WB40 0.261 B 3RH11 22-2WB40 0.255
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
3/79
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Application
DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3RT10 coupling relays for switching motors are tailored to
the special requirements of working with electronic controls.
The 3RT10 1 coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary
switch blocks.
Two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be fitted to the
3RT10 2 coupling relays.
Selection and ordering data
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 1.-1HB4.

3RT10 1.-2JB4.
Surge
suppressors
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e

up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
Rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 xU
s
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 2.3 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor
or RC element,
attachable
7 3 10 1 -- } 3RT10 15-1HB41 0.259 B 3RT10 15-2HB41 0.254
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 15-1HB42 0.258 B 3RT10 15-2HB42 0.254
Built-in diode 7 3 10 1 -- } 3RT10 15-1JB41 0.259 } 3RT10 15-2JB41 0.255
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 15-1JB42 0.261 } 3RT10 15-2JB42 0.255
Built-in varistor 7 3 10 1 -- } 3RT10 15-1KB41 0.261 } 3RT10 15-2KB41 0.257
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 15-1KB42 0.259 } 3RT10 15-2KB42 0.256
Diode, varistor
or RC element,
attachable
9 4 10 1 -- } 3RT10 16-1HB41 0.258 B 3RT10 16-2HB41 0.254
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 16-1HB42 0.260 B 3RT10 16-2HB42 0.256
Built-in diode 9 4 10 1 -- } 3RT10 16-1JB41 0.261 } 3RT10 16-2JB41 0.256
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 16-1JB42 0.261 } 3RT10 16-2JB42 0.256
Built-in varistor 9 4 10 1 -- } 3RT10 16-1KB41 0.260 } 3RT10 16-2KB41 0.255
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 16-1KB42 0.260 } 3RT10 16-2KB42 0.255
Diode, varistor
or RC element,
attachable
12 5.5 10 1 -- A 3RT10 17-1HB41 0.260 B 3RT10 17-2HB41 0.257
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1HB42 0.260 B 3RT10 17-2HB42 0.253
Built-in diode 12 5.5 10 1 -- } 3RT10 17-1JB41 0.258 } 3RT10 17-2JB41 0.255
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 17-1JB42 0.258 } 3RT10 17-2JB42 0.256
Built-in varistor 12 5.5 10 1 -- } 3RT10 17-1KB41 0.261 } 3RT10 17-2KB41 0.256
01 -- 1 } 3RT10 17-1KB42 0.261 } 3RT10 17-2KB42 0.256
For accessories, see page 3/104.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
3/80
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 1.-1VB4.

3RT10 1.-2WB4.
Surge sup-
pressors
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
Auxiliary
contacts
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e
up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
Rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x U
s
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 1.4 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor
or RC element,
attachable
7 3 10 1 -- B 3RT10 15-1MB41-0KT0 0.260 B 3RT10 15-2MB41-0KT0 0.255
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 15-1MB42-0KT0 0.260 B 3RT10 15-2MB42-0KT0 0.257
Built-in diode 7 3 10 1 -- B 3RT10 15-1VB41 0.262 B 3RT10 15-2VB41 0.258
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 15-1VB42 0.260 B 3RT10 15-2VB42 0.257
Built-in varistor 7 3 10 1 -- A 3RT10 15-1WB41 0.260 B 3RT10 15-2WB41 0.257
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 15-1WB42 0.260 B 3RT10 15-2WB42 0.258
Diode, varistor
or RC element,
attachable
9 4 10 1 -- B 3RT10 16-1MB41-0KT0 0.261 B 3RT10 16-2MB41-0KT0 0.257
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 16-1MB42-0KT0 0.261 B 3RT10 16-2MB42-0KT0 0.257
Built-in diode 9 4 10 1 -- B 3RT10 16-1VB41 0.261 B 3RT10 16-2VB41 0.258
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 16-1VB42 0.260 B 3RT10 16-2VB42 0.255
Built-in varistor 9 4 10 1 -- B 3RT10 16-1WB41 0.260 B 3RT10 16-2WB41 0.255
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 16-1WB42 0.260 B 3RT10 16-2WB42 0.257
Diode, varistor
or RC element,
attachable
12 5.5 10 1 -- B 3RT10 17-1MB41-0KT0 0.262 B 3RT10 17-2MB41-0KT0 0.256
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1MB42-0KT0 0.260 B 3RT10 17-2MB42-0KT0 0.250
Built-in diode 12 5.5 10 1 -- B 3RT10 17-1VB41 0.260 B 3RT10 17-2VB41 0.255
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1VB42 0.261 B 3RT10 17-2VB42 0.255
Built-in varistor 12 5.5 10 1 -- B 3RT10 17-1WB41 0.261 B 3RT10 17-2WB41 0.256
01 -- 1 B 3RT10 17-1WB42 0.260 B 3RT10 17-2WB42 0.257
For accessories, see page 3/104.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
3/81
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT10 2.-1KB40

3RT10 2.-3KB40
Surge sup-
pressors
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
T
u
: up to 60 C
Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Opera-
tional
current I
e
up to
Rating of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
Ident.
No.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
400 V 400 V
A kW NO NC kg kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S0
Rated control supply voltage U
s
= 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x U
s
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 4.2 W at 24 V (2 single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Varistor
mounted
12 5.5 -- -- -- } 3RT10 24-1KB40 0.576 B 3RT10 24-3KB40 0.578
17 7.5 -- -- -- } 3RT10 25-1KB40 0.577 } 3RT10 25-3KB40 0.580
25 11 -- -- -- } 3RT10 26-1KB40 0.582 } 3RT10 26-3KB40 0.581
For accessories, see page 3/98.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers
3/82
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Application
AC and DC operation
DIN VDE 0110 Part 1, DIN VDE 0435, DIN VDE 0660 and
EN 50005.
In the coupling links in double-decker design, the connections
are arranged on two levels; the units are extremely compact.
Connection method: Screw terminals or spring-loaded termi-
nals. For test purposes, versions are available with manual 0
automatic switches.
The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the po-
sitioning of the terminals and the LEDs. For equipment identifi-
cation purposes, each coupling link has a blank legend plate.
In accordance with the technical specifications of electronic sys-
tems, the coupling links have a lower power consumption.
Selection and ordering data

1)
Hard gold-plated contacts.
2)
The same potential must be applied to the output contacts
of the 2 NO/2 CO relays.
3)
Observe max. permissible cable length, see Technical specifications.
AC and DC operation For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.


V NO CO mm kg
3TX7 002 relay coupling links with screw terminals
3TX7 002-1....
3TX7 002-2....
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC 1 -- 11.5 } 3TX7 002-1AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
1
1)
-- } 3TX7 002-1AB02 1 1 unit 101 0.032
24 AC/DC -- 1 17.5 } 3TX7 002-1BB00 1 1 unit 101 0.041
230 AC/DC } 3TX7 002-1BF00 1 1 unit 101 0.042
24 AC/DC 2
2)
-- 22.5 } 3TX7 002-1CB00 1 1 unit 101 0.055
-- 2
1) 2)
} 3TX7 002-1FB02 1 1 unit 101 0.055
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC 1 -- 11.5 } 3TX7 002-2AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.032
110 AC/DC } 3TX7 002-2AE00 1 1 unit 101 0.032
230 AC/DC
2)
1 -- 11.5 } 3TX7 002-2AF00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
} 3TX7 002-2AF05 1 1 unit 101 0.039
230 AC/DC -- 1
1) 3)
17.5 } 3TX7 002-2BF02 1 1 unit 101 0.043
3TX7 003 relay coupling links with spring-loaded terminals
3TX7 003
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC 1 -- 11.5 } 3TX7 003-1AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.030
24 AC/DC -- 1 17.5 } 3TX7 003-1BB00 1 1 unit 101 0.039
24 AC/DC 2
2)
-- 22.5 } 3TX7 003-1CB00 1 1 unit 101 0.050
Input coupling links
230 AC/DC 1 -- 11.5 A 3TX7 003-2AF00 1 1 unit 101 0.031
Note:
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in "Power Supplies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers
3/83
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
1)
For long cables.
2)
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Accessories

Rated control supply
voltage U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Manual-0-
automatic
switch for
testing
purposes
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.


V NO CO mm kg
3TX7 004 relay couplers with screw terminals

3TX7 004-1LB0.
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC -- 1 without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-1LB00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
230 AC/DC -- 1 without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-1LF00 1 1 unit 101 0.034
-- 1 without 12.5
1)
} 3TX7 004-1BF05 1 1 unit 101 0.057
24 AC/DC -- 1
2)
without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-1LB02 1 1 unit 101 0.033
24 AC/DC 1 -- without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-1MB00 1 1 unit 101 0.037
230 AC/DC 1 -- without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-1MF00 1 1 unit 101 0.037
24 AC/DC -- 1 with 12.5 } 3TX7 004-1BB10 1 1 unit 101 0.052
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC 1
2)
-- without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-2MB02 1 1 unit 101 0.037
110 AC/DC 1
2)
-- without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-2ME02 1 1 unit 101 0.037
230 AC/DC 1
2)
-- without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-2MF02 1 1 unit 101 0.038
3TX7 005 relay couplers with spring-loaded terminals
Output coupling links

3TX7 005-2MB02
24 AC/DC -- 1 without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-1LB00 1 1 unit 101 0.028
230 AC/DC -- 1 without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-1LF00 1 1 unit 101 0.030
24 AC/DC -- 1
2)
without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-1LB02 1 1 unit 101 0.028
24 AC/DC 1 -- without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-1MB00 1 1 unit 101 0.034
230 AC/DC 1 -- without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-1MF00 1 1 unit 101 0.034
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC 1
2)
-- without 6.2 C 3TX7 005-2MB02 1 1 unit 101 0.034
230 AC/DC 1
2)
-- without 6.2 B 3TX7 005-2MF02 1 1 unit 101 0.034
Note:
For replacement products, see 3RS18 coupling links with industrial housing or other 3TX7 0 products.
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in "Power Supplies".
For coupling link Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
Connecting combs

3TX7 004 24 terminals, blue
Width 6.2 mm
} 3TX7 004-8AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.017
Connecting cables

3TX7 002, 3TX7 003,
3TX7 004, 3TX7 005
24 terminals with supply,
blue
A 3TX7 004-8BA00 1 1 unit 101 0.050
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers with plug-in design
3/84
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Benefits
Advantages
Plug-in base couplers with spring-loaded terminals and
6.2 mm width
Fast exchange with permanent wiring (plug-in relay)
The wire inlet and terminals can be reached from the front.
This results in faster wiring time and wiring errors are
prevented.
Tested complete units short mounting time
Single relays available as components
Linking of supply voltage and control signals with 16-pole
connecting comb
Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for
neighboring units
Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts,
hence high contact reliability
24 V DC version also available as variant with NO contact
Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC
arc-suppression diode
Clearly visible functional state of the relay coupler
by yellow LED
Safe isolation according to EN 50178
230 V AC/DC versions available
Selection and ordering data
1)
The variants with hard gold-plated contacts feature high contact reliability
(also for low currents) and are therefore especially suitable for steady-state
inputs of programmable logic controllers.
Rated control supply voltage
U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.


V NO CO kg
Plug-in base couplers with screw terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay

3TX7 014-1AM00
24 DC 1 -- A 3TX7 014-1AM00 1 5 units 101 0.035
24 DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BM00 1 5 units 101 0.035
24 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BB00 1 5 units 101 0.035
115 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BE00 1 5 units 101 0.045
230 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BF00 1 5 units 101 0.041
Plug-in base couplers with screw terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay and hard gold-plating
1)
24 DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BM02 1 5 units 101 0.035
24 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BB02 1 5 units 101 0.035
115 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BE02 1 5 units 101 0.041
230 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 014-1BF02 1 5 units 101 0.035
Plug-in base couplers with spring-loaded terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay
24 DC 1 -- A 3TX7 015-1AM00 1 5 units 101 0.045
24 DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BM00 1 5 units 101 0.045
24 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BB00 1 5 units 101 0.045
115 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BE00 1 5 units 101 0.045
230 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BF00 1 5 units 101 0.045
Plug-in base couplers with spring-loaded terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay and hard gold-plating
1)
24 DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BM02 1 5 units 101 0.045
24 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BB02 1 5 units 101 0.040
115 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BE02 1 5 units 101 0.045
230 AC/DC -- 1 A 3TX7 015-1BF02 1 5 units 101 0.045
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers with plug-in design
3/85
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
The variants with hard gold-plated contacts feature high contact reliability
(also for low currents) and are therefore especially suitable for steady-state
inputs of programmable logic controllers.
1)
= AgSn0
2)
= AgSn0+Au
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Used for DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V kg
Replacement relay modules
1)
, 6.2 mm, 1 changeover contact
12 DC Complete units 24 V AC/DC A 3TX7 014-7BQ00 1 20 units 101 0.035
Complete units, 24 V AC/DC,
hard gold-plated
A 3TX7 014-7BQ02 1 20 units 101 0.035
24 DC Complete units 24 V DC A 3TX7 014-7BM00 1 20 units 101 0.035
Complete units 24 V DC,
hard gold-plating
A 3TX7 014-7BM02 1 20 units 101 0.035
60 DC Complete units 115 V and
230 V AC/DC
A 3TX7 014-7BP00 1 20 units 101 0.035
Complete units 115 V and
230 V AC/DC, hard gold-
plated
A 3TX7 014-7BP02 1 20 units 101 0.035
Connecting combs 16-pole, blue

for linking the same potentials,
16-pole,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
A 3TX7 014-7AA00 1 5 units 101 0.035
Galvanic isolation plates
3TX7014 and 3TX7015 A 3TX7 014-7CE00 1 10 units 101 0.035
3TX7 014-..
3TX7 015-..
NO (13/14)
CO (11/12/14) (+)A1/(-)A2 3TX7 014-.. FTR-LY.. APE.. V23092-..
..1AM00
1)
24 V DC NO ..7BM00
1)
..CA024Y ..30024 ..A1024-A301
..1BM00
1)
24 V DC CO ..7BM00
1)
..CA024Y ..30024 ..A1024-A301
..1BB00
1)
24 V AC/DC CO ..7BQ00
1)
..CA012Y ..30012 ..A1012-A301
..1BE00
1)
115 V AC/DC CO ..7BP00
1)
-- ..30060 ..A1060-A301
..1BF00
1)
230 V AC/DC CO ..7BP00
1)
-- ..30060 ..A1060-A301
..1BM02
2)
24 V DC CO ..7BM02
2)
..CA024V ..30124 ..A1024-A201
..1BB02
2)
24 V AC/DC CO ..7BQ02
2)
..CA012V ..30112 ..A1012-A201
..1BE02
2)
115 V AC/DC CO ..7BP02
2)
-- ..30160 ..A1060-A201
..1BF02
2)
230 V AC/DC CO ..7BP02
2)
-- ..30160 ..A1060-A201
LYAA024Y FT &
24V DC
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
6
1
5
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
6
1
6
APE30024
SPULE: 24V
V23092-A1 024-A301
24V
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
6
1
7
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Semiconductor couplers
3/86
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
AC and DC operation
DIN VDE 0110 Part 1, DIN VDE 0435, DIN VDE 0660 and
EN 50005 optocouplers: DIN VDE 0884, DIN VDE 0411
Part 500, IEC 61131-2 (programmable logic controllers).
In the coupling links in double-decker design, the connections
are arranged on two levels; the units are extremely compact.
Connection method: Screw terminals or spring-loaded termi-
nals. For test purposes, versions are available with manual 0
automatic switches.
The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the po-
sitioning of the terminals and the LEDs. For equipment identifi-
cation purposes, each coupling link has a blank legend plate.
In accordance with the technical specifications of electronic sys-
tems, the coupling links have a lower power consumption.
Selection and ordering data



AC and DC operation For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Switching
voltage
Switch-
ing
current
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Contacts
V V A mm kg
3TX7 002 semiconductor couplers with screw terminals, 1 transistor

3TX7 002
Output coupling links
24 DC 48 ... 264 AC 1.8 12.5 } 3TX7 002-3AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
< 60 DC 1.5 11.5 } 3TX7 002-3AB01 1 1 unit 101 0.035
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC < 30 DC 0.1 12.5 } 3TX7 002-4AB00 1 1 unit 101 0.031
110 240 AC < 30 DC 0.1 12.5 } 3TX7 002-4AG00 1 1 unit 101 0.035
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Switching
voltage
Switch-
ing
current
Manual-0-
automatic
switch for
testing
purposes
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V V A mm kg
3TX7 004 semiconductor couplers with screw terminals

3TX7 004-3AB04
Output coupling links
24 DC 48 DC 0.5 without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-3AB04 1 1 unit 101 0.034
24 DC 30 DC 1.5 } 3TX7 004-3PB54 1 1 unit 101 0.029
24 DC 30 DC 3 without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-3PB74 1 1 unit 101 0.032
110 ... 230 AC/DC 30 DC 3 } 3TX7 004-3PG74 1 1 unit 101 0.033
24 DC 30 DC 5 without 12.5 } 3TX7 004-3AC04 1 1 unit 101 0.052
24 DC 30 DC 5 with B 3TX7 004-3AC14 1 1 unit 101 0.061
24 DC 24 ... 250
AC
2 without 12.5 } 3TX7 004-3AC03 1 1 unit 101 0.060
Input coupling links
110 ... 230 AC/DC 30 DC 0.1 without 6.2 } 3TX7 004-4PG24 1 1 unit 101 0.034
3TX7 005 semiconductor couplers with spring-loaded terminals
Output coupling links
24 DC 48 DC 0.5 without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-3AB04 1 1 unit 101 0.031
24 DC 30 DC 1.5 } 3TX7 005-3PB54 1 1 unit 101 0.025
24 DC 30 DC 3 without 6.2 A 3TX7 005-3PB74 1 1 unit 101 0.027
110 ... 230 AC/DC A 3TX7 005-3PG74 1 1 unit 101 0.027
24 DC 30 DC 5 without 12.5 } 3TX7 005-3AC04 1 1 unit 101 0.047
24 DC with C 3TX7 005-3AC14 1 1 unit 101 0.051
24 DC 24 ... 250
AC
2 without 12.5 C 3TX7 005-3AC03 1 1 unit 101 0.056
Input coupling links
110 ... 230 AC/DC 30 DC 0.1 without 6.2 } 3TX7 005-4PG24 1 1 unit 101 0.031
Note:
For replacement products, see 3RS18 coupling links with industrial housing or other 3TX7 0 products.
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in "Power Supplies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Semiconductor couplers
3/87
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Accessories

For coupling link Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
Connecting combs

3TX7 004 24 terminals, blue
Width 6.2 mm
} 3TX7 004-8AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.017
Connecting cables

3TX7 002, 3TX7 003,
3TX7 004, 3TX7 005
24 terminals with supply,
blue
A 3TX7 004-8BA00 1 1 unit 101 0.050
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3RS18 Coupling Relays with Industrial Housing
Relay couplers
3/88
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
The new 3RS18 coupling relays are couplers in the well-proven
standard 22.5 mm timing relay enclosure. The series comprises
relays with 1, 2 and 3 changeover contacts with screw and
spring-type connections for combined voltages and wide
voltage ranges.
The relay coils are protected internally with noise suppression
diodes.
Benefits
Wide voltage range: One product for all voltages
The industrial housing supports the same connection meth-
ods as the timing relay including spring-type connections,
2 wires can be clamped
Versions with electronically optimized outputs
(hard gold-plating)
Up to 3 changeover contacts with only 22.5 mm width
Selection and ordering data

1)
Hard gold-plated contacts.

Rated control supply
voltage U
s
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V CO kg
Coupling relays with industrial housing
with screw terminals, 22.5 mm

Wide voltage range
24 ... 240 AC/DC 2 A 3RS18 00-1BW00 1 1 unit 101 0.143
3 C 3RS18 00-1HW00 1 1 unit 101 0.168
3
1)
C 3RS18 00-1HW01 1 1 unit 101 0.168
Combination voltage
24 AC/DC and
110 ... 120 AC
1 C 3RS18 00-1AQ00 1 1 unit 101 0.116
2 C 3RS18 00-1BQ00 1 1 unit 101 0.142
3 C 3RS18 00-1HQ00 1 1 unit 101 0.173
3
1)
C 3RS18 00-1HQ01 1 1 unit 101 0.173
24 AC/DC and
220 ... 240 AC
1 C 3RS18 00-1AP00 1 1 unit 101 0.112
2 C 3RS18 00-1BP00 1 1 unit 101 0.142
3 C 3RS18 00-1HP00 1 1 unit 101 0.166
3
1)
C 3RS18 00-1HP01 1 1 unit 101 0.170
Coupling relays with industrial housing
with spring-loaded terminals, 22.5 mm
Wide voltage range
24 ... 240 AC/DC 2 C 3RS18 00-2BW00 1 1 unit 101 0.128
3 C 3RS18 00-2HW00 1 1 unit 101 0.144
3
1)
C 3RS18 00-2HW01 1 1 unit 101 0.145
Combination voltage
24 AC/DC and
110 ... 120 AC
1 C 3RS18 00-2AQ00 1 1 unit 101 0.104
2 C 3RS18 00-2BQ00 1 1 unit 101 0.120
3 C 3RS18 00-2HQ00 1 1 unit 101 0.147
3
1)
C 3RS18 00-2HQ01 1 1 unit 101 0.147
24 AC/DC and
220 ... 240 AC
1 C 3RS18 00-2AP00 1 1 unit 101 0.104
2 C 3RS18 00-2BP00 1 1 unit 101 0.122
3 C 3RS18 00-2HP00 1 1 unit 101 0.143
3
1)
C 3RS18 00-2HP01 1 1 unit 101 0.147
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
3/89
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
Version Rated control
supply voltage
U
s

at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V mm kg
Complete units, 11- and 14-pole, PT series
LZX:PT3A5L24
Complete units with
plug-in base
for snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard
mounting rail comprising:
Plug-in relay, plug-in
base, LED module (24 V
DC LED module with
freewheel diode, AC
without freewheel diode),
fixing/ejection bracket
and label
24 DC 3 27 C LZX:PT3A5L24 1 1 unit 101 0.099
4 C LZX:PT5A5L24 1 1 unit 101 0.099
24 AC 3 C LZX:PT3A5R24 1 1 unit 101 0.099
4 C LZX:PT5A5R24 1 1 unit 101 0.100
115 AC 3 27 C LZX:PT3A5S15 1 1 unit 101 0.099
4 C LZX:PT5A5S15 1 1 unit 101 0.099
230 AC 3 C LZX:PT3A5T30 1 1 unit 101 0.099
4 C LZX:PT5A5T30 1 1 unit 101 0.099
Complete units with
plug-in base (logical
isolation)
for snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard
mounting rail comprising:
Plug-in relay, plug-in
base with logical isola-
tion, LED module (24 V
DC LED module with
freewheel diode, AC
without freewheel diode),
fixing/ejection bracket
and label
24 DC 3 27 C LZX:PT3B5L24 1 1 unit 101 0.106
4 C LZX:PT5B5L24 1 1 unit 101 0.112
24 AC 4 C LZX:PT5B5R24 1 1 unit 101 0.112
115 AC 3 C LZX:PT3B5S15 1 1 unit 101 0.105
115 AC 4 27 C LZX:PT5B5S15 1 1 unit 101 0.112
230 AC 3 C LZX:PT3B5T30 1 1 unit 101 0.106
4 C LZX:PT5B5T30 1 1 unit 101 0.112
Complete units, 8-pole, 5 mm pinning, RT series
LZX:RT4B4AT30
Complete units with
plug-in base
for snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard
mounting rail comprising:
Print relay, standard
plug-in base, LED mod-
ule (24 V DC LED with
freewheel diode, AC
without freewheel diode),
fixing/ejection bracket
and label
24 DC 1 15.5 } LZX:RT3A4L24 1 1 unit 101 0.061
2 } LZX:RT4A4L24 1 1 unit 101 0.061
24 AC 1 C LZX:RT3A4R24 1 1 unit 101 0.060
2 C LZX:RT4A4R24 1 1 unit 101 0.060
115 AC 1 15.5 C LZX:RT3A4S15 1 1 unit 101 0.060
2 C LZX:RT4A4S15 1 1 unit 101 0.060
230 AC 1 A LZX:RT3A4T30 1 1 unit 101 0.060
2 } LZX:RT4A4T30 1 1 unit 101 0.060
Complete units with
plug-in base (logical
isolation)
for snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard
mounting rail comprising:
Print relay with logical
isolation, plug-in base
with logical isolation, LED
module (24 V DC LED
module with freewheel
diode, AC without free-
wheel diode), fixing/ejec-
tion bracket and label
24 DC 1 15.5 C LZX:RT3B4L24 1 1 unit 101 0.065
2 A LZX:RT4B4L24 1 1 unit 101 0.065
24 AC 1 C LZX:RT3B4R24 1 1 unit 101 0.064
2 C LZX:RT4B4R24 1 1 unit 101 0.064
115 AC 1 15.5 C LZX:RT3B4S15 1 1 unit 101 0.064
2 C LZX:RT4B4S15 1 1 unit 101 0.065
230 AC 1 C LZX:RT3B4T30 1 1 unit 101 0.064
2 C LZX:RT4B4T30 1 1 unit 101 0.064
Complete units, 5-pole, 3.2 mm pinning, RY series
LZX:RY1A4L24
Complete units with
plug-in base (logical
isolation)
for snap-on mounting
onto 35 mm standard
mounting rail comprising:
24 DC 1 15.5 C LZX:RY1A4L24 1 1 unit 101 0.048
Print relays C LZX:RY213024 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Plug-in bases with
logical isolation
C LZX:RY78626 1 1 unit 101 0.035
LED modules
(24 V DC LED module
with freewheel diode)
} LZX:RPML0024 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Fixing/ejection brackets
and label
C LZX:RY16016 100 10 units 101 0.100
Note:
Logical isolation: The terminals for the contacts and the terminals for the coil are arranged on separate levels, e.g. above for contacts and below for coil.
Logical isolation is not necessarily safe isolation (see the technical specifications of the relay types).
Safe isolation: Safe isolation prevents voltage of one circuit affecting another circuit with sufficient protection (DIN VDE 106 Part 101).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
3/90
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

Version Rated control
supply voltage U
s

at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V mm kg
Print relays, 8- and 11-pole, 5 mm pinning, RT series

LZX:RT314024
LZX:RT78625
LZX:RT78626
Individual modules for customer assembly
Print relays
With hard gold-plating
24 DC 1 12.7 C LZX:RT315024 1 1 unit 101 0.016
24 AC 1 12.7 C LZX:RT315524 1 1 unit 101 0.013
230 AC 1 12.7 C LZX:RT315730 1 1 unit 101 0.015
Print relays 24 DC 1 12.7 } LZX:RT314024 1 1 unit 101 0.016
24 DC 2 12.7 } LZX:RT424024 1 1 unit 101 0.015
24 AC 1 12.7 C LZX:RT314524 1 1 unit 101 0.007
24 AC 2 12.7 } LZX:RT424524 1 1 unit 101 0.014
115 AC 1 12.7 C LZX:RT314615 1 1 unit 101 0.013
115 AC 2 12.7 } LZX:RT424615 1 1 unit 101 0.012
230 AC 1 12.7 } LZX:RT314730 1 1 unit 101 0.007
230 AC 2 12.7 } LZX:RT424730 1 1 unit 101 0.010
Standard plug-in
bases
for mounting onto
standard mounting rail
-- -- 15.5 } LZX:RT78625 1 1 unit 101 0.042
Plug-in bases
with logical isolation, for
mounting onto standard
mounting rail
-- -- 15.5 } LZX:RT78626 1 1 unit 101 0.047
Accessories for RT

LZX:RPML0024

LZX:RT16016

LZX:RY16040
LED modules
Red
with freewheel diode 24 DC -- 15.5 } LZX:RPML0024 1 1 unit 101 0.003
without freewheel diode 24 AC/DC -- } LZX:RPML0524 1 1 unit 101 0.003
110 ... 230 AC/DC -- } LZX:RPML0730 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Green
with freewheel diode 24 DC -- 15.5 } LZX:RPMG0024 1 1 unit 101 0.003
without freewheel diode 24 AC/DC -- C LZX:RPMG0524 1 1 unit 101 0.003
110 ... 230 AC/DC -- } LZX:RPMG0730 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Fixing/ejection
brackets
-- -- } LZX:RT16016 100 10 units 101 0.100
Labels -- -- 15.5 } LZX:RY16040 100 20 units 101 0.100
RC elements 24 ... 48 AC -- 15.5 C LZX:RPMU0548 1 1 unit 101 0.004
110 ... 230 AC } LZX:RPMU0730 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Freewheel diodes
with connection to A1
6 ... 230 DC -- 15.5 } LZX:RPMT00A0 1 1 unit 101 0.002
Print relays, 5-pole, RY series
LZX:RY78626
Individual modules for customer assembly
Print relays
Label on relay:
RY213024, RY613024 or
JS24N-K
24 DC 1 10.7 C LZX:RY213024 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Plug-in bases
with logical isolation,
for mounting onto
standard mounting rail
-- -- 15.5 C LZX:RY78626 1 1 unit 101 0.035
Fixing/ejection
brackets
-- -- C LZX:RY16016 100 10 units 101 0.100
Note:
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in "Power Supplies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
3/91
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
The test bracket is designed to be non-latching. If the test bracket is
pressed further until 90 has been reached, two small lugs break off and
the test bracket can be latched in position.
2)
Accessories for LZX:RPM LED modules and LZX:PT16016 fixing/ejection
brackets cannot be used with these bases.

Version Rated control
supply voltage U
s

at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V mm kg
Industrial relays, 8-, 11-, and 14-pole, PT series

LZX:PT570024

LZX:PT78702
Individual modules for customer assembly
Mini industrial relays
With test bracket and
mechanical switch
position indicator,
without LED
1)
24 DC 2 22.5 } LZX:PT270024 1 1 unit 101 0.030
3 } LZX:PT370024 1 1 unit 101 0.031
4 } LZX:PT570024 1 1 unit 101 0.031
24 AC 2 22.5 C LZX:PT270524 1 1 unit 101 0.030
3 A LZX:PT370524 1 1 unit 101 0.031
4 } LZX:PT570524 1 1 unit 101 0.031
115 AC 2 22.5 C LZX:PT270615 1 1 unit 101 0.028
3 A LZX:PT370615 1 1 unit 101 0.030
4 } LZX:PT570615 1 1 unit 101 0.030
230 AC 2 22.5 } LZX:PT270730 1 1 unit 101 0.029
3 } LZX:PT370730 1 1 unit 101 0.030
4 } LZX:PT570730 1 1 unit 101 0.030
With hard gold-plating 24 DC 4 22.5 } LZX:PT580024 1 1 unit 101 0.031
230 AC } LZX:PT580730 1 1 unit 101 0.031
Without test bracket 24 DC 4 22.5 C LZX:PT520024 1 1 unit 101 0.031
230 AC C LZX:PT520730 1 1 unit 101 0.031
Plug-in bases for
mounting onto stan-
dard mounting rail
-- -- 27 } LZX:PT78702 1 1 unit 101 0.051
} LZX:PT78703 1 1 unit 101 0.062
} LZX:PT78704 1 1 unit 101 0.063
Accessories for PT

LZX:RPML0024

LZX:PT16016

LZX:PT16040
LED modules
Red
with freewheel diode 24 DC -- 12.5 } LZX:RPML0024 1 1 unit 101 0.003
without freewheel diode 24 AC/DC } LZX:RPML0524 1 1 unit 101 0.003
110 230 AC/DC } LZX:RPML0730 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Green
with freewheel diode 24 DC -- 12.5 } LZX:RPMG0024 1 1 unit 101 0.003
without freewheel diode 24 AC C LZX:RPMG0524 1 1 unit 101 0.003
110 230 AC/DC } LZX:RPMG0730 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Fixing/ejection
brackets
-- -- 26 } LZX:PT16016 100 10 units 101 0.100
Labels -- -- 26 } LZX:PT16040 100 10 units 101 0.100
RC elements 24 ... 48 AC -- 26 C LZX:RPMU0548 1 1 unit 101 0.004
110 230 AC } LZX:RPMU0730 1 1 unit 101 0.003
Freewheel diodes
with connection to A1
6 230 DC -- 26 } LZX:RPMT00A0 1 1 unit 101 0.002
for PT relays
2)
LZX:PT78802
LZX:PT78604
Logical bases
with logical arrangement of the contacts
2 changeover contacts C LZX:PT78802 1 1 unit 101 0.063
3 changeover contacts C LZX:PT78803 1 1 unit 101 0.070
4 changeover contacts C LZX:PT78804 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Bases with top slide, pinning 3.5 mm
2 different conductor cross-sections can be connected,
without LEDs
2 changeover contacts C LZX:PT78602 1 1 unit 101 0.043
4 changeover contacts C LZX:PT78604 1 1 unit 101 0.051
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
3/92
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Version Rated control
supply voltage U
s

at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Width DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V mm kg
Industrial relays, 11-pole, MT series
LZX:MT326024
LZX:MT78750
Individual modules for customer assembly
Industrial relays with test bracket
without LED 24 DC 3 35.5 A LZX:MT321024 1 1 unit 101 0.088
with LED } LZX:MT323024 1 1 unit 101 0.088
without LED 24 AC 3 35.5 A LZX:MT326024 1 1 unit 101 0.089
with LED C LZX:MT328024 1 1 unit 101 0.089
without LED 115 AC 3 35.5 C LZX:MT326115 1 1 unit 101 0.087
with LED C LZX:MT328115 1 1 unit 101 0.088
without LED 230 AC 3 35.5 A LZX:MT326230 1 1 unit 101 0.089
with LED A LZX:MT328230 1 1 unit 101 0.089
Plug-in bases for
mounting on standard
mounting rail
-- -- 38 } LZX:MT78750 1 1 unit 101 0.063
Fixing brackets -- -- } LZX:MT28800 1 1 unit 101 0.001
Note:
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2AB10 and 6EP1 731-2AB00, in "Power Supplies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3TG10 Power Relays/Miniature Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
3/93
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
Version
The 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors with 4 main con-
tacts are available with 6.3 mm 0.8 mm screw terminals or flat
connectors. The versions with screw terminals are climate-proof
and finger-safe according to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100.
The 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors are small.
Their width is 36 mm.
Application
Because they are hum-free they are suitable for use in house-
hold appliances and distribution boards in office and residential
areas. They can also be used for applications where there is little
space such as air conditioners, heating systems, pumps, and
fans, i.e. for simple electrical controls.
AC and DC operation
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Surge suppression
The 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors have an inte-
grated protective circuit against opening surges.
Overload and short-circuit protection
The 3UA7 overload relay can be used for overload protection.
This applies to mounting onto contactors and to stand-alone in-
stallation.
Information about short-circuit protection by means of contac-
tors can be found in the Technical specifications.
Selection and ordering data

Rated data
Utilization category
Main
contacts
Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Flat connectors
AC-1
Switching of resis-
tive loads at 55 C
AC-2 and AC-3
Order No. Price
per PU
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
400 V
Power of
three-
phase
loads at
50 Hz and
400 V
Opera-
tional
current
I
e
up to
400 V
1)
Power of
three-
phase
loads at
50 Hz and
400 V
Version
A kW A kW NO NC V kg
With screw terminals, 4-pole
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Hum-free

3TG10 ..-0...
AC operation, 45 ... 450 Hz
20 13 8.4 4 4 -- 24 AC } 3TG10 10-0AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.157
110 AC A 3TG10 10-0AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.158
230 AC } 3TG10 10-0AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.156
3 1 24 AC } 3TG10 01-0AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.157
110 AC D 3TG10 01-0AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.158
230 AC } 3TG10 01-0AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.157
DC operation
20 13 8.4 4 4 -- 24 DC } 3TG10 10-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.157
3 1 24 DC } 3TG10 01-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.157
With 6.3 0.8 mm flat connectors, 4-pole
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Hum-free

3TG10 ..-1...
AC operation, 45 ... 450 Hz
16 10 8.4 4 4 -- 24 AC D 3TG10 10-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.146
110 AC D 3TG10 10-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.146
230 AC } 3TG10 10-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.145
3 1 24 AC D 3TG10 01-1AC2 1 1 unit 101 0.147
110 AC D 3TG10 01-1AG2 1 1 unit 101 0.146
230 AC } 3TG10 01-1AL2 1 1 unit 101 0.144
DC operation
16 10 8.4 4 4 -- 24 DC D 3TG10 10-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.146
8.4 4 3 1 24 DC D 3TG10 01-1BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.146
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/94
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Overview
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
The auxiliary switch blocks and the maximum number of blocks
that can be mounted are described in the sections "Motor Con-
tactors" and "Contactor Relays".
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block
The timer module, which is available in "ON-DELAY" and "OFF-
DELAY" versions, allows time-delayed functions up to 100 s
(3 distinct delay ranges).
It contains a relay with one NO contact and one NC contact;
depending on the version, the relay is switched either after an
ON-delay or after an OFF-delay.
The timer module with "WYE-DELTA FUNCTION" is equipped
with one delayed and one instantaneous NO contact, with a
dead time of 50 ms between the two. The delay time of the NO
contact can be adjusted between 1.5 s and 30 s.
Wye-delta function:

The contactor on which the solid-state, time-delay auxiliary
switch block is mounted operates without a delay.
Size S00
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the
front side of the contactor. The timer module is supplied with
power directly by plug-in contacts through the coil terminals of
the contactor, in parallel with A1/A2. The timing function is acti-
vated by closing the contactor on which the auxiliary switch
block is mounted. The OFF-delay variant operates without an
auxiliary voltage; minimum ON period: 200 ms.
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block cannot be
mounted on size S00 coupling relays.
Sizes S0 to S12
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the
front side of the contactor.
The timer module is supplied with power through two terminals
(A1/A2); the time delay of the auxiliary switch block can be acti-
vated either by a parallel link to any contactor coil or by any
power source.
The OFF-delay variant operates without an auxiliary voltage;
minimum ON period: 200 ms.
A single-pole auxiliary switch block can be snapped onto the
front of the contactor in addition to the timer module.
The timer module has no integrated components for damping
overvoltage surges.
Solid-state time-delay block with semiconductor output
The timer module, which is available in "ON-DELAY" and "OFF-
DELAY with auxiliary voltage" versions, allows time-delayed
functions up to 100 s (3 distinct delay ranges). Contactors fitted
with a time-delay block close or open after a delay according to
the set time.
The ON-delay variant of the timing relay is connected in series
with the contactor coil; terminal A1 of this coil must not be con-
nected.
With the OFF-delay variant of the timing relay, the contactor coil
is contacted directly through the relay; terminals A1 and A2 of
the contactor coil must not be connected.
The timing relays are suitable for both AC and DC operation.
Size S00
The version for size S00 contactors is fitted onto the front of the
contactor (with the supply voltage switched off) and then slid
into its latched position; at the same time, the timing relay is
connected by means of plug-in contacts to coil terminals A1 and
A2 of the contactor. Any contactor coil terminals which are not
required are sealed off by means of covers on the enclosure of
the time-delay block, to prevent them from being connected
inadvertently.
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
The solid-state, time-delay block cannot be mounted on size S00
coupling relays.
Sizes S0 to S3
The time-delay block for size S0 to S3 contactors is plugged into
coil terminals A1 and A2 on top of each contactor; the timing
relay is connected both electrically and mechanically by means
of pins.
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
Configuring note:
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not permissi-
ble when using AC control voltage (see (a) in the circuit
diagram).
The 3RT19 16-2D... / 3RT19 26-2D... OFF-delay timing relay
blocks have a zero potential start input B1. This means that if
there is a parallel load on terminal B1, activation can be simu-
lated with alternating voltage. In this case, the additional load
(e.g. contactor K3) must be wired according to (b).
OFF-delay device for size S00 to S3 contactors
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mount-
ing rail. The OFF-delay devices have screw terminals.
The OFF-delay device prevents a contactor from dropping out
unintentionally when there is a short-time voltage dip or voltage
failure. It supplies a downstream, DC-operated contactor with
the necessary energy during a voltage dip, ensuring that the
contactor does not trip. The 3RT19 16 OFF-delay devices are
specifically designed for operation with the 3RT contactors and
3RH contactor relays of the SIRIUS series.
The OFF-delay device operates without external voltage on a ca-
pacitive basis, and can be energized with either AC or DC (24 V
version only for DC operation). Voltage matching, which is only
necessary with AC operation, is performed using a rectifier
bridge.
A contactor opens after a delay when the capacitors of the con-
tactors magnetic coil, built into the OFF-delay device, are
switched in parallel. In the event of voltage failures, the capaci-
tors are discharged via the magnetic coil and thereby delay the
opening of the contactor.
t
A1/A2
50 ms
N
S
B
0
0
4
5
3
a
Y 27/28
37/38
a) b)
N N
S
B
0
0
4
5
4
L1
S1
A2 A1 B1
A2 A1
K3
1
2
N N
S
B
0
0
4
5
5
L1
K3
A2 A1 B1
A2 A1
S1
K3
1
2
$ Timing relay block
% Contactor
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/95
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
If the command devices are upstream of the OFF-delay device
in the circuit, the OFF-delay takes effect with every opening op-
eration. If the opening operation is downstream of the OFF-delay
device, an OFF-delay only applies in the event of failure of the
mains voltage.
Operation
In the case of the versions for rated control supply voltages of
110 V and 230 V, either AC voltage or DC voltage can be applied
on the line side, whereas the variant for 24 V is designed for DC
operation only.
A DC-operated contactor is connected to the output in accor-
dance with the input voltage that is applied.
The mean value of the OFF-delay is approximately 1.5 times the
specified minimum time.
Surge suppressors
Without LED (also for Cage Clamp terminals)
size S00, S0, S2, S3, S6 to S12
With LED (also for Cage Clamp terminals)
size S00
All 3RT1 contactors and 3RH1 contactor relays can be retrofitted
with RC elements or varistors for damping opening surges in the
coil. Diodes or diode assemblies (comprising noise suppression
diodes and Zener diodes for rapid break times) can be used.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00
contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on auxil-
iary switch block.
With all size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors, RC elements and di-
ode assemblies can be plugged on directly at the coil terminals,
either on the top or underneath.
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is de-
termined by a coding device.
Coupling relays are supplied either without surge suppression or
with a varistor or diode connected as standard, according to the
version.
Note:
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times
of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are damped
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assemblies 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
Electromagnetic interference suppression module,
3-phase for size S00 contactors

A so-called counter-e.m.f. (electromotive force) is produced
when motors or various inductive loads are turned off. Voltage
peaks of up to 4000 V may occur as a result, with a frequency
spectrum from 1 kHz to 10 MHz and a rate of voltage variation
from 0.1 to 20 V/ns.

Capacitive input to various analog and digital signals makes it
necessary to suppress interference in the load circuit.
Reducing contact arcing
The connection between the main current path and the EMC in-
terference suppression module enables contact arcing, which is
responsible for contact erosion and the majority of clicking
noises, to be reduced; this in turn is conducive to an electromag-
netically compatible design.
Higher operational reliability
Since the EMC interference suppression module achieves a
significant reduction in radio-frequency components and the
voltage level in three phases, the contact endurance is also
improved considerably. This makes an important contribution
towards enhancing the reliability and availability of the system
as a whole.
Dispensing with fine graduations
There is no need for fine graduations within each performance
class, as smaller motors inherently have a higher inductance, so
that one solution for all fixed-speed operating mechanisms up to
5.5 kW is adequate.
Two electrical variants are available:
The advantages of the RC connection lie mainly in the reduc-
tion in the rate of rise and in its RF damping ability. The se-
lected values ensure effective interference suppression over a
wide range.

The varistor connection can absorb a high energy level and
can also be used for frequencies ranging from 10 to 400 Hz
(closed-loop controlled operating mechanisms). There is no
limiting below the knee-point voltage, however.

500 ms
4000 V
V
400 V
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
5
6
b
t
t 500 ms
930 V
V
400 V
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
5
7
b
500 ms
400 V
t
V
950 V
N
S
B
0
_
0
0
4
5
8
b
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/96
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Additional load module
Size S00 for plugging onto the front side of the contactors with
and without auxiliary switch block
Coupling links for mounting on contactors of sizes S0 to S3
DC operation
IEC 60947 and EN 60947
The coupling link is suitable for use in any climate. It is finger-
safe according to EN 50274. The terminal designations comply
with EN 50005.
System-compatible operation with 24 DC V, operating range
17 to 30 V.
Low power consumption in conformity with the technical specifi-
cations of the solid-state systems. A LED indicates the switching
state.
Surge suppression
The 3RH19 24-1GP11 coupling link has an integrated surge
suppressor (varistor) for the contactor coil being switched.
Mounting
The 3RH19 24-1GP11 coupling link is mounted directly on the
contactor coil.
Solder pin adapters
The solder pin adapters for the size S00 contactors are available
in two versions:
Solder pin adapter for contactors with one integrated auxiliary
contact
Solder pin adapter for contactors with mounted 4-pole auxil-
iary switch block
Screw adapters
Plug-on adapters improve the accessibility of the screw fixing for
size S0 contactors. As a result it is possible to position the screw-
driver vertically even when using insulated screwdrivers or
power screwdrivers.
Optionally the adapters can be rotated through 90 before
mounting.
Sealable covers for sizes S00 to S12
When contactors and contactor relays are used in safety-ori-
ented applications, it must be ensured that it is impossible to op-
erate the contactors manually.
For SIRIUS contactors there are sealable covers available for
this purpose as accessories; these prevent accidental manual
operation. These are transparent molded-plastic caps with a
bracket that enables the contactor to be sealed.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/97
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
1)
Exception: 3RT16.
2)
With identification numbers 5, 6, 7, 8.
3RH19 11-1HA. . 3RH19 11-2HA. . 3RH19 21-1HA. . 3RH19 21-2HA. . 3RH19 11-1AA. . 3RH19 11-1LA. .
3RH19 11-1FA. . 3RH19 21-2FA. .
For contactors Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Ident. No. Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU

Type NO NC NO NC kg kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 50012
Size S00
For assembling contactors with 2, 4 and 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT10 1.-1...1,
3RT10 1.-2...1
Ident. No. 10 E
11 E -- 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1HA01 0.035 } 3RH19 11-2HA01 0.040
22 E 1 2 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1HA12 0.046 } 3RH19 11-2HA12 0.052
23 E 1 3 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1HA13 0.051 } 3RH19 11-2HA13 0.058
32 E 2 2 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1HA22 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2HA22 0.059
Sizes S0 ... S12
1)

4-pole
3RT10 2,
3RT1. 3 ... 3RT1. 7
31 3 1 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1HA31 0.074 } 3RH19 21-2HA31 0.070
22 2 2 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1HA22 0.073 } 3RH19 21-2HA22 0.069
13 1 3 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1HA13 0.073 } 3RH19 21-2HA13 0.068
22
2)
2 2 -- -- B 3RH19 21-1XA22-0MA0 0.073 D 3RH19 21-2XA22-0MA0 0.071
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 50005
Size S00
2 or 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks for assembling contactors with 3 and 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
20 2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1FA20 0.041 } 3RH19 11-2FA20 0.045
11 1 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1FA11 0.041 } 3RH19 11-2FA11 0.045
02 -- 2 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1FA02 0.040 } 3RH19 11-2FA02 0.046
11 U -- -- 1 1 } 3RH19 11-1FB11 0.040 A 3RH19 11-2FB11 0.046
40 4 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1FA40 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2FA40 0.059
31 3 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1FA31 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2FA31 0.057
22 2 2 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1FA22 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2FA22 0.058
22 U -- -- 2 2 } 3RH19 11-1FC22 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2FC22 0.058
11, 11 U 1 1 1 1 } 3RH19 11-1FB22 0.052 B 3RH19 11-2FB22 0.058
1 and 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks. Cable entry from one side
Cable entry from above
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
-- 1 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1AA10 0.016 --
-- -- 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1AA01 0.016 --
-- 1 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1LA11 0.052 --
-- 2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1LA20 0.052 --
Cable entry from below
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
-- 1 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1BA10 0.015 --
-- -- 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1BA01 0.016 --
-- 1 1 -- -- } 3RH19 11-1MA11 0.052 --
-- 2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1MA20 0.053 --
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/98
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

1)
Exception: 3RT16.
3RH19 21-1F. . 2RH19 21-2F. . 3RH19 21-1C. . 3RH19 21-2C. . 3RH19 21-1LA. . 3RH19 21-1MA. .
For contactors Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Ident. No. Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU

Type NO NC NO NC kg kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 to S12
1)

4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
...
3RT1. 7
40 4 -- -- -- } 3RH19 21-1FA40 0.074 } 3RH19 21-2FA40 0.071
31 3 1 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1FA31 0.074 } 3RH19 21-2FA31 0.070
22 2 2 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1FA22 0.073 } 3RH19 21-2FA22 0.069
04 -- 4 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1FA04 0.072 A 3RH19 21-2FA04 0.068
22 U -- -- 2 2 } 3RH19 21-1FC22 0.074 A 3RH19 21-2FC22 0.069
1-pole auxiliary switch blocks to EN 50005 and EN 50012
3RT1. 2
...
3RT1. 7
-- 1 -- -- -- } 3RH19 21-1CA10 0.020 } 3RH19 21-2CA10 0.018
-- -- 1 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1CA01 0.019 } 3RH19 21-2CA01 0.017
-- -- -- 1 -- } 3RH19 21-1CD10 0.020 --
-- -- -- -- 1 } 3RH19 21-1CD01 0.019 --
2-pole auxiliary switch blocks with cable entry from one side
Cable entry from above
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
...
3RT1. 7
-- 1 1 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1LA11 0.074 --
-- 2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 21-1LA20 0.075 --
-- -- 2 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1LA02 0.074 --
Cable entry from below
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
...
3RT1. 7
-- 1 1 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1MA11 0.074 --
-- 2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 21-1MA20 0.076 --
-- -- 2 -- -- } 3RH19 21-1MA02 0.073 --
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/99
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50011 for assembling contactor relays with 8 contacts.

3RH19 11-1GA ..

3RH19 11-2GA ..
For contactor relays Contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Ident. No. Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU

NO NC kg kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50011
For assembling contactor relays with 8 contacts
3RH11 40,
3RH14 40
(Ident. No. 40E)
80E 4 -- } 3RH19 11-1GA40 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2GA40 0.059
71E 3 1 } 3RH19 11-1GA31 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2GA31 0.059
62E 2 2 } 3RH19 11-1GA22 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2GA22 0.058
53E 1 3 } 3RH19 11-1GA13 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2GA13 0.058
44E -- 4 } 3RH19 11-1GA04 0.052 } 3RH19 11-2GA04 0.058
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/100
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RH19 21-1DA11
3RH19 21-1JA11

3RH19 21-2DA11
3RH19 21-2JA11

3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RH19 21-1KA. .

3RH19 21-2EA. .
3RH19 21-2KA..
For contactors Auxiliary contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU

Type NO NC kg kg
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012
Sizes S0 ... S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 2 ... 3RT1. 7 1 1 } 3RH19 21-1DA11 0.047 } 3RH19 21-2DA11 0.050
Sizes S3 ... S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 3RT1. 7 1 1 } 3RH19 21-1JA11 0.047 B 3RH19 21-2JA11 0.051
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 ... S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 2 ... 3RT1. 7 2 -- } 3RH19 21-1EA20 0.048 } 3RH19 21-2EA20 0.050
1 1 } 3RH19 21-1EA11 0.048 --
-- 2 } 3RH19 21-1EA02 0.048 } 3RH19 21-2EA02 0.051
Sizes S3 ... S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 3RT1. 7 2 -- } 3RH19 21-1KA20 0.048 C 3RH19 21-2KA20 0.049
1 1 } 3RH19 21-1KA11 0.048 --
-- 2 } 3RH19 21-1KA02 0.048 C 3RH19 21-2KA02 0.050
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/101
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101
3RH19 11-1NF. . 3RH19 11-2NF. . 3RH19 21-1FE22 3RH19 21-2JE22 3RH19 21-2DE11
3RH19 21-2JE11
For contac-
tors
Version Contacts DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Version Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU



Type NO NO NC NC kg kg
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front,
according to EN 50005
Size S00
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
For operation in dusty atmo-
sphere and solid-state circuits
with rated operational currents
I
e
/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
No mirror contacts.
1 -- -- 1 } 3RH19 11-1NF11 0.042 A 3RH19 11-2NF11 0.047
2 -- -- -- } 3RH19 11-1NF20 0.041 A 3RH19 11-2NF20 0.047
-- -- -- 2 A 3RH19 11-1NF02 0.041 A 3RH19 11-2NF02 0.046
Sizes S0 ... S12
3RT1. 2
...
3RT1. 7
For operation in dusty atmo-
sphere and solid-state circuits
with rated operational currents
I
e
/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Mirror contacts according
to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
1 NO + 1 NC standard auxiliary
switches: For technical specifi-
cations, see LV 1 T.
1 1 1 1 } 3RH19 21-1FE22 0.073 B 3RH19 21-2FE22 0.070
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks, laterally mountable, according to EN 50012
Sizes S0 ... S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 2
...
3RT1. 7
1 NO + 1 NC solid-state compat-
ible auxiliary switches
For operation in dusty atmo-
sphere and solid-state circuits
with rated operational currents
I
e
/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Mirror contacts according
to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
1 -- -- 1 -- } 3RH19 21-2DE11 0.049
Sizes S3 ... S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 4
...
3RT1. 7
1 NO + 1 NC solid-state compat-
ible auxiliary switches
For operation in dusty atmo-
sphere and solid-state circuits
with rated operational currents
I
e
/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Mirror contacts according
to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
1 -- -- 1 -- B 3RH19 21-2JE11 0.052
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/102
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
The AC voltages are valid for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
2)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
3)
The terminals for the control supply voltage are connected to the contactor
by the integrated spring contacts of the solid-state time auxiliary switch
above it when this switch is mounted
4)
Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay).
Application of the control supply voltage once results in contact
changeover to the correct setting.
5)
Terminals A1 and A2 for the control supply voltage of the solid-state time-
delay auxiliary switch must be connected to the associated contactor by
means of connecting cables.
For con-
tactors
Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
1)
Time set-
ting range t
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V s kg
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto
the front, terminal designations according to DIN 46199, Part 5
Size S00
ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT19 16-2....
3RT1. 1,
3RH11
2)
3RH14
1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC
3)
0.05 ... 1 } 3RT19 16-2EJ11 1 1 unit 101 0.085
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2EJ21 1 1 unit 101 0.084
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2EJ31 1 1 unit 101 0.086
100 ... 127 AC
3)
0.05 ... 1 C 3RT19 16-2EC11 1 1 unit 101 0.087
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2EC21 1 1 unit 101 0.087
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2EC31 1 1 unit 101 0.086
200 ... 240 AC
3)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2ED11 1 1 unit 101 0.088
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2ED21 1 1 unit 101 0.089
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2ED31 1 1 unit 101 0.090
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
4)
3RT1. 1,
3RH11
2)
3RH14
1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC
3)
0.05 ... 1 } 3RT19 16-2FJ11 1 1 unit 101 0.087
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2FJ21 1 1 unit 101 0.088
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2FJ31 1 1 unit 101 0.089
100 ... 127 AC/DC
3)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2FK11 1 1 unit 101 0.086
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2FK21 1 1 unit 101 0.087
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2FK31 1 1 unit 101 0.088
200 ... 240 AC/DC
3)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2FL11 1 1 unit 101 0.089
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2FL21 1 1 unit 101 0.089
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2FL31 1 1 unit 101 0.089
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage
3RT10 1
3RH11
1 CO 24 AC/DC 0.5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2LJ21 1 1 unit 101 0.083
100 ... 127 AC 0.5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2LC21 1 1 unit 101 0.085
200 ... 240 AC 0.5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2LD21 1 1 unit 101 0.085
Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)
3RT10 1
2)
1 NO,
delayed +
1 NO, instan-
taneous,
dead time 50
ms
24 AC/DC
3)
1.5 ... 30 } 3RT19 16-2GJ51 1 1 unit 101 0.086
100 ... 127 AC
3)
1.5 ... 30 D 3RT19 16-2GC51 1 1 unit 101 0.087
200 ... 240 AC
3)
1.5 ... 30 } 3RT19 16-2GD51 1 1 unit 101 0.090
Sizes S0 ... S12

3RT19 26-2....
ON-delay
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC
5)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2EJ11 1 1 unit 101 0.081
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2EJ21 1 1 unit 101 0.081
5 ... 100 A 3RT19 26-2EJ31 1 1 unit 101 0.082
100 ... 127 AC
5)
0.05 ... 1 C 3RT19 26-2EC11 1 1 unit 101 0.083
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2EC21 1 1 unit 101 0.083
5 ... 100 D 3RT19 26-2EC31 1 1 unit 101 0.083
200 ... 240

AC
5)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2ED11 1 1 unit 101 0.085
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2ED21 1 1 unit 101 0.085
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 26-2ED31 1 1 unit 101 0.085
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage
4)
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC
5)
0.05 ... 1 } 3RT19 26-2FJ11 1 1 unit 101 0.085
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2FJ21 1 1 unit 101 0.084
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 26-2FJ31 1 1 unit 101 0.085
100 ... 127 AC/DC
5)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2FK11 1 1 unit 101 0.087
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2FK21 1 1 unit 101 0.086
5 ... 100 C 3RT19 26-2FK31 1 1 unit 101 0.087
200 ... 240 AC/DC
5)
0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2FL11 1 1 unit 101 0.086
0.5 ... 10 A 3RT19 26-2FL21 1 1 unit 101 0.084
5 ... 100 A 3RT19 26-2FL31 1 1 unit 101 0.086
Wye-delta function
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
1 NO,
delayed + 1
NO, instan-
taneous, dead
time 50 ms
24 AC/DC
5)
1.5 ... 30 } 3RT19 26-2GJ51 1 1 unit 101 0.084
100 ... 127 AC
5)
1.5 ... 30 } 3RT19 26-2GC51 1 1 unit 101 0.085
200 ... 240

AC
5)
1.5 ... 30 } 3RT19 26-2GD51 1 1 unit 101 0.088
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/103
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
2)
Not to be used for 3RT10 4. and 3RT13 4. contactors with U
s
42 V.
3)
In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts are permitted.
For contactors Rated control supply
voltage U
s
Time setting
range t
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V s kg
Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output
Size S00

3RT19 16-2C...
For mounting onto the front side of contactors
ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT1. 1,
3RH11
1)
3RH14
24 ... 66 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 B 3RT19 16-2CG11 1 1 unit 101 0.051
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2CG21 1 1 unit 101 0.051
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2CG31 1 1 unit 101 0.054
90 ... 240 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2CH11 1 1 unit 101 0.052
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2CH21 1 1 unit 101 0.052

3RT19 16-2D...
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 16-2CH31 1 1 unit 101 0.051
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT1. 1,
3RH11
1)
3RH14
24 ... 66 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 C 3RT19 16-2DG11 1 1 unit 101 0.057
0.5 ... 10 B 3RT19 16-2DG21 1 1 unit 101 0.057
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2DG31 1 1 unit 101 0.057
90 ... 240 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 16-2DH11 1 1 unit 101 0.053
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 16-2DH21 1 1 unit 101 0.060
5 ... 100 B 3RT19 16-2DH31 1 1 unit 101 0.058
Sizes S0 ... S3
For mounting onto coil terminals on top of the contactors
ON-delay (varistor integrated)

3RT19 26-2C...
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4,
3RT13
2)
3RT15
24 ... 66 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2CG11 1 1 unit 101 0.048
0.5 ... 10 B 3RT19 26-2CG21 1 1 unit 101 0.049
5 ... 100 D 3RT19 26-2CG31 1 1 unit 101 0.048
90 ... 240 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 } 3RT19 26-2CH11 1 1 unit 101 0.048
0.5 ... 10 } 3RT19 26-2CH21 1 1 unit 101 0.047
5 ... 100 } 3RT19 26-2CH31 1 1 unit 101 0.048
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)

3RT19 26-2D...
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4,
3RT13
2)
3RT15
24 ... 66 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 D 3RT19 26-2DG11 1 1 unit 101 0.050
0.5 ... 10 D 3RT19 26-2DG21 1 1 unit 101 0.051
5 ... 100 D 3RT19 26-2DG31 1 1 unit 101 0.051
90 ... 240 AC/DC 0.05 ... 1 C 3RT19 26-2DH11 1 1 unit 101 0.050
0.5 ... 10 D 3RT19 26-2DH21 1 1 unit 101 0.050
5 ... 100 C 3RT19 26-2DH31 1 1 unit 101 0.050
OFF-delay devices

3RT19 16-2B.01
3RT1. 1,
3RT1. 2,
3RH1. ..-1BF40
110 AC/DC D 3RT19 16-2BK01 1 1 unit 101 0.143
3RT1. 1,
3RT1. 2,
3RH1. ..-1BM40
220/230 AC/DC D 3RT19 16-2BL01 1 1 unit 101 0.144
3RT1. 1 ... 3RT1. 4,
3RH1. ..-1BB40
24 DC } 3RT19 16-2BE01 1 1 unit 101 0.114
Pneumatic delay blocks,
terminal designation according to EN 50005
3RT19 26-2P...
3RT1. 2 For mounting onto the front of size S0
3)
contactors
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO and 1 NC
ON-delay
0.1 ... 30 C 3RT19 26-2PA01 1 1 unit 101 0.078
1 ... 60 C 3RT19 26-2PA11 1 1 unit 101 0.078
OFF-delay
0.1 ... 30 C 3RT19 26-2PR01 1 1 unit 101 0.078
1 ... 60 C 3RT19 26-2PR11 1 1 unit 101 0.078
Mechanical latching blocks

3RT19 26-3A.31
Sizes S0 and S2
For mounting on 1 contactor,
contactor remains in the energized state even after a voltage failure
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
24 AC/DC A 3RT19 26-3AB31 1 1 unit 101 0.122
110 AC/DC B 3RT19 26-3AF31 1 1 unit 101 0.130
230 AC/DC B 3RT19 26-3AP31 1 1 unit 101 0.125
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/104
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz.
Please inquire about further voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be
supplemented with "-Z" and the order code "X90".
For con-
tactors
Version Rated control supply
voltage U
s
1)
DT Order No.
2)
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC
operation
DC
operation
Type V AC V DC kg
Surge suppressors without LED
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Size S00

3RT19 16-1DG00
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1.,
3RH1
Varistors 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 16-1BB00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 16-1BC00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 A 3RT19 16-1BD00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 16-1BE00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
400 ... 600 -- A 3RT19 16-1BF00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
3RT1.,
3RH1
RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 16-1CB00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 16-1CC00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1CD00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 16-1CE00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
400 ... 600 -- } 3RT19 16-1CF00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
3RT1.,
3RH1
Noise suppression
diodes
-- 12 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1DG00 1 1 unit 101 0.007
3RT1.,
3RH1
Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener
diode) for DC opera-
tion
-- 12 ... 250 } 3RT19 16-1EH00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
Size S0

3RT19 26-1B.00
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom
3RT1. 2 Varistors 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 26-1BB00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 26-1BC00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1BD00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 26-1BE00 1 1 unit 101 0.028
400 ... 600 -- B 3RT19 26-1BF00 1 1 unit 101 0.029
3RT1. 2 RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 26-1CB00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 26-1CC00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1CD00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 26-1CE00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
400 ... 600 -- B 3RT19 26-1CF00 1 1 unit 101 0.027
3RT1. 2 Diode assemblies
for DC operation
Connectable at the
top (e.g. for
contactor with
overload relay)
-- 24 } 3RT19 26-1ER00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
-- 30 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1ES00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
Connectable at the
bottom (e.g. for
fuseless load
feeders)
-- 24 } 3RT19 26-1TR00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
-- 30 ... 250 A 3RT19 26-1TS00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/105
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz.
Please inquire about further voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units, the Order No. must be
supplemented with "-Z" and the order code "X90".
3)
Mountable only at the top for 3RT1. 3/AC operating mechanism.

1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz.
Please inquire about further voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units, the Order No. must be
supplemented with "-Z" and the order code "X90".
For con-
tactors
Version Rated control supply
voltage U
s
1)
DT Order No.
2)
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC
operation
DC
operation
Type V AC V DC kg
Surge suppressors without LED
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Sizes S2 and S3
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom

3RT19 26-1B.00
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
Varistors 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 26-1BB00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 26-1BC00 1 1 unit 101 0.023
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 26-1BD00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 26-1BE00 1 1 unit 101 0.028
400 ... 600 B 3RT19 26-1BF00 1 1 unit 101 0.029

3RT19 36-1C.00
3RT1. 3
3)
,
3RT1. 4
RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 36-1CB00 1 1 unit 101 0.039
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 36-1CC00 1 1 unit 101 0.039
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 36-1CD00 1 1 unit 101 0.039
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 36-1CE00 1 1 unit 101 0.041
400 ... 600 -- B 3RT19 36-1CF00 1 1 unit 101 0.040
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
Diode assemblies
for DC operation
Connectable at the top
(e.g. for contactor with
overload relay)
24 } 3RT19 36-1ER00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
30 ... 250 } 3RT19 36-1ES00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
Connectable at the
bottom (e.g. for
fuseless load feeders)
24 } 3RT19 36-1TR00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
30 ... 250 B 3RT19 36-1TS00 1 1 unit 101 0.024
Sizes S6 ... S12

3RT19 56-1C.00
For connecting to withdrawable coil with screw terminals with contactors with
3RT1. ..-.A... conventional operating mechanism
3RT1. ..-.N... solid-state operating mechanism
3RT1. 5,
3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 } 3RT19 56-1CB00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 } 3RT19 56-1CC00 1 1 unit 101 0.032
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 } 3RT19 56-1CD00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
240 ... 400 -- } 3RT19 56-1CE00 1 1 unit 101 0.033
400 ... 600 C 3RT19 56-1CF00 1 1 unit 101 0.035
For
contac-
tors
Version Rated control supply
voltage U
s
1)
Power con-
sumption of
LED
at U
s
DT Order No.
2)
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC
operation
DC
operation
Type V AC V DC kg
Surge suppressors with LED
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Size S00

3RT19 16-1L.00
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1,
3RH1.
Varistors 24 ... 48 12 ... 24 10 ... 120 } 3RT19 16-1JJ00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
48 ... 127 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1JK00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
127 ... 240 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1JL00 1 1 unit 101 0.009
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 A 3RT19 16-1JP00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
3RT1,
3RH1.
Noise sup-
pression
diodes
-- 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1LM00 1 1 unit 101 0.007
-- 50 ... 150 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1LN00 1 1 unit 101 0.007
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 } 3RT19 16-1LP00 1 1 unit 101 0.007
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/106
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
See also description on page 3/95.
2)
For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be
supplemented with "-Z" and the order code "X90".
3)
See "Load Feeders", Motor Starters and Soft Starters -> ET 200 S
Motor Starters, 3RK1 903-0CA00 .
For contactors Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
EMC suppression modules; 3-phase 5.5 kW
Size S00 (for contactors with AC or DC operation)
1)

3RT19 16-1PA
3RT10 1 RC elements (3 x 220 /0.22 F)
up to 400 V } 3RT19 16-1PA1 1 1 unit 101 0.078
up to 575 V A 3RT19 16-1PA2 1 1 unit 101 0.078
up to 690 V C 3RT19 16-1PA3 1 1 unit 101 0.081
3RT10 1 Varistors
up to 400 V A 3RT19 16-1PB1 1 1 unit 101 0.084
up to 575 V B 3RT19 16-1PB2 1 1 unit 101 0.090
up to 690 V D 3RT19 16-1PB3 1 1 unit 101 0.087
Main current path surge suppression modules for 3RT12 vacuum
contactors
Size S10 and S12
3RT12 Rated operational voltage
U
e
= 690 V AC
C 3RT19 66-1PV3 1 1 unit 101 0.380
Rated operational voltage
U
e
= 1000 V AC
For damping overvoltages and protect-
ing motor windings against multiple re-
ignition when switching off induction
motors. For connection on the contactor
feeder side (2-T1/4-T2/6-T3).
For separate installation.
C 3RT19 66-1PV4 1 1 unit 101 0.775
Additional load modules
Size S00 (also for Cage Clamp terminals)
For plugging onto the front side of the
contactors with and without auxiliary
switch blocks
2)

3RT19 16-1GA00
3RT1. 1,
3RH1.
For increasing the permissible residual
current and for limiting the residual volt-
age. Ensures safe opening of contactors
with direct control via 230 V AC semicon-
ductor outputs of SIMATIC controllers.
Also performs the function of an overvolt-
age damping circuit.
Rated voltage: 50/60 Hz,
180 to 255 V AC.
Operating range: 0.8 to 1.1 x U
s
} 3RT19 16-1GA00 1 1 unit 101 0.008
Control kits
Size S00

3RT1. 1,
3RH1.
for manual operation of the contactor
contacts for start-up and service
3)
A 3RK1 903-0CA00 1 1 unit 121 0.015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/107
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
For sizes S6 ... S12 the connecting leads have to be extended.
For con-
tactors
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
Coupling links for control by PLC
Sizes S0 ... S3
For mounting onto the coil terminals of the contactors

3RH19 24-1GP11
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
Operating range 17 to 30 V DC
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
Permissible residual current of the electron-
ics (with 0 signal): 2.5 mA
Rated operational current I
e
:
AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V: 3 A, DC-13
at 230 V: 0.1 A
With LED for indicating switching state.
With integrated varistor for damping open-
ing surges.
} 3RH19 24-1GP11 1 1 unit 101 0.056
LED modules for indicating contactor operation
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Sizes S0 ... S12
1)


3RT19 26-1QT00
mounted to contactor
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
For snapping into the location hole of a
labeling plate on the front of a contactor
either directly on the contactor or on the
front auxiliary switch.
The LED module is connected to coil termi-
nals A1 and A2 of the contactor and indi-
cates its energized state. Yellow LED.
Rated voltage: 24 to 240 V AC/DC,
polarized.
(1 pack = 5 units)
B 3RT19 26-1QT00 1 5 units 101 0.007
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
Size S3

3RT19 46-4F
3RT10 4. For connection of auxiliary and control
cables to the main conductor connections
(for one side)
B 3RT19 46-4F 1 1 unit 101 0.033
Solder pin adapters for contactors
Size S00

3RT1. 1,
3RH11
Installation kit for soldering contactors
onto a printed circuit board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
A 3RT19 16-4KA1 1 4 sets 101 0.030
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
Size S00, S0

3RT19 26-4RD01
3RT1. 1,
3RT1. 2,
3RH1.
Adapters for contactors
Ambient temperature T
u max.
= 60 C
Size S00,
rated operational current I
e
at
AC-3/400 V: 20 A
B 3RT19 16-4RD01 1 1 unit 101 0.020
Size S0,
rated operational current I
e
at
AC-3/400 V: 25 A
B 3RT19 26-4RD01 1 1 unit 101 0.200
3RT19 00-4RE01
Connectors for contactors
Size S00, S0
B 3RT19 00-4RE01 1 1 unit 101 0.025
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/108
Siemens LV 1 2007
3


1)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
2)
Sizes S00 to S2: The links for paralleling are insulated.
Size S3: A cover plate is included for touch protection.
(Can only be used when the box terminal is removed.)
Sizes S6 to S12: The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (for S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1
(for S10 and S12) cover can be used for touch protection.
For contactors Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
Solder pin adapters for contactors with mounted
4-pole auxiliary switch block
Size S00

3RT1. 1,
3RH11
Installation kit for soldering contac-
tors with an auxiliary switch block
onto a printed circuit board
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
B 3RT19 16-4KA2 1 4 sets 101 0.070
Screw adapters with screw or Cage Clamp terminals
Size S0

3RT1. 2. Screw adapters for easy screw fixing
2 units required per contactor
(1 pack contains 10 sets for 10
contactors)
C 3RT19 26-4P 1 10 sets 101 0.002
NSB0_01470
3RT19 16-4BB31 3RT19 16-4BB41

3RT19 36-4BB31

3RT19 56-4BA31
Size For contactors Max. conductor cross-sections DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type mm
2
kg
Links for paralleling
3-pole, with connection terminal
1)

2)

S00 3RT10 1 25 } 3RT19 16-4BB31 1 1 unit 101 0.015
S0 3RT10 2. 35, stranded } 3RT19 26-4BB31 1 1 unit 101 0.018
S2 3RT10 3. 95 } 3RT19 36-4BB31 1 1 unit 101 0.107
3-pole, with through hole (star jumpers)
1)

2)

S3 3RT10 4.
3RT14 4.
185 A 3RT19 46-4BB31 1 1 unit 101 0.197
S6 3RT1. 5 -- } 3RT19 56-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.161
S10/S12 3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
-- } 3RT19 66-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.533
4-pole, with connection terminal
1)

2)

S00 3RT1. 1 25 C 3RT19 16-4BB41 1 1 unit 101 0.015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/109
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
For connectable cross-sections, see Technical specifications of contactors
in Technical Information LV 1 T.
2)
As standard for 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW).
3)
Also fits on contactors S6 ... S12 with box terminals.
4)
Observe the note in Technical Information LV 1 T, Technical specifications,
conductor cross-sections.
5)
The 3RT19 66-4EA3 cover is required in addition for use in contactor
assemblies (reversing/wye-delta).
6)
Exception: Contactors and contactor relays auxiliary switch block mounted
onto the front.
For contactors Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Size Type kg
Box terminal blocks

3RT19 5.-4G
For round and ribbon cables
1)

S6 3RT1. 5
(3RB10 5)
up to 70 mm
2)
} 3RT19 55-4G 1 1 unit 101 0.237
up to 120 mm } 3RT19 56-4G 1 1 unit 101 0.270
Auxiliary conductor connec-
tion for box terminals
B 3TX7 500-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.008
S10/S12 3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
(3RB10 6)
up to 240 mm
with auxiliary conductor
connection
} 3RT19 66-4G 1 1 unit 101 0.676
Covers

3RT19 36-4EA2
Terminal covers for box terminals
S2 3RT10 3 additional touch protection for
fitting to box terminals
(2 units per contactor
required)
} 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 1 unit 101 0.016
S3 3RT10 4,
3RT14 4
} 3RT19 46-4EA2 1 1 unit 101 0.023
S6 3RT1. 5 Length: 25 mm } 3RT19 56-4EA2 1 1 unit 101 0.028
S10/S12 3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
Length: 30 mm } 3RT19 66-4EA2 1 1 unit 101 0.038

3RT19 46-4EA1
Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connection
3)

S3 3RT10 4,
3RT14 4
for complying with the voltage
clearances and as touch pro-
tection if box terminal is
removed
4)
(2 units required per contac-
tor)
} 3RT19 46-4EA1 1 1 unit 101 0.037
S6 3RT1. 5 Length: 100 mm } 3RT19 56-4EA1 1 1 unit 101 0.067
S10/S12 3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
Length: 120 mm } 3RT19 66-4EA1 1 1 unit 101 0.124
for rail cover between contac-
tor and 3RB10 overload relay
or wiring module for contactor
assemblies
S6 3RT1. 5 Length: 27 mm } 3RT19 56-4EA3 1 1 unit 101 0.021
S10/S12
5)
3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
Length: 42 mm } 3RT19 66-4EA3 1 1 unit 101 0.062
for rail cover of the flat line
connectors for reversing and
wye-delta assemblies
S6 3RT1. 5 Length: 38 mm } 3RT19 56-4EA4 1 1 unit 101 0.030
Sealable covers

S00 3RT1. 1,
3RH1.
6)
sealable cover for preventing
manual operation
A 3RT19 16-4MA10 1 5 units 101 0.005
S0 ... S12 3RT1. 2 ...
3RT1. 7
6)
1 unit required per contactor B 3RT19 26-4MA10 1 5 units 101 0.006
NSB0_01471
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/110
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation on
conductors up to 1 mm
2
for contactors with Cage Clamp terminals

3RT19 16-4JA02
Insulation stop strip can be inserted in cable entry of
Cage Clamp (2 strips per contactor required, can be
removed in pairs) Fits into cable entries of all SIRIUS
devices with Cage Clamp terminals of conductor
cross-section up to 2.5 mm
2
.
B 3RT19 16-4JA02 100 20 units 101 10.000
Tools for opening Cage Clamp terminals

8WA2 880
for all SIRIUS devices with Cage Clamp terminals,
up to max. 2.5 mm conductor cross-section
(not suitable for devices with removable terminal)
Length: approx. 175 mm; 3.5 x 0.5, green; partially
insulated
A 8WA2 880 1 1 unit 041 0.034
Length: approx. 175 mm; 3.5 x 0.5; green A 8WA2 803 1 1 unit 041 0.024
Blank labels

3RT19 00-1SB10
Device labeling plates for "SIRIUS"
10 mm 7 mm, pastel turquoise D 3RT19 00-1SB10 100 816 units 101 0.239
20 mm 7 mm, pastel turquoise C 3RT19 00-1SB20 100 340 units 101 0.220
Labels for sticking for "SIRIUS"
19 mm 6 mm, pastel turquoise D 3RT19 00-1SB60 100 3060 units 101 0.153
19 mm 6 mm, zinc/yellow C 3RT19 00-1SD60 100 3060 units 101 0.120
Computer labeling system
For individual inscription of
unit labeling plates
Obtainable from:
Murrplastik
Systemtechnik GmbH
N
S
K
-
7
2
3
7
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/111
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT19 24-5A.01

3RT19 34-5A.01

3RT19 24-5A.02
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
50 Hz 50/60 Hz 60 Hz
Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
Size Type V V V kg kg
Magnetic coils AC operation
S0 3RT10 2.,
3RT13 2.,
3RT15 2.
24 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AB01 0.092 B 3RT19 24-5AB02 0.093
42 -- -- B 3RT19 24-5AD01 0.092 C 3RT19 24-5AD02 0.089
48 -- -- A 3RT19 24-5AH01 0.092 B 3RT19 24-5AH02 0.095
110 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AF01 0.090 B 3RT19 24-5AF02 0.090
230 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AP01 0.090 B 3RT19 24-5AP02 0.091
400 -- -- } 3RT19 24-5AV01 0.092 C 3RT19 24-5AV02 0.092
-- 24 -- } 3RT19 24-5AC21 0.090 B 3RT19 24-5AC22 0.090
-- 42 -- B 3RT19 24-5AD21 0.089 C 3RT19 24-5AD22 0.069
-- 48 -- B 3RT19 24-5AH21 0.091 C 3RT19 24-5AH22 0.092
-- 110 -- } 3RT19 24-5AG21 0.093 B 3RT19 24-5AG22 0.092
-- 220 -- B 3RT19 24-5AN21 0.095 B 3RT19 24-5AN22 0.094
-- 230 -- B 3RT19 24-5AL21 0.095 B 3RT19 24-5AL22 0.093
110 -- 120 B 3RT19 24-5AK61 0.095 B 3RT19 24-5AK62 0.090
220 -- 240 B 3RT19 24-5AP61 0.096 C 3RT19 24-5AP62 0.094
-- 100 110 B 3RT19 24-5AG61 0.069 C 3RT19 24-5AG62 0.068
-- 200 220 B 3RT19 24-5AN61 0.093 C 3RT19 24-5AN62 0.068
-- 400 440 B 3RT19 24-5AR61 0.090 C 3RT19 24-5AR62 0.091
S2 3RT10 34 24 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AB01 0.109 B 3RT19 34-5AB02 0.105
42 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AD01 0.110 B 3RT19 34-5AD02 0.087
48 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AH01 0.109 B 3RT19 34-5AH02 0.095
110 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AF01 0.114 B 3RT19 34-5AF02 0.116
230 -- -- A 3RT19 34-5AP01 0.109 B 3RT19 34-5AP02 0.107
400 -- -- B 3RT19 34-5AV01 0.115 B 3RT19 34-5AV02 0.115
-- 24 -- B 3RT19 34-5AC21 0.112 B 3RT19 34-5AC22 0.109
-- 42 -- B 3RT19 34-5AD21 0.112 B 3RT19 34-5AD22 0.109
-- 48 -- B 3RT19 34-5AH21 0.114 B 3RT19 34-5AH22 0.113
-- 110 -- B 3RT19 34-5AG21 0.112 B 3RT19 34-5AG22 0.109
-- 220 -- C 3RT19 34-5AN21 0.111 B 3RT19 34-5AN22 0.125
-- 230 -- B 3RT19 34-5AL21 0.114 B 3RT19 34-5AL22 0.112
110 -- 120 B 3RT19 34-5AK61 0.112 B 3RT19 34-5AK62 0.110
220 -- 240 B 3RT19 34-5AP61 0.115 B 3RT19 34-5AP62 0.117
-- 100 110 B 3RT19 34-5AG61 0.088 B 3RT19 34-5AG62 0.083
-- 200 220 B 3RT19 34-5AN61 0.115 B 3RT19 34-5AN62 0.083
-- 400 440 B 3RT19 34-5AR61 0.113 B 3RT19 34-5AR62 0.109
3RT10 35,
3RT10 36,
3RT13 3.,
3RT15 3.
24 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AB01 0.104 B 3RT19 35-5AB02 0.102
42 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AD01 0.106 B 3RT19 35-5AD02 0.088
48 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AH01 0.108 B 3RT19 35-5AH02 0.085
110 -- -- } 3RT19 35-5AF01 0.110 B 3RT19 35-5AF02 0.104
230 -- -- } 3RT19 35-5AP01 0.108 B 3RT19 35-5AP02 0.104
400 -- -- B 3RT19 35-5AV01 0.112 B 3RT19 35-5AV02 0.107
-- 24 -- B 3RT19 35-5AC21 0.110 B 3RT19 35-5AC22 0.106
-- 42 -- B 3RT19 35-5AD21 0.110 B 3RT19 35-5AD22 0.088
-- 48 -- B 3RT19 35-5AH21 0.108 B 3RT19 35-5AH22 0.107
-- 110 -- A 3RT19 35-5AG21 0.108 B 3RT19 35-5AG22 0.103
-- 220 -- B 3RT19 35-5AN21 0.108 B 3RT19 35-5AN22 0.105
-- 230 -- B 3RT19 35-5AL21 0.111 B 3RT19 35-5AL22 0.107
110 -- 120 B 3RT19 35-5AK61 0.108 B 3RT19 35-5AK62 0.110
220 -- 240 B 3RT19 35-5AP61 0.107 B 3RT19 35-5AP62 0.104
-- 100 110 B 3RT19 35-5AG61 0.111 B 3RT19 35-5AG62 0.083
-- 200 220 B 3RT19 35-5AN61 0.088 B 3RT19 35-5AN62 0.083
-- 400 440 C 3RT19 35-5AR61 0.111 B 3RT19 35-5AR62 0.110
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/112
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101

3RT19 44-5A.01

3RT19 45-5A.01

3RT19 45-5A.02

3RT19 44-5B.42
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
AC DC Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
50 Hz 50/60 Hz 60 Hz
Size Type V V V V kg kg
Magnetic coils AC operation
S3 3RT10 44 24 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AB01 0.191 B 3RT19 44-5AB02 0.190
42 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AD01 0.188 B 3RT19 44-5AD02 0.130
48 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AH01 0.186 B 3RT19 44-5AH02 0.171
110 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AF01 0.189 B 3RT19 44-5AF02 0.185
230 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AP01 0.180 B 3RT19 44-5AP02 0.185
400 -- -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AV01 0.194 B 3RT19 44-5AV02 0.190
-- 24 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AC21 0.182 B 3RT19 44-5AC22 0.183
-- 42 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AD21 0.199 B 3RT19 44-5AD22 0.130
-- 48 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AH21 0.195 B 3RT19 44-5AH22 0.190
-- 110 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AG21 0.184 B 3RT19 44-5AG22 0.185
-- 220 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AN21 0.179 B 3RT19 44-5AN22 0.130
-- 230 -- -- B 3RT19 44-5AL21 0.184 B 3RT19 44-5AL22 0.178
110 -- 120 -- C 3RT19 44-5AK61 0.190 B 3RT19 44-5AK62 0.188
220 -- 240 -- B 3RT19 44-5AP61 0.193 B 3RT19 44-5AP62 0.188
-- 100 110 -- B 3RT19 44-5AG61 0.130 B 3RT19 44-5AG62 0.123
-- 200 220 -- B 3RT19 44-5AN61 0.185 B 3RT19 44-5AN62 0.123
-- 400 440 -- B 3RT19 44-5AR61 0.190 B 3RT19 44-5AR62 0.177
3RT10 45,
3RT10 46,
3RT13 4.,
3RT14 46,
3RT15 4.
24 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AB01 0.169 B 3RT19 45-5AB02 0.165
42 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AD01 0.166 B 3RT19 45-5AD02 0.130
48 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AH01 0.180 B 3RT19 45-5AH02 0.130
110 -- -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AF01 0.170 B 3RT19 45-5AF02 0.169
230 -- -- -- } 3RT19 45-5AP01 0.169 B 3RT19 45-5AP02 0.170
400 -- -- -- C 3RT19 45-5AV01 0.173 B 3RT19 45-5AV02 0.157
-- 24 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AC21 0.168 B 3RT19 45-5AC22 0.166
-- 42 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AD21 0.172 B 3RT19 45-5AD22 0.130
-- 48 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AH21 0.181 B 3RT19 45-5AH22 0.174
-- 110 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AG21 0.169 B 3RT19 45-5AG22 0.161
-- 220 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AN21 0.173 B 3RT19 45-5AN22 0.170
-- 230 -- -- B 3RT19 45-5AL21 0.171 B 3RT19 45-5AL22 0.163
110 -- 120 -- B 3RT19 45-5AK61 0.179 B 3RT19 45-5AK62 0.171
220 -- 240 -- B 3RT19 45-5AP61 0.180 B 3RT19 45-5AP62 0.130
-- 100 110 -- B 3RT19 45-5AG61 0.130 B 3RT19 45-5AG62 0.123
-- 200 220 -- C 3RT19 45-5AN61 0.176 B 3RT19 45-5AN62 0.123
-- 400 440 -- B 3RT19 45-5AR61 0.170 B 3RT19 45-5AR62 0.169
Magnetic coils DC operation
S2 3RT10 3.,
3RT13 3.,
3RT15 3.
-- -- -- 24 B 3RT19 34-5BB41 0.600 B 3RT19 34-5BB42 0.625
-- -- -- 42 B 3RT19 34-5BD41 0.637 C 3RT19 34-5BD42 0.557
-- -- -- 48 B 3RT19 34-5BW41 0.618 B 3RT19 34-5BW42 0.652
-- -- -- 60 B 3RT19 34-5BE41 0.630 B 3RT19 34-5BE42 0.633
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT19 34-5BF41 0.605 B 3RT19 34-5BF42 0.612
-- -- -- 125 B 3RT19 34-5BG41 0.632 C 3RT19 34-5BG42 0.557
-- -- -- 220 B 3RT19 34-5BM41 0.617 B 3RT19 34-5BM42 0.637
-- -- -- 230 B 3RT19 34-5BP41 0.720 B 3RT19 34-5BP42 0.602
S3 3RT10 4.,
3RT13 4.,
3RT14 4.,
3RT15 4.
-- -- -- 24 B 3RT19 44-5BB41 0.997 B 3RT19 44-5BB42 1.034
-- -- -- 42 C 3RT19 44-5BD41 1.040 B 3RT19 44-5BD42 0.805
-- -- -- 48 B 3RT19 44-5BW41 0.974 B 3RT19 44-5BW42 1.009
-- -- -- 60 B 3RT19 44-5BE41 1.035 B 3RT19 44-5BE42 1.016
-- -- -- 110 B 3RT19 44-5BF41 0.970 B 3RT19 44-5BF42 0.970
-- -- -- 125 B 3RT19 44-5BG41 0.960 B 3RT19 44-5BG42 0.805
-- -- -- 220 B 3RT19 44-5BM41 1.004 B 3RT19 44-5BM42 0.959
-- -- -- 230 B 3RT19 44-5BP41 0.956 B 3RT19 44-5BP42 0.958
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/113
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT19 55-5A
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage
U
s min
... U
s max
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
Size Type V AC/DC kg kg
Withdrawable coils
Conventional operating mechanism
S6 3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
23 ... 26 B 3RT19 55-5AB31 0.620 B 3RT19 55-5AB32 0.649
42 ... 48 B 3RT19 55-5AD31 0.576 B 3RT19 55-5AD32 0.576
110 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5AF31 0.591 B 3RT19 55-5AF32 0.591
200 ... 220 B 3RT19 55-5AM31 0.568 B 3RT19 55-5AM32 0.568
220 ... 240 B 3RT19 55-5AP31 0.580 B 3RT19 55-5AP32 0.568
240 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5AU31 0.579 B 3RT19 55-5AU32 0.579
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 55-5AV31 0.569 B 3RT19 55-5AV32 0.569
440 ... 480 B 3RT19 55-5AR31 0.613 B 3RT19 55-5AR32 0.613
500 ... 550 B 3RT19 55-5AS31 0.610 B 3RT19 55-5AS32 0.610
575 ... 600 B 3RT19 55-5AT31 0.605 B 3RT19 55-5AT32 0.605
S10 3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
23 ... 26 B 3RT19 65-5AB31 0.850 B 3RT19 65-5AB32 0.835
42 ... 48 B 3RT19 65-5AD31 0.840 B 3RT19 65-5AD32 0.840
110 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5AF31 0.809 B 3RT19 65-5AF32 0.809
200 ... 220 C 3RT19 65-5AM31 0.805 B 3RT19 65-5AM32 0.805
220 ... 240 B 3RT19 65-5AP31 0.784 B 3RT19 65-5AP32 0.784
240 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5AU31 0.840 B 3RT19 65-5AU32 0.855
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 65-5AV31 0.817 B 3RT19 65-5AV32 0.817
440 ... 480 B 3RT19 65-5AR31 0.825 B 3RT19 65-5AR32 0.825
500 ... 550 C 3RT19 65-5AS31 0.829 B 3RT19 65-5AS32 0.829
575 ... 600 C 3RT19 65-5AT31 0.792 B 3RT19 65-5AT32 0.650
S10 3RT12 6
vacuum
contactors
23 ... 26 B 3RT19 66-5AB31 1.060 --
42 ... 48 B 3RT19 66-5AD31 0.995 --
110 ... 127 A 3RT19 66-5AF31 1.003 --
200 ... 220 C 3RT19 66-5AM31 0.650 --
220 ... 240 A 3RT19 66-5AP31 0.930 --
240 ... 277 C 3RT19 66-5AU31 0.997 --
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 66-5AV31 0.825 --
440 ... 480 C 3RT19 66-5AR31 0.650 --
500 ... 550 C 3RT19 66-5AS31 0.650 --
575 ... 600 C 3RT19 66-5AT31 0.650 --
S12 3RT10 7,
3RT14 7,
3RT12 7
vacuum
contactors
23 ... 26 B 3RT19 75-5AB31 1.425 B 3RT19 75-5AB32 1.425
42 ... 48 B 3RT19 75-5AD31 1.255 B 3RT19 75-5AD32 1.255
110 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5AF31 1.311 B 3RT19 75-5AF32 1.311
200 ... 220 C 3RT19 75-5AM31 1.200 B 3RT19 75-5AM32 1.100
220 ... 240 B 3RT19 75-5AP31 1.204 B 3RT19 75-5AP32 1.204
240 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5AU31 1.308 B 3RT19 75-5AU32 1.308
380 ... 420 B 3RT19 75-5AV31 1.218 B 3RT19 75-5AV32 1.218
440 ... 480 B 3RT19 75-5AR31 1.261 B 3RT19 75-5AR32 1.261
500 ... 550 C 3RT19 75-5AS31 1.202 B 3RT19 75-5AS32 1.202
575 ... 600 C 3RT19 75-5AT31 1.139 B 3RT19 75-5AT32 1.139
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/114
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 101


3RT19 55-5N. . .
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
Order No. Price
per PU
Size Type V AC/DC kg kg
Withdrawable coils
Solid-state operating mechanism
For 24 V DC PLC output
S6 3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
21 ... 27.3 C 3RT19 55-5NB31 0.636 B 3RT19 55-5NB32 0.654
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5NF31 0.567 B 3RT19 55-5NF32 0.567
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5NP31 0.567 B 3RT19 55-5NP32 0.567
S10 3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
21 ... 27.3 B 3RT19 65-5NB31 0.808 B 3RT19 65-5NB32 0.808
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5NF31 0.926 B 3RT19 65-5NF32 0.926
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5NP31 0.813 B 3RT19 65-5NP32 0.813
3RT12 6
vacuum
contactors
21 ... 27.3 B 3RT19 66-5NB31 0.650 --
96 ... 127 C 3RT19 66-5NF31 0.650 --
200 ... 277 C 3RT19 66-5NP31 1.030 --
S12 3RT10 7,
3RT14 7,
3RT12 7
vacuum
contactors
21 ... 27.3 B 3RT19 75-5NB31 1.355 B 3RT19 75-5NB32 1.355
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5NF31 0.951 B 3RT19 75-5NF32 0.951
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5NP31 1.061 B 3RT19 75-5NP32 1.061
For 24 V DC PLC output/PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(Withdrawable coil with lateral solid-state module)
S6 3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5PF31 0.570 --
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5PP31 0.955 --
S10 3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5PF31 1.368 --
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5PP31 1.176 --
S12 3RT10 7,
3RT14 7
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5PF31 1.100 --
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5PP31 1.424 --
With AS-Interface and remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(Withdrawable coil with lateral solid-state module)
S6 3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 55-5QF31 0.961 --
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 55-5QP31 0.946 --
S10 3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 65-5QF31 0.650 --
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 65-5QP31 0.650 --
S12 3RT10 7,
3RT14 7
96 ... 127 B 3RT19 75-5QF31 1.100 --
200 ... 277 B 3RT19 75-5QP31 1.460 --
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH contactors and
contactor relays
3/115
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

For contactor Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Size Type kg
Arc chutes
S2 3RT10 3. Arc chutes, 3-pole C 3RT19 36-7A 1 1 unit 101 0.112
S3 3RT10 4.,
3RT14 46
C 3RT19 46-7A 1 1 unit 101 0.299
S6 3RT10 54 B 3RT19 54-7A 1 1 unit 101 0.760
3RT10 55 B 3RT19 55-7A 1 1 unit 101 0.760
3RT10 56 B 3RT19 56-7A 1 1 unit 101 0.755
S10 3RT10 64 B 3RT19 64-7A 1 1 unit 101 1.355
3RT10 65 B 3RT19 65-7A 1 1 unit 101 1.355
3RT10 66 B 3RT19 66-7A 1 1 unit 101 1.355
S12 3RT10 75 B 3RT19 75-7A 1 1 unit 101 1.643
3RT10 76 B 3RT19 76-7A 1 1 unit 101 1.650
S6 3RT14 56 B 3RT19 56-7B 1 1 unit 101 0.720
S10 3RT14 66 B 3RT19 66-7B 1 1 unit 101 1.350
S12 3RT14 76 B 3RT19 76-7B 1 1 unit 101 1.400
Contacts with fixing parts
For contactors with 3 main contacts
S2 3RT10 34 Main contacts (3 NO contacts) for utiliza-
tion category AC-3
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching
elements with fixing parts)
} 3RT19 34-6A 1 1 set 101 0.041
3RT10 35 } 3RT19 35-6A 1 1 set 101 0.044
3RT10 36 } 3RT19 36-6A 1 1 set 101 0.046
S3 3RT10 44 } 3RT19 44-6A 1 1 set 101 0.098
3RT10 45 } 3RT19 45-6A 1 1 set 101 0.111
3RT10 46 } 3RT19 46-6A 1 1 set 101 0.116
S6 3RT10 54 } 3RT19 54-6A 1 1 set 101 0.239
3RT10 55 } 3RT19 55-6A 1 1 set 101 0.281
3RT10 56 } 3RT19 56-6A 1 1 set 101 0.295
S10 3RT10 64 } 3RT19 64-6A 1 1 set 101 0.443
3RT10 65 } 3RT19 65-6A 1 1 set 101 0.513
3RT10 66 } 3RT19 66-6A 1 1 set 101 0.555
S12 3RT10 75 } 3RT19 75-6A 1 1 set 101 0.766
3RT10 76 A 3RT19 76-6A 1 1 set 101 0.915
S3 3RT14 46 Main contacts (3 NO contacts) for utiliza-
tion category AC-1
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching
elements with fixing parts)
B 3RT19 46-6D 1 1 set 101 0.113
S6 3RT14 56 B 3RT19 56-6D 1 1 set 101 0.285
S10 3RT14 66 B 3RT19 66-6D 1 1 set 101 0.543
S12 3RT14 76 A 3RT19 76-6D 1 1 set 101 0.899
For 3RT12 vacuum contactors
S10 3RT12 64 3 vacuum interrupters with fixing parts B 3RT19 64-6V 1 1 set 101 1.530
3RT12 65 B 3RT19 65-6V 1 1 set 101 1.525
3RT12 66 B 3RT19 66-6V 1 1 set 101 1.520
S12 3RT12 75 B 3RT19 75-6V 1 1 set 101 1.775
3RT12 76 B 3RT19 76-6V 1 1 set 101 1.775
For contactors with 4 main contacts
S2 3RT13 26 Main contacts (4 NO contacts) for utiliza-
tion category AC-1
(1 set = 4 movable and 8 fixed switching
elements with fixing parts)
B 3RT19 36-6E 1 1 set 101 0.058
S3 3RT13 44 C 3RT19 44-6E 1 1 set 101 0.149
3RT13 46 C 3RT19 46-6E 1 1 set 101 0.150
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
3/116
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

1)
The surge suppressor is integrated as standard in the following contactors:
3TF68 and 3TF69 (AC operation): Varistor circuit.
2)
The connection piece for mounting the surge suppressor must be bent
slightly.
3)
Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
4)
Not for DC economy circuit.
For contactor Version Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Size Type V AC V DC kg
Surge suppressors
1)
Varistors

3TX7 402-3.

3TX7 462-3.
3TX7 522-3.,
3TX7 572-3.
2 3TC44
2)
Varistors
3)

with line spacer, for
mounting onto the
coil terminal
24 ... 48 24 ... 70 A 3TX7 402-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.015
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 A 3TX7 402-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.015
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 A 3TX7 402-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.015
240 ... 400 -- C 3TX7 402-3K 1 1 unit 101 0.024
400 ... 600 -- C 3TX7 402-3L 1 1 unit 101 0.024
4 and 6 3TB50
and
3TC56
Varistors
3)

for sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
24 ... 48 24 ... 70 D 3TX7 462-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.013
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 C 3TX7 462-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.014
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 B 3TX7 462-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.014
240 ... 400 -- A 3TX7 462-3K 1 1 unit 101 0.016
400 ... 600 -- C 3TX7 462-3L 1 1 unit 101 0.016
8 and
12
3TC52
and
3TC56
Varistors
for sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
24 ... 48 -- D 3TX7 462-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.013
48 ... 127 -- C 3TX7 462-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.014
127 ... 240 -- B 3TX7 462-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.014
240 ... 400 -- A 3TX7 462-3K 1 1 unit 101 0.016
400 ... 600 -- C 3TX7 462-3L 1 1 unit 101 0.016
8 ... 12 3TB52
...
3TB56,
3TC52
and
3TC56
Varistors
3)

for separate screw
connection or snap-
ping onto 35 mm
standard mounting
rail
-- 24 ... 70 B 3TX7 522-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.083
-- 70 ... 150 B 3TX7 522-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.078
-- 150 ... 250 B 3TX7 522-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.084
14 3TF68
and
3TF69
Varistors
3)

for DC economy cir-
cuit; for snapping
onto the side of
auxiliary switches
-- 24 ... 48 C 3TX7 572-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.075
-- 48 ... 127 C 3TX7 572-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.085
-- 127 ... 240 C 3TX7 572-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.081
Surge suppressors RC elements
3TX7 462-3.,
3TX7 522-3.
4 3TC48 RC elements
for lateral snapping
onto auxiliary switch
or 35 mm standard
mounting rail
24 ... 48 -- C 3TX7 462-3R 1 1 unit 101 0.084
-- 24 ... 70 B 3TX7 522-3R 1 1 unit 101 0.080
48 ... 127 -- A 3TX7 462-3S 1 1 unit 101 0.082
-- 70 ... 150 B 3TX7 522-3S 1 1 unit 101 0.088
127 ... 240 -- A 3TX7 462-3T 1 1 unit 101 0.081
-- 150 ... 250 B 3TX7 522-3T 1 1 unit 101 0.085
240 ... 400 -- A 3TX7 462-3U 1 1 unit 101 0.084
400 ... 600 -- C 3TX7 462-3V 1 1 unit 101 0.086
6 ... 12 3TB50,
3TC52
and
3TC56
RC elements
for lateral snapping
onto auxiliary switch
or 35 mm standard
mounting rail
24 ... 48 -- B 3TX7 522-3R 1 1 unit 101 0.080
48 ... 127 -- B 3TX7 522-3S 1 1 unit 101 0.088
127 ... 240 -- B 3TX7 522-3T 1 1 unit 101 0.085
240 ... 400 -- B 3TX7 522-3U 1 1 unit 101 0.085
400 ... 600 -- B 3TX7 522-3V 1 1 unit 101 0.086
Surge suppressors
4)
Diodes

3TX7 462-3.
6 ... 12 3TB52
...
3TB56,
3TC48
...
3TC56
Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener
diode) for DC sole-
noid system, for stick-
ing onto the contactor
base or for mounting
separately
-- 24 ... 250 D 3TX7 462-3D 1 1 unit 101 0.014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
3/117
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
The link for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
For contactor Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Size Type kg
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks with screw terminals

5TY7 561-1.
14
2 and 4
3TF68
and
3TF69
3TC44 ...
3TC48
for mounting onto the side of contac-
tors.
For use in dusty atmosphere and solid-
state circuits with rated operational
currents I
e
, AC-14 and DC-13 from
1 to 300 mA at 3 to 60 V.
With 1 changeover contact.
2nd auxiliary switch block, left or right
(replacement for 3TY6 561-1U, 3TY6
561-1V)
B 3TY7 561-1UA00 1 1 unit 101 0.053
Coupling links for control by PLC
14 3TF68
and
3TF69
Operating range: 17 to 30 V DC.
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC.
Fitted with varistor.
For technical specifications, see LV 1 T
For snapping onto the side of auxiliary
switch, with surge suppression
} 3TX7 090-0D 1 1 unit 101 0.080
Terminal covers for protection against inadvertent contact with
exposed bar connections
3TX7
14 3TF68 for screwing onto free screw end on
middle connecting bar.
2 units required per contactor.
(1 set = 2 units)
B 3TX7 686-0A 1 1 set 101 0.410
3TF69 B 3TX7 696-0A 1 1 set 101 0.402
3TX6 526-3B
6 3TB50,
3TC48
Can be screwed on free screw end.
Covers one rail connection
(1 set = 6 units).
M6 B 3TX6 506-3B 1 1 set 101 0.082
8 and
SIRIUS
S6
3TB52
3RT1. 5
M8 B 3TX6 526-3B 1 1 set 101 0.140
10 and
14 and
SIRIUS
S10, S12
3TB54 ...
3TB56,
3TC52,
3TC56
3RT1. 6
3RT1. 7
M10 B 3TX6 546-3B 1 1 set 101 0.260
Links for paralleling (star jumper) 3-pole, without connection
terminal
1)
14 3TF68 C 3TX7 680-0D 1 1 unit 101 0.256
Cover plates for link for paralleling
14 3TF68 A cover plate must be used in order to
protect against inadvertent contact
with exposed bar connections
(EN 50274).
C 3TX7 680-0E 1 1 unit 101 0.080
Box terminals for laminated copper bars
Without auxiliary conductor connection (1 set = 3 units)
14 3TF68 with single covers for protection
against inadvertent contact (EN 50274)
C 3TX7 570-1E 1 1 set 101 0.675
With auxiliary conductor connection (1 set = 3 units)
14 3TF68 with single covers for protection
against inadvertent contact (EN 50274)
C 3TX7 570-1F 1 1 set 101 0.698
14 3TF69 Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary
conductors:
Solid wire 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5) mm
2
Finely stranded with end sleeve
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) mm
2
Solid or stranded 2 x (18 ... 12) AWG
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.4 Nm
(7 ... 12 lb.in)
C 3TX7 690-1F 1 1 set 101 1.986
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
3/118
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

For contactor Remarks Rated control
supply voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Size Type V DC kg
Arc chutes
2 3TC44 17-0L.. with cutout for
mounting resistor
B 3TY2 442-0B 1 1 unit 101 0.164
Magnetic coils
2 3TC44 with series resistor
without varistor
24 C 3TY6 443-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 0.340
110 C 3TY6 443-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 0.330
4 3TC48 24 C 3TY6 483-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 1.170
110 C 3TY6 483-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 1.116
6 3TB50 24 C 3TY6 503-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 1.100
110 C 3TY6 503-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 1.100
8 3TB52 and 3TC52 24 C 3TY6 523-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 2.942
110 C 3TY6 523-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 2.912
10 3TB54 24 C 3TY6 543-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 1.100
110 C 3TY6 543-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 1.100
12 3TB56 and 3TC56 24 C 3TY6 563-0LB4 1 1 unit 101 1.100
110 C 3TY6 563-0LF4 1 1 unit 101 1.100
All spare parts not mentioned above are identical to those
for the standard contactors.
Auxil-
iary
con-
tacts
Rated operational
current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14 at
Auxiliary contacts DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V
AC
Ident.
No.
Version

Number A A A NO NC NO NC kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks for 3TF2 contactors
With screw terminals

3TX4 4..-.A
for assembling contactors with several auxiliary contacts
with 2, 4 and 5 auxiliary contacts according to DIN 50012
for 3TF2.10 contactors (auxiliary contact 1 NO = 10E)
1 4 3 2 11E -- 1 -- -- B 3TX4 401-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.033
3 4 3 2 22E 1 2 -- -- B 3TX4 412-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.042
4 4 3 2 23E 1 3 -- -- B 3TX4 413-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
32E 2 2 -- -- B 3TX4 422-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.048
with 3 and 5 auxiliary contacts according to DIN 50005 for 3TF2
contactors
2 4 3 2 20 2 -- -- -- B 3TX4 420-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.038
11 1 1 -- -- B 3TX4 411-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.038
02 -- 2 -- -- B 3TX4 402-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.037
11; U -- -- 1 1 B 3TX4 411-2G 1 1 unit 101 0.037
4 4 3 2 40 4 -- -- -- B 3TX4 440-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
31 3 1 -- -- B 3TX4 431-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
22 2 2 -- -- B 3TX4 422-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
22; 2
U
-- -- 2 2 B 3TX4 422-2G 1 1 unit 101 0.047
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s
Time setting
range
(minimum
times)
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
OFF-delay devices (with screw terminals) for 3TF2 contactors

for DC-operated contactors for bridging short-time power
failures up to 0.8 s
3TF2. ..-0BB4 24 V DC 0.25 s or
0.5 s
B 3TX4 490-1H 1 1 unit 101 0.083
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
3/119
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
1)
Dimensions as for 3TX4 490-3 surge suppressor.
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s

Power
consump-
tion of LED
at U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V AC V DC MW kg
Surge suppressors for 3TF2 contactors For plugging onto contactors
with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3TX4 490-3A
Version without LED
RC elements
3TF2. ..-0...,
3TF2. ..-1...
24 ... 48 24 ... 70 -- B 3TX4 490-3R 1 1 unit 101 0.010
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 -- B 3TX4 490-3S 1 1 unit 101 0.010
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3T 1 1 unit 101 0.010
240 ... 400 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3U 1 1 unit 101 0.014
400 ... 600 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3V 1 1 unit 101 0.015
Varistors
3TF2. ..-0..., 48 24 ... 70 -- B 3TX4 490-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.010
3TF2. ..-1... 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 -- B 3TX4 490-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.010
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.010
240 ... 400 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3K 1 10 units 101 0.016
400 ... 600 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3L
1 10 units 101 0.016
Noise suppression diodes
3TF2. ..-0...,
3TF2. ..-1...
-- 12 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3A 1 1 unit 101 0.010
Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation and short break times
3TF2. ..-0...,
3TF2. ..-1...
-- 24 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3B 1 1 unit 101 0.009
3TX4 490-4G
Version with LED
Varistors
3TF2. ..-0..., 24 ... 48 12 ... 24 10 ... 120 B 3TX4 490-4G 1 1 unit 101 0.009
3TF2. ..-1... 48 ... 127 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 B 3TX4 490-4H 1 1 unit 101 0.009
127 ... 240 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 B 3TX4 490-4J 1 1 unit 101 0.010
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 B 3TX4 490-4K 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Noise suppression diodes
3TF2. ..-0..., -- 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 B 3TX4 490-4A 1 1 unit 101 0.009
3TF2. ..-1... -- 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 B 3TX4 490-4B 1 1 unit 101 0.009
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 B 3TX4 490-4C 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Additional load modules for 3TF2 contactors For plugging onto
contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
1)
for increasing the permissible residual current
and for limiting the residual voltage
3TF2. ..-0A.., 230/220, 50 Hz -- B 3TX4 490-1J 1 1 unit 101 0.011
3TF2. ..-1A.. 230, 60 Hz
230, 50/60 Hz
Operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
Plug-in bases with solder pin connectors for printed circuit boards
Width 45 mm for 3TF2 and 3TK2 contactors
for 3TF2 and 3TK2 contactors
with flat connectors 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm;
Rated insulation voltage U
i
: 400 V (pollution degree 3);
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
: 6 kV;
Rated operational current I
e
: 6 A;
s and U rated data: max. 300 V, 6 A
3TF20 ..-3...,
3TF20 ..-7...,
3TK20 ..-3...,
3TK20 ..-7...
A 3TX4 491-2A 1 5 units 101 0.032
Release tools
3TF2. ..-7...,
3TK20..-7...
for releasing contactors from
3TX4 491-2A plug-in bases
D 3TX4 491-2K 1 1 unit 101 0.010
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
3/120
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Accessories

1)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole. The rated operational
currents apply to each pole. The links for paralleling are insulated.
2)
Replacement for 3TX4 490-2C.
3)
Replacement for 3TX4 490-2A.
4)
Replacement for 3TX4 490-2B.
For con-
tactor
Max. rated operational currents
I
e
/AC-1 (at 55 C) of the contactors
Max. conductor
cross-sections
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type A mm
2
kg
Links for paralleling (star jumpers)
3-pole, without connection terminal
1)

2)

3TG10 16 star jumpers can be reduced by
one pole
-- } 3RT19 16-4BA31 1 1 unit 101 0.003
3-pole, with connection terminal
1)

3)

3TG10 40 25 } 3RT19 16-4BB31 1 1 unit 101 0.015
4-pole, with connection terminal
1)

4)

3TG10 50 25 C 3RT19 16-4BB41 1 1 unit 101 0.015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
3/121
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data
1)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attentuated against voltage peaks
(noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; diode assemblies 2 to 6 times,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).
2)
Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
Version Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC DC
V V kg
Surge suppressors
1)
for 3TH4 contactor relays
3TX7 402-3.
Noise suppression diodes
with line spacer, for mounting
onto the coil terminal
-- 24 ... 250 A 3TX7 402-3A 1 1 unit 101 0.147
Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener diode) with
line spacer,
DC operation, for mounting
onto the coil terminal
-- 24 ... 250 A 3TX7 402-3D 1 1 unit 101 0.015
Varistors
2)
with line spacer, for mounting
onto the coil terminal
24 ... 48 24 ... 70 A 3TX7 402-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.015
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 A 3TX7 402-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.015
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 A 3TX7 402-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.015
240 ... 400 -- C 3TX7 402-3K 1 1 unit 101 0.024
400 ... 600 -- C 3TX7 402-3L 1 1 unit 101 0.024
RC elements
with line spacer, for mounting
onto the coil terminal
24 ... 48 24 ... 70 A 3TX7 402-3R 1 1 unit 101 0.025
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 A 3TX7 402-3S 1 1 unit 101 0.025
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 A 3TX7 402-3T 1 1 unit 101 0.023
240 ... 400 -- C 3TX7 402-3U 1 1 unit 101 0.024
400 ... 600 -- C 3TX7 402-3V 1 1 unit 101 0.024
Covers
for switch position indicator
-- -- B 3TX4 210-0P 1 1 unit 101 0.002
Coupling links for control by PLC for 3TH4 contactor relays
3TX4 090
mounted to contactor
Operating range: 17 ... 30 V DC
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
for mounting directly to contactor coil
without surge suppressor
A 3TX4 090-0C 1 1 unit 101 0.055
for mounting directly to contactor coil
with surge suppressor
A 3TX4 090-0D 1 1 unit 101 0.057
For contac-
tor
Version Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
AC
50/60 Hz
Time
setting
range
(mini-
mum
times)
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V s kg
ON-delay devices
3TX4 180-0A
3TH42/
3TH43
NTC
thermistors
Time tolerance
+ 100 %, -50 %
220 ... 230 0.1 B 3TX4 180-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.013
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
3/122
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
For contactor Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
OFF-delay DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC
50/60 Hz
DC
Type V V s kg
OFF-delay devices for bridging short-time
power failures (up to 1.2 s)
3TX4 701-0AN1
3TH42 ..-0BF4
3TH43 ..-0BF4
110 0.15 or 0.3 A 3TX4 701-0AN1 1 1 unit 101 0.169
3TH42 ..-0BM4
3TH43 ..-0BM4
220 0.6 or 1.2 A 3TX4 701-0AN1 1 1 unit 101 0.169
3TH42 ..-0BP4
3TH43 ..-0BP4
230 0.6 or 1.2 A 3TX4 701-0AN1 1 1 unit 101 0.169
3TH42 ..-0BB4
3TH43 ..-0BB4
24 0.4 or 0.8 A 3TX4 701-0BB4 1 1 unit 101 0.168
Con-
tacts
Rated operational current
I
e
/AC-15/AC-14 at
Contacts DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V
AC
690/
660 V
Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
Version

Number A A A A NONCNONC kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks for 3TH20 contactor relays
With screw terminals

3TX4 440-0A
with 8 contacts according to EN 50011,
for snapping onto contactor relays with 4 NO,
Ident. No. 40E (3TH20 40-0...)
4 4 3 2 -- 80E 4 -- -- -- B 3TX4 440-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
71E 3 1 -- -- B 3TX4 431-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
62E 2 2 -- -- B 3TX4 422-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
53E 1 3 -- -- B 3TX4 413-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.048
44E -- 4 -- -- B 3TX4 404-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
with 6 and 8 contacts according to EN 50005
4 4 3 2 -- 40E 4 -- -- -- B 3TX4 440-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
31E 3 1 -- -- B 3TX4 431-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
22E 2 2 -- -- B 3TX4 422-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.047
22; 2U -- -- 2 2 B 3TX4 422-2G 1 1 unit 101 0.047
2 4 3 2 -- 20E 2 -- -- -- B 3TX4 420-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.038
11E 1 1 -- -- B 3TX4 411-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.038
02E -- 2 -- -- B 3TX4 402-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.037
11; U -- -- 1 1 B 3TX4 411-2G 1 1 unit 101 0.037
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s

Time setting
range
(minimum
times)
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type kg
OFF-delay devices (with screw terminals)

3TX4 490-1A
for DC-operated contactors for bridging short-time power
failures up to 0.8 s
3TH2. ..-0BB4 24 V DC 0.25 s or
0.5 s
B 3TX4 490-1H 1 1 unit 101 0.083
3TH2. ..-0BF4 110 V AC, 50/60 Hz 0.1 s or 0.2 s B 3TX4 490-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.085
3TH2. ..-0BM4,
3TH2. ..-0BP4
220 V AC, 50/60 Hz 0.4 s or 0.8 s
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
3/123
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
1)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; diode assemblies 2 to 6 times,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).
For contactor Rated control supply
voltage U
s

Power
consump-
tion of LED
at U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V AC V DC MW kg
Surge suppressors
1)
for plugging onto contactors with and without
auxiliary switch blocks
Version without LED
3TX4 490-3A
RC elements
3TH2. ..-0... 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 -- B 3TX4 490-3R 1 1 unit 101 0.010
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 -- B 3TX4 490-3S 1 1 unit 101 0.010
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3T 1 1 unit 101 0.010
240 ... 400 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3U 1 1 unit 101 0.014
400 ... 600 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3V 1 1 unit 101 0.015
Varistors
3TH2. ..-0... 48 24 ... 70 -- B 3TX4 490-3G 1 1 unit 101 0.010
48 ... 127 70 ... 150 -- B 3TX4 490-3H 1 1 unit 101 0.010
127 ... 240 150 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3J 1 1 unit 101 0.010
240 ... 400 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3K 1 10 units 101 0.016
400 ... 600 -- -- B 3TX4 490-3L 1 10 units 101 0.016
Noise suppression diodes
3TH2. ..0... -- 12 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3A 1 1 unit 101 0.010
Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation and short break times
3TH2. ..0... -- 24 ... 250 -- B 3TX4 490-3B 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Version with LED
3TX4 490-4G
Varistors
3TH2. ..-0... 24 ... 48 12 ... 24 10 ... 12 B 3TX4 490-4G 1 1 unit 101 0.009
48 ... 27 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 B 3TX4 490-4H 1 1 unit 101 0.009
127 ... 240 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 B 3TX4 490-4J 1 1 unit 101 0.010
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 B 3TX4 490-4K 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Noise suppression diodes
3TH2. ..-0... -- 24 ... 70 20 ... 470 B 3TX4 490-4A 1 1 unit 101 0.009
-- 70 ... 150 50 ... 700 B 3TX4 490-4B 1 1 unit 101 0.009
-- 150 ... 250 160 ... 950 B 3TX4 490-4C 1 1 unit 101 0.009
Additional load modules (residual current)
for plugging onto contactors without and with auxiliary switch blocks
for increasing the permissible residual current
and for limiting the residual voltage of SIMATIC
semiconductor outputs
3TH2. ..-0A 230/220, 50 Hz -- B 3TX4 490-1J 1 1 unit 101 0.011
230, 60 Hz --
230, 50/60 Hz --
Operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 x U
s
Plug-in bases with solder pin connectors for printed circuit boards,
width 45 mm
for 3TH2 contactor relays;
with flat connectors 1 x 6.3 mm ... 0.8 mm;
Rated insulation voltage U
i
: 400 V (pollution degree 3);
Rated impulse withstand voltage U
imp
: 6 kV;
Rated operational current I
e
: 6 A;
s and U rated data: max. 300 V, 6 A
3TH20 ..-3,
3TH20 ..-7
A 3TX4 491-2A 1 5 units 101 0.032
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
3/124
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Selection and ordering data

For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils,
see page 3/128.
For contactor Contacts
Version
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Size Type NO NC NC kg
Auxiliary switch blocks

3TY6 561-1A
6 3TB50 1 1 -- Auxiliary switch
block, left or right
(replacement for
3TY6 501-1A/-1B)
B 3TY6 501-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.053
1 -- 1 Auxiliary switch
block, right
C 3TY6 501-1E 1 1 unit 101 0.054
8 ... 12 3TB52
...
3TB56
1 1 -- Auxiliary switch
block, left
B 3TY6 561-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.074
1 1 -- Auxiliary switch
block, right
B 3TY6 561-1B 1 1 unit 101 0.075
1 -- 1 Auxiliary switch
block, right
C 3TY6 561-1E 1 1 unit 101 0.076
Magnetic coils

3TY6 5.
DC operation
6 3TB50 B 3TY6 503-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 2.313
8 3TB52 B 3TY6 523-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 2.260
10 3TB54 B 3TY6 543-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 4.440
12 3TB56 C 3TY6 563-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 5.320
Arc chutes

3TY6 502-0A
6 3TB50 1 arc chute, 3-pole B 3TY6 502-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.751
8 3TB52 C 3TY6 522-0A 1 1 unit 101 1.177
10 3TB54 C 3TY6 542-0A 1 1 unit 101 1.456
12 3TB56 C 3TY6 562-0A 1 1 unit 101 1.580
Contacts with fixing parts

3TY6 520-0A
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors,
only original replacement contacts from Siemens
should be used.
6 3TB50 (1 set = 3 moving and
6 fixed contacts)
B 3TY6 500-0A 1 1 set 101 0.283
8 3TB52 B 3TY6 520-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.359
10 3TB54 B 3TY6 540-0A 1 1 set 101 0.529
12 3TB56 B 3TY6 560-0A 1 1 set 101 0.756
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
3/125
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

1)
Can only be mounted on AC-operated contactors.
For contactor Auxiliary
contacts
Version
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Size Type NO NC kg
Auxiliary switch blocks

3TY6 561-1A
2 and 4 3TC44,
3TC48
1 1 Auxiliary switch block, left
or right (replacement for
3TY6 501-1A/-1B)
B 3TY6 501-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.053
4 3TC48 1 1 2nd auxiliary switch block,
left
1)
C 3TY6 501-1K 1 1 unit 101 0.055
2nd auxiliary switch block,
right
1)
C 3TY6 501-1L 1 1 unit 101 0.047
8 and 12 3TC52,
3TC56
1 1 Auxiliary switch block, left B 3TY6 561-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.074
Auxiliary switch block,
right
B 3TY6 561-1B 1 1 unit 101 0.075
2nd auxiliary switch block,
left
1)
C 3TY6 561-1K 1 1 unit 101 0.077
2nd auxiliary switch block,
right
1)
C 3TY6 561-1L 1 1 unit 101 0.078
Contacts with fixing parts
3TY2 520-0A
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only
original replacement contacts from Siemens should be
used.
2 3TC44 (1 set = 2 moving and 2 fixed contacts) B 3TY2 440-0A 1 1 set 101 0.065
4 3TC48 B 3TY2 480-0A 1 1 set 101 0.100
8 3TC52 B 3TY2 520-0A 1 1 set 101 0.237
12 3TC56 B 3TY2 560-0A 1 1 set 101 0.424
For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils, see page 3/128.
Arc chutes

3TC2 48
2 3TC44 1 arc chute,
2-pole
C 3TY2 442-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.166
4 3TC48 C 3TY2 482-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.503
8 3TC52 C 3TY2 522-0A 1 1 unit 101 1.205
12 3TC56 C 3TY2 562-0A 1 1 unit 101 2.129
Magnetic coils
DC operation
2 3TC44 C 3TY6 443-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 0.300
4 3TC48 B 3TY6 483-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 1.000
8 3TC52 B 3TY6 523-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 2.300
12 3TC56 C 3TY6 563-0B. . 1 1 unit 101 4.800
AC operation
2 3TC44 B 3TY7 403-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 0.100
4 3TC48 C 3TY6 483-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 0.200
8 3TC52 B 3TY6 523-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 0.350
12 3TC56 C 3TY6 566-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 0.650
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
3/126
Siemens LV 1 2007
3



For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils,
see page 3/128.
For solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks,
see page 3/117.
For con-
tactor
Version Rated control
supply
voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V AC/DC kg
Varistors
3TC7 for sticking onto the contac-
tor base
24 C 3TX2 746-2F 1 1 unit 101 0.011
110 C 3TX2 746-2G 1 1 unit 101 0.011
Contacts with fixing parts
3TC7 main contacts (1 set)
for 3TC78: 2 units required
per contactor
B 3TY2 740-0E 1 1 set 101 0.356
Auxiliary switch blocks
3TC74 4 NO +4 NC B 3TY2 741-2J 1 1 unit 101 0.265
3TC78 auxiliary switches, left, with
2 NO +2 NC
C 3TY2 781-2C 1 1 unit 101 0.186
auxiliary switches, right, with
2 NO +2 NC
C 3TY2 781-2D 1 1 unit 101 0.184
Arc chutes
3TC7 for 3TC78: 2 units required
per contactor
C 3TY2 742-0C 1 1 unit 101 3.916
For contactor Contacts
Version
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.

Size Type NO NC NC kg
Auxiliary switch blocks
With screw terminals
3TY7 561-1.
14 3TF68
and
3TF69
1 1 -- 1st auxiliary switch
block, left or right
Replacement for:
3TY7 561-1A/ -1B.
B 3TY7 561-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.048
1 -- 1 Auxiliary switch block,
left or right
B 3TY7 561-1EA00 1 1 unit 101 0.048
1 1 -- 2nd auxiliary switch
block, left or right
Replacement for:
3TY7 561-1K/ -1L.
B 3TY7 561-1KA00 1 1 unit 101 0.050
For coil reconnection with DC economy circuit,
with screw terminals
14 3TF68
and
3TF69
-- -- 1 Auxiliary switch block C 3TY7 681-1G 1 1 unit 101 0.050
For contactor Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Size Type kg
Magnetic coils
AC operation
3TY7 .
14 3TF68 The magnetic coils are fitted as stan-
dard with varistors against overvoltage.
The coil is supplied with switch-on
electronics.
C 3TY7 683-0C. . 1 1 unit 101 1.350
3TF69 C 3TY7 693-0C. . 1 1 unit 101 1.700
DC operation DC economy circuit
14 3TF68 Reversing contactors are required for
size 14 contactors:
Contactor type 3TF68 and 3TF69
Reversing contactor 3TC44
(70 mm wide, 85 mm high)
The magnetic coils are supplied without
reversing contactor.
C 3TY7 683-0D. . 1 1 unit 101 0.560
3TF69 C 3TY7 693-0D. . 1 1 unit 101 0.560
Vacuum interrupters
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only
original replacement interrupters from Siemens should be
used.
14 3TF68 3 vacuum interrupters with components B 3TY7 680-0B 1 1 set 101 3.490
3TF69 B 3TY7 690-0B 1 1 set 101 3.638
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
3/127
Siemens LV 1 2007
3

For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils,
see page 3/128.
For solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks,
see page 3/117.

For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils,
see page 3/128.
Version Rated control
supply voltage
U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
V AC kg
Reversing contactors (3TC44)
complete with resistor and 1 m connect-
ing cable and plug-in connector for
3TF68 ..-.Q, 3TF69 ..-.Q
110 ... 120 C 3TY7 684-0QG7 1 1 unit 101 1.000
220 ... 240 C 3TY7 684-0QL7 1 1 unit 101 1.000
380 ... 420 C 3TY7 684-0QV7 1 1 unit 101 1.000
Magnetic coils for main contactor, with rectifier bridge
for 3TF68 ..-.Q 110 ... 120 C 3TY7 683-0QG7 1 1 unit 101 2.700
220 ... 240 C 3TY7 683-0QL7 1 1 unit 101 1.509
380 ... 420 C 3TY7 683-0QV7 1 1 unit 101 1.460
for 3TF69 ..-.Q 110 ... 120 C 3TY7 693-0QG7 1 1 unit 101 0.650
220 ... 240 C 3TY7 693-0QL7 1 1 unit 101 1.455
380 ... 420 C 3TY7 693-0QV7 1 1 unit 101 1.431
For contactor Version Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Type V AC kg
Surge suppressors RC elements
3TK10 to 3TK13 24 ... 48 D 3TK19 30-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.033
110 ... 415 B 3TK19 30-0B 1 1 unit 101 0.039
3TK14 to 3TK17 48 ... 110 C 3TK19 34-0C 1 1 unit 101 0.042
220 ... 600 B 3TK19 34-0D 1 1 unit 101 0.044
Terminal covers
3TK10, 3TK11 for mounting onto contactors B 3TK19 40-0A 1 2 units 101 0.141
3TK12, 3TK13 B 3TK19 42-0A 1 2 units 101 0.113
3TK14, 3TK15 B 3TK19 44-0A 1 2 units 101 0.190
3TK17 B 3TK19 46-0A 1 2 units 101 0.203
Auxiliary switch blocks
3TK1 1st auxiliary switch block,
left or right
1 NO + 1 NC B 3TK19 10-3A 1 1 unit 101 0.055
2nd auxiliary switch block,
left or right
1 NO + 1 NC B 3TK19 10-3B 1 1 unit 101 0.055
Locking devices
3TK10, 3TK11 for mechanical interlocking of 2
identical contactors, auxiliary
contacts 2 NC
B 3TK19 20-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.144
3TK12, 3TK13 B 3TK19 22-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.143
3TK14, 3TK15,
3TK17
mechanical interlock, including
mounting plate
B 3TK19 24-0A 1 1 unit 101 6.750
Arc chutes
3TK10 1 arc chute, 4-pole D 3TK19 50-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.055
3TK11 D 3TK19 51-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.065
3TK12 D 3TK19 52-0A 1 1 unit 101 1.250
3TK13 D 3TK19 53-0A 1 1 unit 101 1.384
3TK14 D 3TK19 54-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.001
3TK15 D 3TK19 55-0A 1 1 unit 101 3.681
3TK17 D 3TK19 57-0A 1 1 unit 101 3.785
Magnetic coils
3TK10, 3TK11 D 3TK19 70-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 0.400
3TK12, 3TK13 D 3TK19 72-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 0.500
3TK14, 3TK15,
3TK17
D 3TK19 74-0A. . 1 1 unit 101 1.050
Contacts with fixing parts
3TK10 4 moving and 8 fixed contacts D 3TK19 60-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.254
3TK11 D 3TK19 61-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.275
3TK12 D 3TK19 62-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.573
3TK13 D 3TK19 63-0A 1 1 unit 101 0.582
3TK14 D 3TK19 64-0A 1 1 unit 101 2.354
3TK15 D 3TK19 65-0A 1 1 unit 101 2.356
3TK17 D 3TK19 67-0A 1 1 unit 101 2.311
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
3/128
Siemens LV 1 2007
3
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x U
s
;
Lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
2)
Lower operating range limit at 220 V:
0.85 x U
s
according to IEC 60947.
3)
Rated control supply voltages U
s
:
50 Hz 60 Hz
B0: 24 V --
F0: 110 V 120 V
P0: 220 V to 230 V 240 V (only 3TK19 74)
U0: 230 V to 240 V --
For contactor type 3TC44 3TC48 3TC5 3TF68/69 3TK10/11/12/13 3TK14/15/17
Magnetic coil type 3TY7 403-0A.. 3TY6 483-0A.. 3TY6 523-0A..
3TY6 566-0A..
3TY7 683-0C..
3TY7 693-0C..
3TK1 970-0A..
3TK1 972-0A..
3TK1 974-0A..
Rated control supply voltage U
s
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50 Hz
24 V AC B0 B0 -- -- B0
3)
--
110 V AC F0 F0 F0 -- F0
3)
F0
3)
230/220 V AC P0
1)
P0
1)
P0
1)
-- P0
3)
P0
3)
240 V AC U0 U0 -- -- U0
3)
U0
3)
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50/60 Hz
24 V AC C2 -- -- -- -- --
110 V AC G2 -- -- -- -- --
120 V AC K2 -- -- -- -- --
220 V AC N2 -- -- -- -- --
230 V AC L2 -- -- -- -- --
110 ... 132 V AC -- -- -- F7 -- --
200 ... 240 V AC -- -- -- M7 -- --
230 ... 277 V AC -- -- -- P7
2)
-- --
380 ... 460 V AC -- -- -- Q7 -- --
500 ... 600 V AC -- -- -- S7 -- --
For contactor type 3TC4 3TB5, 3TC5 3TF68/69
Magnetic coil type 3TY6 443-0B..
3TY6 483-0B..
3TY6 503-0B..
3TY6 523-0B..
3TY6 543-0B..
3TY6 563-0B..
3TY7 683-0D..
3TY7 693-0D..
Rated control supply voltage U
s
DC operation
24 V DC B4 B4 B4
48 V DC W4 -- --
60 V DC E4 -- --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4
125 V DC G4 -- G4
220 V DC M4 M4 M4
230 V DC P4 -- P4
7
Siemens LV 1 2007
4/2 Introduction
Solid-State Switching Devices
4/3 General data
Solid-State Relays
4/7 General data
4/8 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase,
22.5 mm
4/11 3RF20 solid-state relays, single-phase,
45 mm
4/12 3RF22 solid-state relays, 3-phase, 45 mm
Solid-State Contactors
4/13 General data
4/14 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
4/19 3RF24 solid-state contactors, 3-phase
3RF29 Function Modules
4/20 General data
4/25 Converters
4/26 Load monitoring
4/27 Heating current monitoring
4/28 Power control regulators
4/29 Power controllers
Controls
Solid-State Switching
Devices
Controls Solid-State Switching Devices
Introduction
4/2
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Overview
3RF21 3RF20 3RF22 3RF23 3RF24 3RF29
Order No. Page
SIRIUS solid-state switching devices
Solid-state relays
22.5 mm solid-state relays,
45 mm solid-state relays
Widths of 22.5 mm and 45 mm
Compact and space-saving design
"Zero-point switching" version
Mounting onto existing heat sinks
3RF21,
3RF20
3RF22
4/8
4/11
4/12
Solid-state contactors
Solid-state contactors Complete units comprising a solid-state relay and an optimized heat sink,
"ready to use"
Compact and space-saving design
Versions for resistive loads "zero-point switching"
and inductive loads "instantaneous switching"
Special versions "Low Noise" and "Short-Circuit Resistant"
3RF23
3RF24
4/13
4/19
Function modules For extending the functionality of the 3RF21 solid-state relays and the 3RF23
solid-state contactors for many different applications:
Converters For converting an analog input signal into an on/off ratio; can also be used
on 3RF22 and 3RF24 3-phase switching devices
3RF29 00-0EA18 4/25
Load monitoring For load monitoring of one or more loads (partial loads) 3RF29 20-0FA08,
3RF29 .0-0GA..
4/26
Heating current monitoring For load monitoring of one or more loads (partial loads);
remote teach
3RF29 ..-0JA.. 4/27
Power control regulators For supplying the current by means of a solid-state switching device
depending on a setpoint value.
There is a choice of full-wave control and generalized phase control.
3RF29 ..-0KA. 4/28
Power controllers For supplying the current by means of a solid-state switching device
depending on a setpoint value.
Closed-loop control: Full-wave control or generalized phase control
3RF29 .0-0HA.. 4/29
Solid-State Switching Devices
General data
4/3
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Overview
SIRIUS solid-state switching devices
Solid-state relays
Solid-state contactors
Function modules
SIRIUS for almost unending activity
Conventional electromechanical switchgear is often overtaxed
by the rise in the number of switching operations. A high switch-
ing frequency results in frequent failure and short replacement
cycles. However, this does not have to be the case, because
with the latest generation of our SIRIUS solid-state switching de-
vices we provide you with solid-state relays and contactors with
a particularly long endurance - for almost unending activity even
under the toughest conditions and under high mechanical load,
but also in noise-sensitive areas.
Proved time and again in service
SIRIUS solid-state switching devices have become firmly estab-
lished in industrial applications. They are used above all in ap-
plications where loads are switched frequently mainly with re-
sistive load controllers, with the control of electrical heat or the
control of valves and motors in conveyor systems. In addition to
its use in areas with high switching frequencies, its silent switch-
ing means that SIRIUS is also ideally suited for use in noise-sen-
sitive areas, such as offices or hospitals.
The most reliable solution for any application
Compared to mechanical switchgear, our SIRIUS solid-state
switching devices stand out due to their considerably longer ser-
vice life. Thanks to the high product quality, their switching is ex-
tremely precise, reliable and, above all, insusceptible to faults.
With its variable connection methods and a wide spread of con-
trol voltages, the SIRIUS family is universally applicable. De-
pending on the individual requirements of the application, our
modular switchgear can also be quite easily expanded by the
addition of standardized function modules.
Always on the sunny side with SIRIUS
Because SIRIUS offers even more:
The space-saving and compact side-by-side mounting en-
sures reliable operation up to an ambient temperature of
+60 C.
Thanks to fast configuration and the ease of mounting and
start-up, you save not only time but also expenses.
Solid-State Switching Devices
General data
4/4
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Type Solid-state relays Solid-state contactors Function modules
Single-phase 3-phase Single-
phase
3-phase Converter Load monitoring Heating
current
monitoring
Power
control
regulators
Power
controllers
22.5 mm 45 mm 45 mm Basic Extended
Usage
Simple use of exist-
ing solid-state relays
-- -- -- -- -- --
Complete unit
"Ready to use"
-- -- -- -- -- --
Space-saving -- -- -- -- --
Can be extended
with modular func-
tion modules
-- -- -- -- -- -- --
Frequent switching
and monitoring of
loads and solid-state
relays/solid-state
contactors
-- -- -- -- -- --
Monitoring of up to
6 partial loads
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Monitoring of more
than 6 partial loads
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Control of the heat-
ing power through
an analog input
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Power control -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Start-up
Easy setting of set-
point values with
"Teach" button
-- -- -- -- -- -- --
"Remote Teach"
input for setting
setpoints
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Mounting
Mounting onto
mounting rails or
mounting plates
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Can be snapped
directly onto a solid-
state relay or con-
tactor
-- -- -- -- --
For use with "Cool-
plate" heat sink
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Cable routing
Connection of load
circuit as for con-
trolgear
-- --
Connection of load
circuit from above
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Function is available
Function is possible
Solid-State Switching Devices
General data
4/5
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Benefits
Considerable space savings thanks to a width of only
22.5 mm
Variety of connection methods: Screw terminal, spring-type
connection or ring terminal lug, there is no problem they are
all finger-safe
Flexible for all applications with function modules for retrofit-
ting
Possibility of fuseless short-circuit resistant design
Advantages:
Saves time and costs with fast mounting and commissioning,
short setting-up times and easy wiring
Extremely long life, low maintenance, rugged and reliable
Space-saving and safe thanks to side-by-side mounting up to
an ambient temperature of +60 C
Modular design: Standardized function modules and heat
sinks can be used in conjunction with solid-state relays to sat-
isfy individual requirements
Safety due to lifelong, vibration-resistant and shock-resistant
spring-loaded terminal connection method even under tough
conditions
Application
Uses
Example plastic machine industry:
Thanks to their high switching endurance, SIRIUS solid-state
switching devices are ideally suited for use in the control of elec-
trical heat. This is because the more precise the temperature
regulation process has to be, the higher the switching frequency.
The accurate regulation of electrical heat is used for example in
many processes in the plastic machine industry:
Band heaters heat the extrudate to the correct temperature in
plastic extruders
Heat emitters heat plastic blanks to the correct temperature
Heat drums dry plastic granules
Heating channels keep molds at the correct temperature in or-
der to manufacture different plastic parts without defects
The powerful SIRIUS solid-state relays and contactors can be
used to control several heating loads at the same time. By using
a load monitoring module the individual partial loads can easily
be monitored, and in the event of a failure a signal is generated
to be sent to the controller.
Protecting the solid-state relays and solid-state contactors with
miniature circuit breakers (MCB with type B tripping characteris-
tic)
Short-circuit protection and line protection with miniature circuit
breakers is easy to achieve with SIRIUS solid-state relays and
solid-state contactors in comparison with designing load feed-
ers with fuses. A special version of the solid-state contactors can
be protected against damage in the case of a short-circuit with
a miniature circuit breaker with type B tripping characteristic.
This allows the low-cost and simple design of fuseless load feed-
ers with full protection of the switchgear.
Solid-State Switching Devices
General data
4/6
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Selection and ordering data

1)
Computer labeling system for individual labeling of unit labeling plates
available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH (http://www.murrplastik.de).
Integration
Notes on integration in the load feeders
The SIRIUS solid-state switching devices are very easy to inte-
grate into the load feeders thanks to their industrial connection
method and design.
Particular attention must however be paid to the circumstances
of the installation and ambient conditions, as the performance of
the solid-state switching devices is largely dependent on these.
Depending on the version, certain restrictions must be ob-
served. Detailed information, for example in relation to solid-
state contactors about the minimum spacing and to solid-state
relays about the choice of heat sink, is given in the technical
specifications and the product data sheets.
Despite the rugged power semiconductors that are used, solid-
state switching devices respond more sensitively to short-cir-
cuits in the load feeder. Consequently, special precautions have
to be taken against destruction, depending on the type of de-
sign.
Siemens generally recommends using SITOR semiconductor
fuses. These fuses also provide protection against destruction in
the event of a short-circuit even when the solid-state contactors
and solid-state relays are fully utilized.
Alternatively, if there is lower loading, protection can also be pro-
vided by standard fuses or miniature circuit breakers. This pro-
tection is achieved by overdimensioning the solid-state switch-
ing devices accordingly. The technical specifications and the
product data sheets contain details both about the solid-state
fuse protection itself and about use of the devices with conven-
tional protection equipment.
The SIRIUS solid-state switching devices are suitable for inter-
ference-free operation in industrial networks without further mea-
sures. If they are used in public networks, it may be necessary
for conducted interference to be reduced by means of filters.
This does not include the special solid-state contactors of type
3RF23..-.CA.. "Low Noise". These comply with the class B limit
values up to a rated current of 16 A. If other versions are used,
and at currents of over 16 A, standard filters can be used in order
to comply with the limit values. The decisive factors when it
comes to selecting the filters are essentially the current loading
and the other parameters (operational voltage, design type, etc.)
in the load feeder.
Suitable filters can be ordered from EPCOS AG.
You can find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.epcos.com
Designation Labeling area
(W x H )
Color DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
mm x mm kg
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates
(1 frame = 20 units)
Unit labeling plates
for "SIRIUS"
1)
10 x 7 Pastel
turquoise
D 3RT19 00-1SB10 100 816
units
101 0.110
20 x 7 Pastel
turquoise
C 3RT19 00-1SB20 100 340
units
101 0.220
Labels for sticking
for "SIRIUS"
19 x 6 Pastel
turquoise
D 3RT19 00-1SB60 100 3060
units
101 0.150
19 x 6 Zinc
yellow
C 3RT19 00-1SD60 100 3060
units
101 0.150
N
S
K
-
7
2
3
7
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Relays
General data
4/7
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Overview
Solid-state relays
SIRIUS solid-state relays are suitable for surface mounting on
existing cooling surfaces. Mounting is quick and easy, involving
just two screws. The special technology of the power semicon-
ductor ensures there is excellent thermal contact with the heat
sink. Depending on the nature of the heat sink, the capacity
reaches up to 88 A on resistive loads.
The solid-state relays are available in three different versions:
3RF21 single-phase solid-state relays with a width of 22.5 mm
3RF20 single-phase solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm
3RF22 three-phase solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm
The 3RF21 and 3RF22 solid-state relays can be expanded with
various function modules to adapt them to individual applica-
tions.
Version for resistive loads, "Zero-point switching"
This standard version is often used for switching space heaters
on and off.
Version for inductive loads, "Instantaneous switching"
In this version the solid-state relay is specifically matched to in-
ductive loads. Whether it is a matter of frequent actuation of the
valves in a filling plant or starting and stopping small operating
mechanisms in packet distribution systems, operation is carried
out safely and noiselessly.
Single-phase solid-state relay with a width of 22.5 mm
With its compact design, which stays the same even at currents
of up to 88 A, the 3RF21 solid-state relay is the ultimate in space-
saving construction, at a width of 22.5 mm. The logical connec-
tion method, with the power infeed from above and load connec-
tion from below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
Single-phase solid-state relay with a width of 45 mm
The solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm provide for connec-
tion of the power supply lead and the load from above. This
makes it easy to replace existing solid-state relays in existing
arrangements. The connection of the control cable also saves
space in much the same way as the 22.5 mm design, as it is
simply plugged on.
Three-phase solid-state relay with a width of 45 mm
With its compact design, which stays the same even at currents
of up to 55 A, the 3RF22 solid-state relay is the ultimate in space-
saving construction, at a width of 45 mm. The logical connection
method, with the power infeed from above and load connection
from below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
The three-phase solid-state relays are available with
Two-phase control (suitable in particular for circuits without
connection to the neutral conductor) and
Three-phase control (suitable for star circuits with connection
to the neutral conductor or for applications in which the
system requires all phases to be switched).
Selection notes
When selecting solid-state relays, in addition to information
about the network, the load and the ambient conditions it is also
necessary to know details of the planned design. The solid-state
relays can only conform to their specific technical specifications
if they are mounted with appropriate care on an adequately di-
mensioned heat sink.
The following procedure is recommended:
Determine the rated current of the load and the mains voltage
Select the relay design and choose a solid-state relay with
higher rated current than the load
Determine the thermal resistance of the proposed heat sink
Check the correct relay size with the aid of the diagrams
Further information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.de/halbleiterschaltgeraete
Solid-State Relays
3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm
4/8
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Selection and ordering data

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
2)
Please note that this version can only be used for a rated current of
up to approx. 50 A and a conductor cross-section of 10 mm
2
.
Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals
2)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF21 20-1AA02
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF21 20-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 A 3RF21 30-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 A 3RF21 50-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 B 3RF21 70-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 20-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 B 3RF21 30-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 A 3RF21 50-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 B 3RF21 70-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF21 20-1AA42 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 B 3RF21 30-1AA42 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF21 20-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 A 3RF21 30-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 A 3RF21 50-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 A 3RF21 70-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 A 3RF21 90-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 20-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 B 3RF21 30-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 B 3RF21 70-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF21 20-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 B 3RF21 30-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 B 3RF21 70-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
30 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 30-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 B 3RF21 70-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 30-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 B 3RF21 70-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 20-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
30 B 3RF21 30-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
70 A 3RF21 70-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
50 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 50-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Relays
3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm
4/9
Siemens LV 1 2007
44

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
2)
Please note that the version with spring-loaded terminals can only be used
for a rated current of up to approx. 20 A and a conductor cross-section of
2.5 mm
2
. Higher currents are possible by connecting two conductors per
terminal.
Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Spring-loaded terminals
2)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF21 20-2AA02
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 20-2AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-2AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-2AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 20-2AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-2AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-2AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF21 20-2AA42 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 20-2AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-2AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-2AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 20-2AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-2AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-2AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
50 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 50-2AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-2AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 50-2AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-2AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Relays
3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm
4/10
Siemens LV 1 2007
4

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the
solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
2)
Supplied without terminal covers

Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Ring terminal lug connection PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG PS* Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF21 30-3AA02
2)
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 20-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 20-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 20-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.075
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 20-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 B 3RF21 50-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF21 90-3AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
50 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF21 50-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.075
50 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF21 50-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
90 B 3RF21 90-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.075
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories
3RF29 00-3PA88
Screw drivers
for spring-loaded connection method
A 8WA2 880 1 1 unit 041 0.034
Terminal covers
for 3RF21 solid-state relays and 3RF23 solid-state
contactors in ring terminal lug connection
(after simple adaptation, this terminal cover can
also be used for screw connection).
A 3RF29 00-3PA88 1 10 units 101 0.004
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Relays
3RF20 solid-state relays, single-phase, 45 mm
4/11
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Selection and ordering data

1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals
2)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF20 20-1AA02
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF20 20-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.085
30 B 3RF20 30-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 A 3RF20 50-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 B 3RF20 90-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.085
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF20 20-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.085
30 B 3RF20 30-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 B 3RF20 50-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 B 3RF20 90-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.085
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF20 20-1AA42 1 1 unit 101 0.085
30 B 3RF20 30-1AA42 1 1 unit 101 0.085
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF20 20-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.085
30 A 3RF20 30-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 A 3RF20 50-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 A 3RF20 90-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.085
20 110 ... 230 AC A 3RF20 20-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.085
30 B 3RF20 30-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 B 3RF20 50-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 B 3RF20 90-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF20 50-1AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.085
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF20 20-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 B 3RF20 50-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 B 3RF20 90-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.085
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
30 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF20 30-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 B 3RF20 50-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 B 3RF20 90-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.085
30 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF20 30-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.085
50 B 3RF20 50-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.085
70 B 3RF20 70-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.085
90 B 3RF20 90-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.085
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
30 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF20 30-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.085
Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals+ PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Spring-loaded terminals
(control current side)
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF20 50-4AA02
50 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF20 50-4AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.085
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Relays
3RF22 solid-state relays, 3-phase, 45 mm
4/12
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Selection and ordering data

1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
2)
Please note that the version with an M4 screw connection can only be used
for a rated current of up to approx. 50 A and a conductor cross-section of
10 mm
2
.
3)
Please note that this version can only be used for a rated current of up to
approx. 20 A and a conductor cross-section of 2.5 mm
2
. Higher currents
are possible by connecting two conductors per terminal.

Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals
2)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF22 30-1AB45
Two-phase controlled
30 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF22 30-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
55 B 3RF22 55-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
Three-phase controlled
30 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF22 30-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
55 B 3RF22 55-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Spring-loaded terminals
3)
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF22 30-2AB45
Two-phase controlled
30 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF22 30-2AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
55 B 3RF22 55-2AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
Three-phase controlled
30 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF22 30-2AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
55 B 3RF22 55-2AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
Type current
1)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Ring terminal lug connection PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF22 30-3AB45
Two-phase controlled
30 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF22 30-3AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
55 B 3RF22 55-3AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
Three-phase controlled
30 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF22 30-3AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
55 B 3RF22 55-3AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.150
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Contactors
General data
4/13
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Overview
Solid-state contactors
The complete units consist of a solid-state relay plus optimized
heat sink, and are therefore "ready to use". They offer defined
rated currents to make selection as easy as possible. Depend-
ing on the version, current strengths of up to 88 A are achieved.
Like all of our solid-state switching devices, one of their particu-
lar advantages is their compact and space-saving design.
With their insulated mounting foot they can easily be snapped
onto a standard mounting rail, or they can be mounted on carrier
plates with fixing screws. This insulation enables them to be
used in circuits with protective extra-low voltage (PELV) or safety
extra-low voltage (SELV) in building engineering. For other appli-
cations, such as for extended personal safety, the heat sink can
be grounded through a screw connection.
The solid-state contactors are available in 2 different versions:
3RF23 single-phase solid-state contactors
3RF24 three-phase solid-state contactors
Single-phase versions
The 3RF23 solid-state contactors can be expanded with various
function modules to adapt them to individual applications.
Version for resistive loads, "Zero-point switching"
This standard version is often used for switching space heaters
on and off.
Version for inductive loads, "Instantaneous switching"
In this version the solid-state contactor is specifically matched to
inductive loads. Whether it is a matter of frequent actuation of the
valves in a filling plant or starting and stopping small operating
mechanisms in packet distribution systems, operation is carried
out safely and noiselessly.
Special "Low noise" version
Thanks to a special control circuit, this special version can be
used in public networks up to 16 A without any additional mea-
sures such as interference suppressor filters. As a result it con-
forms to limit value curve class B according to EN 60947-4-3 in
terms of emitted interference.
Special "Short-circuit-resistant" version
Skilful matching of the power semiconductor with the perfor-
mance of the solid-state contactor means that "short-circuit
strength" can be achieved with a standard miniature circuit
breaker. In combination with a B-type MCB or a conventional
fuse, the result is a short-circuit resistant feeder.
In order to achieve problem-free short-circuit protection by
means of miniature circuit breakers, however, certain boundary
conditions must be observed. As the magnitude and duration of
the short-circuit current are determined not only by the short cir-
cuit breaking response of the miniature circuit breaker but also
the properties of the wiring system, such as the internal resis-
tance of the input to the network and damping by switching de-
vices and cables, particular attention must also be paid to these
parameters. The necessary cable lengths are therefore shown
for the main factor, the conductor resistance, in the table below.
The following miniature circuit breakers with a type B tripping
characteristic and 10 kA or 6 kA breaking capacity protect the
3RF23..-.DA.. solid-state contactors in the event of short-circuits
on the load and the specified conductor cross-sections and
lengths:

1)
The miniature circuit breakers can be used up to a maximum rated voltage
of 480 V.
The setup and installation above can also be used for the solid-
state relays with a I
2
t value of at least 6600 A
2
s.
Three-phase versions
The three-phase solid-state contactors for resistive loads up to
50 A are available with
two-phase control (suitable in particular for circuits without
connection to the neutral conductor) and
three-phase control (suitable for star circuits with connection
to the neutral conductor or for applications in which the sys-
tem requires all phases to be switched).
The converter function module can be snapped onto both ver-
sions for the simple power control of AC loads by means of ana-
log signals.
Check the correct contactor size with the aid of the rated
current diagram, taking account of the installation conditions
Rated current of the
miniature circuit
breaker
Example
Type
1)
Max. conductor
cross-section
Minimum cable
length from
contactor to
load
6 A 5SY4 106-6,
5SX2 106-6
1 mm
2
5 m
10 A 5SY4 110-6,
5SX2 110-6
1.5 mm
2
8 m
16 A 5SY4 116-6,
5SX2 116-6
1.5 mm
2
12 m
16 A 5SY4 116-6,
5SX2 116-6
2.5 mm
2
20 m
20 A 5SY4 120-6,
5SX2 120-6
2.5 mm
2
20 m
25 A 5SY4 125-6,
5SX2 125-6
2.5 mm
2
26 m
Solid-State Contactors
3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
4/14
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Selection and ordering data
Selection notes
The solid-state contactors are selected on the basis of details of
the network, the load and the ambient conditions. As the solid-
state contactors are already equipped with an optimally
matched heat sink, the selection process is considerably sim-
pler than that for solid-state relays.
The following procedure is recommended:
Determine the rated current of the load and the mains voltage
Select a solid-state contactor with the same or higher rated
current than the load

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.
Type current
1)
I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF23 10-1
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF23 10-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 A 3RF23 20-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 A 3RF23 30-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 A 3RF23 40-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 A 3RF23 50-1AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.550
10.5 24 AC/DC B 3RF23 10-1AA12 1 1 unit 101 0.165
10.5 110 ... 230 AC A 3RF23 10-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 A 3RF23 20-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 A 3RF23 30-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 B 3RF23 40-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-1AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.550
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
3RF23 20-1
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 A 3RF23 10-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 A 3RF23 20-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 A 3RF23 30-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 A 3RF23 40-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 A 3RF23 50-1AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.550
10.5 24 AC/DC B 3RF23 10-1AA14 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 B 3RF23 20-1AA14 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1AA14 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 B 3RF23 40-1AA14 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-1AA14 1 1 unit 101 0.550
10.5 110 ... 230 AC A 3RF23 10-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 A 3RF23 20-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 A 3RF23 30-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 A 3RF23 40-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 A 3RF23 50-1AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.550
10.5 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF23 10-1AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 B 3RF23 20-1AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.400
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
10.5 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF23 10-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 B 3RF23 20-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 B 3RF23 40-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 A 3RF23 50-1AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.550
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF23 40-1
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 B 3RF23 20-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 B 3RF23 40-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-1AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.550
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 B 3RF23 20-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 B 3RF23 40-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-1AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.550
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Contactors
3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
4/15
Siemens LV 1 2007
44

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.
2)
Utilization category AC-15:
Electromagnetic loads, e.g. valves according to EN 60947-5.
Parameters: max. 1200 1/h, 50 % ON-time, 10-times inrush current
for 60 ms.
Type
current
1)
I
max
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e
/
AC-15
2)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A A V kg
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF23 10-1
10.5 6 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 12 B 3RF23 20-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 15 B 3RF23 30-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 20 B 3RF23 40-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 27.5 B 3RF23 70-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 1.200
50 30 B 3RF23 90-1BA02 1 1 unit 101 2.900
10.5 6 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 12 B 3RF23 20-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 15 B 3RF23 30-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 20 B 3RF23 40-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 27.5 B 3RF23 70-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 1.200
50 30 B 3RF23 90-1BA22 1 1 unit 101 2.900
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
3RF23 20-1
10.5 6 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 12 A 3RF23 20-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 15 B 3RF23 30-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 20 B 3RF23 40-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 27.5 B 3RF23 70-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 1.200
50 30 B 3RF23 90-1BA04 1 1 unit 101 2.900
10.5 6 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 12 B 3RF23 20-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 15 B 3RF23 30-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 20 B 3RF23 40-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 27.5 B 3RF23 70-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 1.200
50 30 B 3RF23 90-1BA24 1 1 unit 101 2.900
30 15 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF23 30-1BA44 1 1 unit 101 0.400
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA44 1 1 unit 101 0.550
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF23 40-1
10.5 6 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 12 B 3RF23 20-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 15 B 3RF23 30-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 20 B 3RF23 40-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 27.5 B 3RF23 70-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 1.200
50 30 B 3RF23 90-1BA06 1 1 unit 101 2.900
10.5 6 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 0.165
20 12 B 3RF23 20-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 15 B 3RF23 30-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 0.400
40 20 B 3RF23 40-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 25 B 3RF23 50-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 27.5 B 3RF23 70-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 1.200
50 30 B 3RF23 90-1BA26 1 1 unit 101 2.900
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Contactors
3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
4/16
Siemens LV 1 2007
4

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.
Type current
1)
I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Low noise, rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-1CA02 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1CA02 1 1 unit 101 0.400
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-1CA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Low noise, rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-1CA04 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-1CA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 4 ... 30 DC A 3RF23 20-1CA44 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Short-circuit resistant with B-automatic device
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-1DA02 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-1DA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Short-circuit resistant with B-automatic device
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-1DA04 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-1DA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF23 20-1DA44 1 1 unit 101 0.240
30 B 3RF23 30-1DA44 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Type current
1)
I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Spring-loaded terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-2AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-2AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.240
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-2AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-2AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-2AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-2AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.240
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-2AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-2AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-2AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 A 3RF23 20-2AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.240
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-2AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-2AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Low noise, rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-2CA02 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-2CA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Low noise, rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-2CA04 1 1 unit 101 0.240
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-2CA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Short-circuit resistant with B-automatic device
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-2DA22 1 1 unit 101 0.240
Short-circuit resistant with B-automatic device
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-2DA24 1 1 unit 101 0.240
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Contactors
3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
4/17
Siemens LV 1 2007
44

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.
2)
Supplied without terminal covers.
Type current
1)
I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Ring terminal lug connection PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
3RF23 30-3
2)
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.435
40 B 3RF23 40-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 B 3RF23 70-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA02 1 1 unit 101 2.900
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.435
40 B 3RF23 40-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 B 3RF23 70-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA22 1 1 unit 101 2.900
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
3RF23 50-3
2)
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.435
40 B 3RF23 40-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 A 3RF23 70-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA04 1 1 unit 101 2.900
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.435
40 B 3RF23 40-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 B 3RF23 70-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA24 1 1 unit 101 2.900
20 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF23 20-3AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.435
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA44 1 1 unit 101 0.550
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
40 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF23 40-3AA45 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 B 3RF23 70-3AA45 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA45 1 1 unit 101 2.900
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
10.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 10-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.435
40 B 3RF23 40-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 B 3RF23 70-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA06 1 1 unit 101 2.900
10.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 10-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.166
20 B 3RF23 20-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.200
30 B 3RF23 30-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.435
40 B 3RF23 40-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.550
50 B 3RF23 50-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 0.550
70 B 3RF23 70-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 B 3RF23 90-3AA26 1 1 unit 101 2.900
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Contactors
3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
4/18
Siemens LV 1 2007
4

Other rated control supply voltages on request.
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.
2)
Utilization category AC-15:
Electromagnetic loads, e.g. valves according to EN 60947-5.
Parameters: max. 1200 1/h, 50 % ON-time, 10-times inrush current
for 60 ms.

Type
current
1)
I
max
Opera-
tional cur-
rent I
e
/
AC-15
2)
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Ring terminal lug connection PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A A V kg
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
70 27.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 70-3BA02 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 30 B 3RF23 90-3BA02 1 1 unit 101 2.900
70 27.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 70-3BA22 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 30 B 3RF23 90-3BA22 1 1 unit 101 2.900
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
70 27.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 70-3BA04 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 30 B 3RF23 90-3BA04 1 1 unit 101 2.900
70 27.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 70-3BA24 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 30 B 3RF23 90-3BA24 1 1 unit 101 2.900
Instantaneous switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
70 27.5 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 70-3BA06 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 30 B 3RF23 90-3BA06 1 1 unit 101 2.900
70 27.5 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 70-3BA26 1 1 unit 101 1.200
88 30 B 3RF23 90-3BA26 1 1 unit 101 2.900
Short-circuit resistant with B-automatic device
Rated operational voltage U
e
24 V ... 230 V
20 -- 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-3DA02 1 1 unit 101 0.200
20 -- 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-3DA22 1 1 unit 101 0.200
Short-circuit resistant with B-automatic device
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 460 V
20 -- 24 DC acc. to EN 61131-2 B 3RF23 20-3DA04 1 1 unit 101 0.200
20 -- 110 ... 230 AC B 3RF23 20-3DA24 1 1 unit 101 0.200
Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories
3RF29 00-3PA88
Screw drivers
for spring-loaded connection method
A 8WA2 880 1 1 unit 041 0.034
Terminal covers
for 3RF21 solid-state relays and 3RF23 solid-state
contactors in ring terminal lug connection
(after simple adaptation, this terminal cover can
also be used for screw connection)
A 3RF29 00-3PA88 1 10 units 101 0.004
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Solid-State Contactors
3RF24 solid-state contactors, 3-phase
4/19
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Selection and ordering data

1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current I
e
can be
smaller depending on the connection method and start-up conditions.
For derating, see Technical Information LV 1 T, Characteristic Curves.

Type current
1)

I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF24 20-1AB45
Two-phase controlled
10.5 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF24 10-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.400
30 B 3RF24 30-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.540
40 B 3RF24 40-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.800
50 B 3RF24 50-1AB45 1 1 unit 101 1.100
10.5 230 AC B 3RF24 10-1AB55 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-1AB55 1 1 unit 101 0.400
30 B 3RF24 30-1AB55 1 1 unit 101 0.540
40 B 3RF24 40-1AB55 1 1 unit 101 0.800
50 B 3RF24 50-1AB55 1 1 unit 101 1.100
3RF24 10-1AC45
Three-phase controlled
10.5 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF24 10-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.540
30 B 3RF24 30-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.800
40 B 3RF24 40-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 1.100
50 B 3RF24 50-1AC45 1 1 unit 101 1.850
10.5 230 AC B 3RF24 10-1AC55 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-1AC55 1 1 unit 101 0.540
30 B 3RF24 30-1AC55 1 1 unit 101 0.800
40 B 3RF24 40-1AC55 1 1 unit 101 1.100
50 B 3RF24 50-1AC55 1 1 unit 101 1.850
Type current
1)

I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Spring-loaded terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
3RF24 10-2AB45
Two-phase controlled
10 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF24 10-2AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-2AB45 1 1 unit 101 0.400
10 230 AC B 3RF24 10-2AB55 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-2AB55 1 1 unit 101 0.400
Three-phase controlled
10 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF24 10-2AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-2AC45 1 1 unit 101 0.540
10 230 AC B 3RF24 10-2AC55 1 1 unit 101 0.320
20 B 3RF24 20-2AC55 1 1 unit 101 0.540
Type current
1)

I
max
Rated control supply
voltage U
s
DT Ring terminal lug connection PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU A V kg
Zero-point switching
Rated operational voltage U
e
48 V ... 600 V
Two-phase controlled
50 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF24 50-3AB45 1 1 unit 101 1.100
50 230 AC B 3RF24 50-3AB55 1 1 unit 101 1.100
Three-phase controlled
50 4 ... 30 DC B 3RF24 50-3AC45 1 1 unit 101 1.850
50 230 AC B 3RF24 50-3AC55
1 1 unit 101
1.850
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RF29 Function Modules
General data
4/20
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Overview
Function modules for SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices
A great variety of applications demand an expanded range of
functionality. With our function modules, these requirements can
be met really easily. The modules are mounted simply by click-
ing them into place; straight away the necessary connections
are made with the solid-state relay or contactor. The plug-in con-
nection to control the solid-state switching devices can simply
remain in use.
The following function modules are available:
Converters
Load monitoring
Heating current monitoring
Power control regulators
Power controllers
With the exception of the converter, the function modules can be
used only with single-phase solid-state switching devices.
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF21 single-phase solid-state relays
1)
The use of power controllers/control regulators is also possible on zero-
point switching versions for full-wave control mode. The generalized phase
control mode is recommended only for the combination with instantaneous
switching versions.
Order No. Accessories
Converter Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
1)
Power controllers
1)
Basic Extended
Type current = 20 A
3RF21 2.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF21 2.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF21 2.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- --
3RF21 2.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- --
3RF21 2.-1A.42 -- 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF21 2.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF21 2.-2A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- --
3RF21 2.-2A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- --
3RF21 2.-2A.22 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 2.-2A.24 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 2.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF21 2.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF21 2.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF21 2.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
Type current = 30 A
3RF21 3.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF21 3.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 3.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 3.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF21 3.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 3.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 3.-1A.42 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF21 3.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
Type current = 50 A
3RF21 5.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF21 5.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 5.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 5.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF21 5.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 5.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 5.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 5.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 5.-2A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 5.-2A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 5.-2A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 5.-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 5.-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 5.-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 5.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF21 5.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 5.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 5.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF21 5.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 5.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF29 Function Modules
General data
4/21
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
1)
The use of power controllers/control regulators is also possible on zero-
point switching versions for full-wave control mode. The generalized phase
control mode is recommended only for the combination with instantaneous
switching versions.
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF22 three-phase solid-state relays
Order No. Accessories
Converter Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
1)
Power controllers
1)
Basic Extended
Type current = 70 A
3RF21 7.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF21 7.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 7.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 7.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF21 7.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 7.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 7.-1A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 7.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
Type current = 90 A
3RF21 9.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF21 9.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 9.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 9.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF21 9.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 9.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF21 9.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF21 9.-2A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 9.-2A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 9.-2A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 9.-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 9.-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 9.-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF21 9.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA13
3RF21 9.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF21 9.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF21 9.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA33
3RF21 9.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF21 9.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF21 9.-3A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
Order No. Accessories
Converter Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
Power controllers
Basic Extended
Type current up to 55 A
3RF22 ..-1A... 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF22 ..-2A... -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF22 ..-3A... 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF29 Function Modules
General data
4/22
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF23 single-phase solid-state contactors
1)
The use of power controllers/control regulators is also possible on zero-
point switching versions for full-wave control mode. The generalized phase
control mode is recommended only for the combination with instantaneous
switching versions.
Order No. Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
1)
Power controllers
1)
Basic Extended
Type current I
e
= 10.5 A
3RF23 1.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 3RF29 16-0JA13 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 1.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-1A.12 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA13 3RF2916-0JA13 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 1.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 1.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 1.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 1.-1A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 3RF29 16-0JA13 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 1.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 1.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 1.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 1.-2A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 1.-2A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 1.-2A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 1.-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 1.-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 1.-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 1.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA13 3RF29 16-0JA13 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 1.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 1.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 1.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 1.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
Type current I
e
= 20 A
3RF23 2.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 2.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1A.14 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 -- 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 2.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-1A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 2.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 2.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-1C.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 2.-1C.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1C.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 2.-1C.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-1C.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1D.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 2.-1D.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-1D.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 2.-1D.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-1D.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-2A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2C.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2C.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2C.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2C.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2D.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF23 2.-2D.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF29 Function Modules
General data
4/23
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
1)
The use of power controllers/control regulators is also possible on zero-
point switching versions for full-wave control mode. The generalized phase
control mode is recommended only for the combination with instantaneous
switching versions.
Order No. Accessories
Converter Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
1)
Power controllers
1)
Basic Extended
Type current I
e
= 20 A
3RF23 2.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 2.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 2.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
3RF23 2.-3A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-3D.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA13 -- 3RF29 20-0KA13 3RF29 20-0HA13
3RF23 2.-3D.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 20-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 20-0KA16 3RF29 20-0HA16
3RF23 2.-3D.22 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA33
3RF23 2.-3D.24 -- -- 3RF29 20-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 20-0HA36
Type current I
e
= 30 A
3RF23 3.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 3.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1A.14 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 3.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 3.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 3.-1A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 3.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 3.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 3.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 3.-1B.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-1C.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 3RF29 20-0FA08 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 3.-1D.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 3.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 3.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 3.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 3.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 3.-3A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 3RF29 32-0JA16 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
Type current I
e
= 40 A
3RF23 4.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 4.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 4.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 4.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 4.-1A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 4.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 4.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 4.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 4.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 4.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 4.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 4.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 4.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 4.-3A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
Type current I
e
= 50 A
3RF23 5.-1A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 5.-1A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-1A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-1A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 5.-1A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 5.-1A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 5.-1A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF29 Function Modules
General data
4/24
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
1)
The use of power controllers/control regulators is also possible on zero-
point switching versions for full-wave control mode. The generalized phase
control mode is recommended only for the combination with instantaneous
switching versions.
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF24 three-phase solid-state contactors
Order No. Accessories
Converter Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
1)
Power controllers
1)
Basic Extended
Type current I
e
= 50 A
3RF23 5.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 5.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 5.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 5.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 5.-1B.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 5.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 5.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 5.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 5.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 5.-3A.44 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
Type current I
e
= 70 A
3RF23 7.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 7.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 7.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 7.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 7.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 7.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 7.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA13 -- 3RF29 90-0HA13
3RF23 7.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 7.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 7.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA33
3RF23 7.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF23 7.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF23 7.-3A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 7.-3B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA13 -- 3RF29 90-0HA13
3RF23 7.-3B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 7.-3B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 7.-3B.22 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA33
3RF23 7.-3B.24 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF23 7.-3B.26 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
Type current I
e
= 90 A
3RF23 9.-1B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA13
3RF23 9.-1B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 9.-1B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 50-0GA16 -- 3RF29 50-0KA16 3RF29 50-0HA16
3RF23 9.-1B.22 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA33
3RF23 9.-1B.24 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 9.-1B.26 -- -- 3RF29 50-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 50-0HA36
3RF23 9.-3A.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA13
3RF23 9.-3A.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 9.-3A.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 9.-3A.22 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA33
3RF23 9.-3A.24 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF23 9.-3A.26 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF23 9.-3A.45 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 9.-3B.02 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA13 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA13
3RF23 9.-3B.04 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 9.-3B.06 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- 3RF29 90-0GA16 -- 3RF29 90-0KA16 3RF29 90-0HA16
3RF23 9.-3B.22 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA33 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA33
3RF23 9.-3B.24 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
3RF23 9.-3B.26 -- -- 3RF29 90-0GA36 -- -- 3RF29 90-0HA36
Order No. Accessories
Converter Load monitoring Heating current
monitoring
Power control
regulators
Power controllers
Basic Extended
Type current up to 50 A
3RF24 ..-1..4. 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF24 ..-2..4. -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF24 ..-3..4. 3RF29 00-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF24 ..-...5. -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF29 Function Modules
Converters
4/25
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Overview
Converters for 3RF2 solid-state switching devices
These modules are used to convert analog control signals, such
as those output from many temperature controllers for example,
into a pulse-width-modulated digital signal. The connected
solid-state contactors and relays can therefore regulate the
output of a load as a percentage.
Application
This function module is used for conversion from an analog input
signal to an on/off ratio. The module can only be used in con-
junction with 3RF21 and 3RF23 single-phase solid-state switch-
ing devices or 3RF22 and 3RF24 three-phase devices. It can be
used on versions with 24 V DC and 24 V AC/DC control supply
voltage.
Selection and ordering data

Rated operational
current I
e
Rated operational
voltage U
e
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
A V kg
Converters
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
-- -- A 3RF29 00-0EA18 1 1 unit 101 0.041
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RF29 Function Modules
Load monitoring
4/26
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Overview
Load monitoring for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state switching
devices
Many faults can be quickly detected by monitoring a load circuit
connected to the solid-state switching device, as made possible
with this module. Examples include the failure of load elements
(up to 6 in the basic version or up to 12 in the extended version),
alloyed power semiconductors, a lack of voltage or a break in a
load circuit. A fault is indicated by one or more LEDs and re-
ported to the controller by way of a PLC-compatible output.
The operating principle is based on permanent monitoring of the
current strength. This figure is continuously compared with the
reference value stored once during commissioning by the sim-
ple press of a button. In order to detect the failure of one of sev-
eral loads, the current difference must be 1/6 (in the basic ver-
sion) or 1/12 (in the extended version) of the reference value. In
the event of a fault, an output is actuated and one or more LEDs
indicate the fault.
Application
The device is used for monitoring one or more loads (partial
loads). The function module can only be used in conjunction with
a 3RF21 solid-state relay or a 3RF23 solid-state contactor. The
devices with spring-loaded connections in the load circuit are
not suitable.
Selection and ordering data

Rated operational
current I
e
Rated operational
voltage U
e
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
A V kg
Basic load monitoring
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
20 -- A 3RF29 20-0FA08 1 1 unit 101 0.068
Extended load monitoring
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
20 110 230 A 3RF29 20-0GA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
20 400 600 A 3RF29 20-0GA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 110 230 A 3RF29 50-0GA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 400 600 A 3RF29 50-0GA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 110 230 A 3RF29 90-0GA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 400 600 A 3RF29 90-0GA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
Rated control supply voltage 110 V AC
20 110 230 A 3RF29 20-0GA33 1 1 unit 101 0.175
20 400 600 A 3RF29 20-0GA36 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 110 230 A 3RF29 50-0GA33 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 400 600 A 3RF29 50-0GA36 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 110 230 A 3RF29 90-0GA33 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 400 600 A 3RF29 90-0GA36 1 1 unit 101 0.175
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RF29 Function Modules
Heating current monitoring
4/27
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Overview
Heating current monitoring for 3RF2 single-phase solid-
state switching devices
Many faults can be quickly detected by monitoring a load circuit
connected to the solid-state switching device, as made possible
with this module. Examples include the failure of up to 6 load el-
ements, alloyed power semiconductors, a lack of voltage or a
break in a load circuit. A fault is indicated by LEDs and reported
to the controller by way of a relay output (NC contact).
The operating principle is based on permanent monitoring of the
current strength. This figure is continuously compared with the
reference value stored once during commissioning. In order to
detect the failure of one of several loads, the current difference
must be 1/6 of the reference value. In the event of a fault, an out-
put is actuated and the LEDs indicate the fault.
The heating current monitoring has a teach input and therefore
differs from the load monitoring. This remote teaching function
enables simple adjustment to changing loads without manual in-
tervention.
Application
The device is used for monitoring one or more loads (partial
loads). The function module can only be used in conjunction with
a 3RF21 solid-state relay or a 3RF23 solid-state contactor. The
devices with spring-loaded connections in the load circuit are
not suitable.
Selection and ordering data

1)
Supplied without control connector. The control connector can be
purchased from Phoenix Contact by quoting Order No. 1982 790
(2.5 HC/6-ST-5.08).
Rated operational
current I
e
Rated operational
voltage U
e
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
A V kg
Heating current monitoring
1)

Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
16 110 230 A 3RF29 16-0JA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
16 400 600 A 3RF29 16-0JA16-1KK0 1 1 unit 101 0.175
32 110 230 A 3RF29 32-0JA13-1KK0 1 1 unit 101 0.175
32 400 600 A 3RF29 32-0JA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RF29 Function Modules
Power control regulators
4/28
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Overview
Power control regulators for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state
switching devices
The power control regulator is a function module for the autono-
mous power control of complex heating systems and inductive
loads.
The following functions have been integrated:
Power control regulator for adjusting the power of the con-
nected load. Here, the setpoint value is set with a rotary knob
on the module as a percentage with reference to the 100 %
power stored as a setpoint.
Inrush current limitation: With the aid of an adjustable volt-
age ramp, the inrush current is limited by means of phase con-
trol. This is useful above all with loads such as lamps or infra-
red lamps which have an inrush transient current.
Load circuit monitoring for detecting load failure, partial load
faults, alloyed power semiconductors, lack of voltage or a
break in the load circuit.
Special versions:
Deviations from the standard version
3RF29 04-0KA13-0KC0
During the Teaching process the connected solid-state relay or
contactor is not activated; i.e. no current flow takes place. No
current reference value is stored. No part-load monitoring!
3RF29 04-0KA13-0KT0
No part-load monitoring!
Application
The power control regulator can be used for:
Complex heating systems
Inductive loads
Loads with temperature-dependent resistor
Loads with ageing after long-time service
Simple indirect control of temperature
The power control regulator can be used on the instantaneously
switching 3RF21 and 3RF23 solid-state switching devices (sin-
gle-phase). If only the full-wave control mode is used, the power
control regulator can also be used on the "zero-point switching"
solid-state relays and contactors.
Power control regulator
The power control regulator adjusts the power in the connected
load by means of a solid-state switching device depending on
the setpoint selection. Changes in the mains voltage or in the
load resistance are not compensated in this case. The setpoint
value can be predefined externally as a 0 to 10 V signal or inter-
nally by means of a potentiometer. Depending on the setting of
the potentiometer (t
R
), the control is carried out according to the
principle of full-wave control or generalized phase control.
Full-wave control
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required set-
point value by changing the on-to-off period. The period duration
is predefined at one second.
Generalized phase control
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required set-
point value by changing the current flow angle. In order to ob-
serve the limit values of the conducted interference voltage for
industrial networks, the load circuit must include a reactor with a
rating of at least 200 H.
Selection and ordering data

Rated operational
current I
e
Rated operational
voltage U
e
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
A V kg
Power control regulators
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
4 110 230 A 3RF29 04-0KA13-0KC0 1 1 unit 101 0.175
4 A 3RF29 04-0KA13-0KT0 1 1 unit 101 0.175
20 A 3RF29 20-0KA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 A 3RF29 50-0KA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 A 3RF29 90-0KA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
20 400 600 A 3RF29 20-0KA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 A 3RF29 50-0KA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 A 3RF29 90-0KA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RF29 Function Modules
Power control regulators
4/29
Siemens LV 1 2007
44
Overview
Power controllers for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state switch-
ing devices
The power controller is a function module for the autonomous
power control of complex heating systems.
The following functions have been integrated:
Power control regulator with proportional-action control
for adjusting the power of the connected load. Here, the set-
point value is set with a rotary knob on the module as a per-
centage with reference to the 100 % power stored as a set-
point. Changes in the mains voltage or in the load resistance
are compensated in this case.
Inrush current limitation: With the aid of an adjustable volt-
age ramp, the inrush current is limited by means of phase con-
trol. This is useful above all with loads such as lamps which
have an inrush transient current.
Load circuit monitoring for detecting load failure, alloyed
power semiconductors, lack of voltage or a break in the load
circuit. Part-load monitoring is not possible. Load fluctuations
are compensated.
Application
The power controller can be used for:
Complex heating systems
Heating elements with temperature-dependent resistor
Heating elements with ageing after long-time service
Simple indirect control of temperature
The power controller can be used on the 3RF21 and 3RF23 in-
stantaneous switching solid-state switching devices (single-
phase). If only the full-wave control mode is used, the power
controller can also be used on the zero-point-switching solid-
state relays and contactors.
Power control
The power controller adjusts the power in the connected load by
means of a solid-state switching device depending on the taught
power and the selected setpoint. Changes in the mains voltage
or in the load resistance are thus compensated by the power
controller. The setpoint value can be predefined externally as a
0 to 10 V signal or internally by means of a potentiometer. De-
pending on the setting of the potentiometer (t
R
), the adjustment
is carried out according to the principle of full-wave control or
generalized phase control.
Full-wave control
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required set-
point value by changing the on-to-off period. The period duration
is predefined at one second.
Generalized phase control
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required set-
point by changing the current flow angle. In order to observe the
limit values of the conducted interference voltage for industrial
networks, the load circuit must include a reactor with a rating of
at least 200 H.
Selection and ordering data


Rated operational
current I
e
Rated operational
voltage U
e
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
A V kg
Power controllers
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
20 110 230 A 3RF29 20-0HA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
20 400 600 A 3RF29 20-0HA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 110 230 A 3RF29 50-0HA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 400 600 A 3RF29 50-0HA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 110 230 A 3RF29 90-0HA13 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 400 600 A 3RF29 90-0HA16 1 1 unit 101 0.175
Rated control supply voltage 110 V AC
20 110 230 A 3RF29 20-0HA33 1 1 unit 101 0.175
20 400 600 A 3RF29 20-0HA36 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 110 230 A 3RF29 50-0HA33 1 1 unit 101 0.175
50 400 600 A 3RF29 50-0HA36 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 110 230 A 3RF29 90-0HA33 1 1 unit 101 0.175
90 400 600 A 3RF29 90-0HA36 1 1 unit 101 0.175
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RF29 Function Modules
Notes
4/30
Siemens LV 1 2007
4
Siemens LV 1 2007
5/2 Introduction
3RV Motor Starter Protectors
up to 100 A
5/4 General data
5/5 For motor protection
5/8 For motor protection with
overload relay function
5/9 For starter combinations
5/10 For transformer protection
5/11 For fuse monitoring
5/12 For system protection according to
UL 489 / CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
5/13 For distance protection
Accessories
5/14 Mountable accessories
5/19 Busbar accessories
5/22 Rotary operating mechanisms
5/24 Mounting accessories
5/28 Enclosures and front plates
Overload Relays
5/31 General data
3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays
5/35 3RB20, 3RB21 for standard
applications
5/44 3RB22, 3RB23 for high-feature
applications
5/49 Accessories
3RU1 Thermal Overload Relays
5/51 3RU11 for standard applications
5/55 Accessories
Protection Equipment
Protection Equipment
Introduction
5/2
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview
1)
For symmetrical loading of the three phases.
2)
With molded-plastic enclosure 500 V AC.
3)
For overload protection of the motors,
appropriate overload relays must be used.
4)
According to UL 489: 35 kA at AC 480 Y/277 V.
5)
Only lateral auxiliary switches.
6)
Only for motor starter protectors with Cage Clamp terminals.
Has this function or can use this accessory
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory
Type 3RV10 3RV11 3RV13 3RV14 3RV16 3RV16 3RV17
3RV1 motor starter protectors up to 100 A
Applications
System protection
1)

1)
-- -- -- --
Motor protection -- -- -- -- -- --
Motor protection with
overload relay function
-- -- -- -- -- --
Starter combinations -- -- -- -- -- --
Transformer protection -- -- -- -- -- --
Fuse monitoring -- -- -- -- -- --
Voltage transformer
circuit breakers
for distance protection
-- -- -- -- -- --
Size S00, S0, S2, S3 S0, S2, S3 S0, S2, S3 S0, S2 S00 S00 S3
Rated current I
n
Size S00
Size S0
Size S2
Size S3
A
A
A
A
up to 12
up to 25
up to 50
up to 100
--
up to 25
up to 50
up to 100
--
up to 25
up to 50
up to 100
--
up to 20
up to 40
--
up to
0.2
--
--
--
up to 3
--
--
--
--
--
--
up to 70
Rated operational
voltage U
e
V 690 AC
2)
690 AC
2)
690 AC
2)
690 AC
2)
690 AC
2)
400 AC 690 AC
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 16
2
/
3
... 60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10
CLASS 20
CLASS 10 -- CLASS 10 -- -- --
Thermal
overload release
A
A
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
80 ... 100
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
80 ... 100
none
3)
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
28 ... 40
0.2 1.4 ... 3 10 ... 70
non-adjustable
Electronic trip unit
Multiple of the
ra te d c urre nt
13 times 13 times 13 times 20 times 6 times 4 to 7 times 13 times
Short-circuit breaking
capacity I
cu
at 400 V AC
kA 50/100 50/100 50/100 50/100 100 50
4)
Accessories
for s iz e s S00 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S3 S0 S2 S00 S00 S3
Auxiliary switch
5)
Alarm switch -- -- -- --
Undervoltage trip unit
Shunt trip unit
Isolator module -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Insulated three-phase
busbar system
-- -- -- -- --
Busbar adapter --
Door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms
-- -- --
Remote motorized operating
mechanisms
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Link modules --
Enclosure for surface
mounting
-- -- -- --
Enclosure for flush mounting -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Front plates --
Cage Clamp
infeed system

6)
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Protection Equipment
Introduction
5/3
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
1)
The units are responsible in the main circuit for overload protection of the
assigned electrical loads (e.g. motors), feeder cable and other switching
and protection devices in the respective load feeder.
2)
Size S3 up to 1000 V AC.
3)
Stand-alone installation without accessories is possible.
Has this function or can use this accessory
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory
Type 3RU11 3RB20 3RB21 3RB22/3RB23
Overload relays up to 630 A
Applications
System protection
1)

1)

1)

1)
Motor protection
Alternating current, 3-phase
Alternating current, 1-phase -- --
DC current -- -- --
Size of contactor S00, S0, S2, S3 S00 ... S12 S00 ... S12 S00 ... S12
Rated operational current I
e
Size S00
Size S0
A
A
up to 12
up to 25
up to 12
up to 25
up to 12
up to 25
} up to 25
Size S2
Size S3
A
A
up to 50
up to 100
up to 50
up to 100
up to 50
up to 100
} up to 100
Size S6
Size S10/S12,
Size 14 (3TF6)
A
A
--
--
up to 200
up to 630
up to 200
up to 630
up to 200
up to 630
Rated operational voltage U
e
V 690 / 1000 AC
2)
690 AC 690 AC 690 AC
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10 CLASS 10,
CLASS 20
CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30
adjustable
CLASS 5, 10, 20, 30
adjustable
Thermal
overload release
A
A
0.11 ... 0.16
up to
80 ... 100
-- -- --
Solid-state
overload release
A
A
-- 0.1 ... 0.4
up to
160 ... 630
0.1 ... 0.4
up to
160 ... 630
0.3 ... 3
up to
63 ... 630
Rating for induction motor
at 400 V AC
kW
kW
0.04
to
45
0.04 ... 0.09
up to
90 ... 450
0.04 ... 0.09
up to
90 ... 450
0.09 ... 1.1
up to
37 ... 450
Accessories
for s iz e s S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10/
S12
S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10/
S12
S00 S0 S2 S3 S6 S10/
S12
Terminal brackets for stand-alone
installation

3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3)
Mechanical RESET -- -- -- -- -- --
Cable release for RESET -- -- -- -- -- --
Electrical remote RESET -- -- -- -- -- -- integrated in the unit integrated in the unit
Terminal covers -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Sealable covers
for setting knobs
integrated in the unit
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
General data
5/4
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview

S0 motor starter protectors
3RV1 motor starter protectors are compact, current limiting mo-
tor starter protectors which are optimized for load feeders. The
motor starter protectors are used for switching and protecting
three-phase induction motors of up to 45 kW at 400 V AC and for
other loads with rated currents of up to 100 A.
Type of construction
The motor starter protectors are available in four sizes:
Size S00 - width 45 mm,
max. rated current 12 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 5.5 kW.
Size S0 - width 45 mm,
max. rated current 25 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 11 kW.
Size S2 - width 55 mm,
max. rated current 50 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 22 kW.
Size S3 - width 70 mm,
max. rated current 100 A,
at 400 V AC suitable for induction motors up to 45 kW.
Application
Operating conditions
3RV1 motor starter protectors are suitable for use in any climate.
They are intended for operation in enclosed rooms in which no
severe conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous
gases) prevail. When installed in dusty and damp areas, suitable
enclosures must be provided.
3RV motor starter protectors can optionally be fed from the top
or from below.
The permissible ambient temperatures, the maximum switching
capacities, the tripping currents and other boundary conditions
can be found in the technical specifications and tripping charac-
teristics.
3RV1 motor starter protectors are suitable for operation in IT sys-
tems (IT networks). In this case, the different short-circuit break-
ing capacity in the IT system must be taken into account.
Since operational currents, starting currents and current peaks
are different even for motors with identical power ratings due to
the inrush current, the motor ratings in the selection tables are
only guide values. The specific rated and start-up data of the
motor to be protected is always paramount to the choice of the
most suitable motor starter protector. This also applies to motor
starter protectors for transformer protection.
Possible uses
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors can be used:
For short-circuit protection
For motor protection (also with overload relay function)
For system protection
For short-circuit protection for starter combinations
For transformer protection
As main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
For fuse monitoring
For use in IT systems (IT networks)
For switching of DC currents
As voltage transformer circuit breakers
More information is available under "Configuration".
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The 3RV10 motor starter protectors for motor protection are suit-
able for the overload protection of explosion-proof motors with
"increased safety" type of protection EEx e. These motor starter
protectors meet the requirements of EN 60079-7 (Electrical ap-
paratus for potentially explosive atmospheres
Increased safety "e").
The basic safety and health requirements of ATEX directive
94/9/EC are fulfilled by compliance with
EN 60947-1
EN 60947-4-1
EN 60079-7
EN 60079-14
EU type test certificate for Group II, Category (2) G/D exists.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
5/5
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
CLASS 10, without/with auxiliary switches

1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Weights are specified for versions with auxiliary switch.
3)
Totals are rounded up and down. This may lead to slight differences in the
overall price.
Auxiliary switches can also be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
Rated
current
Suitable
for
induction
motors
1)

with P
Setting range
of thermal
overload
release
Instanta-
neous
electronic
trip unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
2)
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A kW A A kA kg
Size S00

0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 3RV10 11-0AA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.245
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 3RV10 11-0BA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.246
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 3RV10 11-0CA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.246
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 3RV10 11-0DA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.247
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 3RV10 11-0EA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.250
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 3RV10 11-0FA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.247
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 3RV10 11-0GA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.249
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 3RV10 11-0HA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.250
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 3RV10 11-0JA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.249
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 3RV10 11-0KA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.297
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 3RV10 11-1AA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.298
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 3RV10 11-1BA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.297
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 3RV10 11-1CA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.298
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 3RV10 11-1DA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.299
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 3RV10 11-1EA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.296
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 3RV10 11-1FA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.301
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 3RV10 11-1GA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.303
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 50 3RV10 11-1HA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.304
10 4 7 ... 10 130 50 3RV10 11-1JA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.300
12 5.5 9 ... 12 156 50 3RV10 11-1KA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.297
Size S0

0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 3RV10 21-0AA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.300
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 3RV10 21-0BA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.304
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 3RV10 21-0CA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.302
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 3RV10 21-0DA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.303
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 3RV10 21-0EA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.303
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 3RV10 21-0FA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.304
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 3RV10 21-0GA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.305
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 3RV10 21-0HA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.370
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 3RV10 21-0JA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.368
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 3RV10 21-0KA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.369
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 3RV10 21-1AA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.371
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 3RV10 21-1BA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.371
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 3RV10 21-1CA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.372
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 3RV10 21-1DA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.375
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 3RV10 21-1EA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.370
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 3RV10 21-1FA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.376
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 3RV10 21-1GA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.374
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 3RV10 21-1HA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.374
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 3RV10 21-1JA1 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.375
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 3RV10 21-1KA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.374
16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 50 3RV10 21-4AA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.382
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 50 3RV10 21-4BA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.376
22 11 17 ... 22 286 50 3RV10 21-4CA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.378
25 11 20 ... 25 325 50 3RV10 21-4DA1@ 1 1 unit 101 0.382
Order No. supplement for
transverse auxiliary switches
Addi-
tional
price
3)
none } 0
1 NO + 1 NC } 5
I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
5/6
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
CLASS 10, without/with auxiliary switches

1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Weights are specified for versions with auxiliary switch.
3)
Totals are rounded up and down. This may lead to slight differences in the
overall price.
Auxiliary switches can also be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
Rated
current
Suitable
for
induction
motors
1)

with P
Setting range
of thermal
overload
release
Instanta-
neous
electronic
trip unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Cage Clamp terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
2)
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A kW A A kA kg
Size S00

0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 3RV10 11-0AA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.245
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 3RV10 11-0BA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.245
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 3RV10 11-0CA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.246
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 3RV10 11-0DA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.246
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 3RV10 11-0EA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.250
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 3RV10 11-0FA2 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.247
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 3RV10 11-0GA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.252
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 3RV10 11-0HA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.250
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 3RV10 11-0JA2 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.249
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 3RV10 11-0KA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.297
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 3RV10 11-1AA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.298
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 3RV10 11-1BA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.297
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 3RV10 11-1CA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.298
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 3RV10 11-1DA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.300
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 3RV10 11-1EA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.298
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 3RV10 11-1FA2 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.303
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 3RV10 11-1GA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.303
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 50 3RV10 11-1HA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.304
10 4 7 ... 10 130 50 3RV10 11-1JA2 @ 1 1 unit 101 0.300
12 5.5 9 ... 12 156 50 3RV10 11-1KA2@ 1 1 unit 101 0.298
Order No. supplement for
transverse auxiliary switches
Addi-
tional
price
3)
none } 0
1 NO + 1 NC B 5

I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection
5/7
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
Rated
current
Suitable
for
induction
motors
1)

with P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Instanta-
neous
electronic
trip unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A kW A A kA kg
Size S2
16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 50 } 3RV10 31-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 1.046
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 50 } 3RV10 31-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 1.043
25 11 18 ... 25 325 50 } 3RV10 31-4DA10 1 1 unit 101 1.031
32 15 22 ... 32 416 50 } 3RV10 31-4EA10 1 1 unit 101 1.028
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 50 } 3RV10 31-4FA10 1 1 unit 101 1.047
45 22 36 ... 45 585 50 } 3RV10 31-4GA10 1 1 unit 101 1.039
50 22 40 ... 50 650 50 } 3RV10 31-4HA10 1 1 unit 101 1.027
Size S3
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 50 } 3RV10 41-4FA10 1 1 unit 101 2.219
50 22 36 ... 50 650 50 } 3RV10 41-4HA10 1 1 unit 101 2.240
63 30 45 ... 63 819 50 } 3RV10 41-4JA10 1 1 unit 101 2.247
75 37 57 ... 75 975 50 } 3RV10 41-4KA10 1 1 unit 101 2.253
90 45 70 ... 90 1170 50 } 3RV10 41-4LA10 1 1 unit 101 2.280
100 45 80 ... 100 1235 50 } 3RV10 41-4MA10 1 1 unit 101 2.295
Size S3, with increased switching capacity

16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 100 } 3RV10 42-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 2.174
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 100 } 3RV10 42-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 2.185
25 11 18 ... 25 325 100 } 3RV10 42-4DA10 1 1 unit 101 2.211
32 15 22 ... 32 416 100 } 3RV10 42-4EA10 1 1 unit 101 2.222
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 } 3RV10 42-4FA10 1 1 unit 101 2.203
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 } 3RV10 42-4HA10 1 1 unit 101 2.230
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 } 3RV10 42-4JA10 1 1 unit 101 2.255
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 } 3RV10 42-4KA10 1 1 unit 101 2.266
90 45 70 ... 90 1170 100 } 3RV10 42-4LA10 1 1 unit 101 2.268
100 45 80 ... 100 1235 100 } 3RV10 42-4MA10 1 1 unit 101 2.275
Class 20, without auxiliary switches
Size S2

16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 50 A 3RV10 31-4AB10 1 1 unit 101 1.067
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 50 A 3RV10 31-4BB10 1 1 unit 101 1.071
25 11 18 ... 25 325 50 A 3RV10 31-4DB10 1 1 unit 101 1.054
32 15 22 ... 32 416 50 A 3RV10 31-4EB10 1 1 unit 101 1.067
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 50 A 3RV10 31-4FB10 1 1 unit 101 1.076
45 22 36 ... 45 585 50 A 3RV10 31-4GB10 1 1 unit 101 1.073
50 22 40 ... 50 650 50 A 3RV10 31-4HB10 1 1 unit 101 1.071
Size S3, with increased switching capacity

40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 A 3RV10 42-4FB10 1 1 unit 101 2.222
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 A 3RV10 42-4HB10 1 1 unit 101 2.265
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 A 3RV10 42-4JB10 1 1 unit 101 2.278
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 A 3RV10 42-4KB10 1 1 unit 101 2.268
90 45 70 ... 90 1170 100 A 3RV10 42-4LB10 1 1 unit 101 2.313
100 45 80 ... 100 1235 100 A 3RV10 42-4MB10 1 1 unit 101 2.322
I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For motor protection with overload relay function
5/8
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET),
without auxiliary switches
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Accessories for mounting on the right (for series S0 to S3) and 3RV19 15
three-phase busbars (for size S0) cannot be used.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
Rated
current
Suitable
for
induction
motors
1)

with P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
Instanta-
neous
electronic
trip unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A kW A A kA kg
Size S0
2)

0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 A 3RV11 21-0AA10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 A 3RV11 21-0BA10 1 1 unit 101 0.358
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 A 3RV11 21-0CA10 1 1 unit 101 0.352
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 A 3RV11 21-0DA10 1 1 unit 101 0.352
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 A 3RV11 21-0EA10 1 1 unit 101 0.355
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 A 3RV11 21-0FA10 1 1 unit 101 0.356
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 A 3RV11 21-0GA10 1 1 unit 101 0.358
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 A 3RV11 21-0HA10 1 1 unit 101 0.421
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 A 3RV11 21-0JA10 1 1 unit 101 0.416
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 A 3RV11 21-0KA10 1 1 unit 101 0.426
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 A 3RV11 21-1AA10 1 1 unit 101 0.422
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 A 3RV11 21-1BA10 1 1 unit 101 0.427
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 A 3RV11 21-1CA10 1 1 unit 101 0.422
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 A 3RV11 21-1DA10 1 1 unit 101 0.428
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 A 3RV11 21-1EA10 1 1 unit 101 0.420
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 A 3RV11 21-1FA10 1 1 unit 101 0.429
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 A 3RV11 21-1GA10 1 1 unit 101 0.426
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 A 3RV11 21-1HA10 1 1 unit 101 0.425
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 A 3RV11 21-1JA10 1 1 unit 101 0.428
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 A 3RV11 21-1KA10 1 1 unit 101 0.426
16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 50 A 3RV11 21-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 0.436
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 50 A 3RV11 21-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 0.430
22 11 17 ... 22 286 50 A 3RV11 21-4CA10 1 1 unit 101 0.427
25 11 20 ... 25 325 50 A 3RV11 21-4DA10 1 1 unit 101 0.432
Size S2
2)

16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 50 A 3RV11 31-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 1.123
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 50 A 3RV11 31-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 1.109
25 11 18 ... 25 325 50 A 3RV11 31-4DA10 1 1 unit 101 1.114
32 15 22 ... 32 416 50 A 3RV11 31-4EA10 1 1 unit 101 1.111
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 50 A 3RV11 31-4FA10 1 1 unit 101 1.123
45 22 36 ... 45 585 50 A 3RV11 31-4GA10 1 1 unit 101 1.101
50 22 40 ... 50 650 50 A 3RV11 31-4HA10 1 1 unit 101 1.106
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
2)

16 7.5 11 ... 16 208 100 A 3RV11 42-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 2.247
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 100 A 3RV11 42-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 2.255
25 11 18 ... 25 325 100 A 3RV11 42-4DA10 1 1 unit 101 2.284
32 15 22 ... 32 416 100 A 3RV11 42-4EA10 1 1 unit 101 2.295
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 A 3RV11 42-4FA10 1 1 unit 101 2.288
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 A 3RV11 42-4HA10 1 1 unit 101 2.320
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 A 3RV11 42-4JA10 1 1 unit 101 2.333
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 A 3RV11 42-4KA10
1
1 unit 101 2.368
90 45 70 ... 90 1170 100 A 3RV11 42-4LA10 1 1 unit 101 2.353
100 45 80 ... 100 1235 100 A 3RV11 42-4MA10 1 1 unit 101 2.346
I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For starter combinations
5/9
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
Without auxiliary switches

1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
used.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
Rated
current
Suitable
for
induction
motors
1)

with P
Setting range
for thermal
overload
release
2)
Instanta-
neous
electronic
trip unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A kW A A kA kg
Size S0

0.16 0.04 none 2.1 100 A 3RV13 21-0AC10 1 1 unit 101 0.282
0.2 0.06 none 2.6 100 A 3RV13 21-0BC10 1 1 unit 101 0.284
0.25 0.06 none 3.3 100 A 3RV13 21-0CC10 1 1 unit 101 0.285
0.32 0.09 none 4.2 100 A 3RV13 21-0DC10 1 1 unit 101 0.282
0.4 0.09 none 5.2 100 A 3RV13 21-0EC10 1 1 unit 101 0.286
0.5 0.12 none 6.5 100 A 3RV13 21-0FC10 1 1 unit 101 0.283
0.63 0.18 none 8.2 100 A 3RV13 21-0GC10 1 1 unit 101 0.348
0.8 0.18 none 10 100 A 3RV13 21-0HC10 1 1 unit 101 0.283
1 0.25 none 13 100 A 3RV13 21-0JC10 1 1 unit 101 0.345
1.25 0.37 none 16 100 A 3RV13 21-0KC10 1 1 unit 101 0.351
1.6 0.55 none 21 100 A 3RV13 21-1AC10 1 1 unit 101 0.352
2 0.75 none 26 100 A 3RV13 21-1BC10 1 1 unit 101 0.352
2.5 0.75 none 33 100 A 3RV13 21-1CC10 1 1 unit 101 0.352
3.2 1.1 none 42 100 A 3RV13 21-1DC10 1 1 unit 101 0.353
4 1.5 none 52 100 A 3RV13 21-1EC10 1 1 unit 101 0.349
5 1.5 none 65 100 A 3RV13 21-1FC10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
6.3 2.2 none 82 100 A 3RV13 21-1GC10 1 1 unit 101 0.355
8 3 none 104 100 A 3RV13 21-1HC10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
10 4 none 130 100 A 3RV13 21-1JC10 1 1 unit 101 0.357
12.5 5.5 none 163 100 A 3RV13 21-1KC10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
16 7.5 none 208 50 A 3RV13 21-4AC10 1 1 unit 101 0.362
20 7.5 none 260 50 A 3RV13 21-4BC10 1 1 unit 101 0.357
22 11 none 286 50 A 3RV13 21-4CC10 1 1 unit 101 0.358
25 11 none 325 50 A 3RV13 21-4DC10 1 1 unit 101 0.359
Size S2
16 7.5 none 208 50 A 3RV13 31-4AC10 1 1 unit 101 1.038
20 7.5 none 260 50 A 3RV13 31-4BC10 1 1 unit 101 1.037
25 11 none 325 50 A 3RV13 31-4DC10 1 1 unit 101 1.014
32 15 none 416 50 A 3RV13 31-4EC10 1 1 unit 101 1.018
40 18.5 none 520 50 A 3RV13 31-4FC10 1 1 unit 101 1.033
45 22 none 585 50 A 3RV13 31-4GC10 1 1 unit 101 1.040
50 22 none 650 50 A 3RV13 31-4HC10 1 1 unit 101 1.019
Size S3

40 18.5 none 520 50 A 3RV13 41-4FC10 1 1 unit 101 2.197
50 22 none 650 50 A 3RV13 41-4HC10 1 1 unit 101 2.227
63 30 none 819 50 A 3RV13 41-4JC10 1 1 unit 101 2.244
75 37 none 975 50 A 3RV13 41-4KC10 1 1 unit 101 2.247
90 45 none 1170 50 A 3RV13 41-4LC10 1 1 unit 101 2.269
100 45 none 1235 50 A 3RV13 41-4MC10 1 1 unit 101 2.292
Size S3, with increased switching capacity

16 7.5 none 208 100 A 3RV13 42-4AC10 1 1 unit 101 2.175
20 7.5 none 260 100 A 3RV13 42-4BC10 1 1 unit 101 2.188
25 11 none 325 100 A 3RV13 42-4DC10 1 1 unit 101 2.219
32 15 none 416 100 A 3RV13 42-4EC10 1 1 unit 101 2.208
40 18.5 none 520 100 A 3RV13 42-4FC10 1 1 unit 101 2.218
50 22 none 650 100 A 3RV13 42-4HC10 1 1 unit 101 2.218
63 30 none 819 100 A 3RV13 42-4JC10 1 1 unit 101 2.248
75 37 none 975 100 A 3RV13 42-4KC10 1 1 unit 101 2.278
90 45 none 1170 100 A 3RV13 42-4LC10 1 1 unit 101 2.266
100 45 none 1235 100 A 3RV13 42-4MC10 1 1 unit 101 2.293
I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For transformer protection
5/10
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
Class 10, without auxiliary switches
Motor starter protectors for the protection of transformers
with high inrush current.
Auxiliary switches can be ordered separately
(see "Mountable Accessories").
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
Rated cur-
rent
Setting range
for thermal over-
load release
Instanta-
neous elec-
tronic trip
unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A A A kA kg
Size S0

0.16 0.11 ... 0.16 3.3 100 } 3RV14 21-0AA10 1 1 unit 101 0.286
0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 4.2 100 } 3RV14 21-0BA10 1 1 unit 101 0.287
0.25 0.18 ... 0.25 5.2 100 } 3RV14 21-0CA10 1 1 unit 101 0.286
0.32 0.22 ... 0.32 6.5 100 } 3RV14 21-0DA10 1 1 unit 101 0.288
0.4 0.28 ... 0.4 8.2 100 } 3RV14 21-0EA10 1 1 unit 101 0.287
0.5 0.35 ... 0.5 10 100 } 3RV14 21-0FA10 1 1 unit 101 0.286
0.63 0.45 ... 0.63 13 100 } 3RV14 21-0GA10 1 1 unit 101 0.290
0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 16 100 } 3RV14 21-0HA10 1 1 unit 101 0.290
1 0.7 ... 1 21 100 } 3RV14 21-0JA10 1 1 unit 101 0.353
1.25 0.9 ... 1.25 26 100 } 3RV14 21-0KA10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
1.6 1.1 ... 1.6 33 100 } 3RV14 21-1AA10 1 1 unit 101 0.353
2 1.4 ... 2 42 100 } 3RV14 21-1BA10 1 1 unit 101 0.358
2.5 1.8 ... 2.5 52 100 } 3RV14 21-1CA10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
3.2 2.2 ... 3.2 65 100 } 3RV14 21-1DA10 1 1 unit 101 0.358
4 2.8 ... 4 82 100 } 3RV14 21-1EA10 1 1 unit 101 0.354
5 3.5 ... 5 104 100 } 3RV14 21-1FA10 1 1 unit 101 0.357
6.3 4.5 ... 6.3 130 100 } 3RV14 21-1GA10 1 1 unit 101 0.356
8 5.5 ... 8 163 100 } 3RV14 21-1HA10 1 1 unit 101 0.358
10 7 ... 10 208 100 } 3RV14 21-1JA10 1 1 unit 101 0.362
12.5 9 ... 12.5 260 100 } 3RV14 21-1KA10 1 1 unit 101 0.360
16 11 ... 16 286 50 } 3RV14 21-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 0.365
20 14 ... 20 325 50 } 3RV14 21-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 0.365
Size S2
16 11 ... 16 325 50 } 3RV14 31-4AA10 1 1 unit 101 1.029
20 14 ... 20 416 50 } 3RV14 31-4BA10 1 1 unit 101 1.034
25 18 ... 25 520 50 } 3RV14 31-4DA10 1 1 unit 101 1.038
32 22 ... 32 660 50 } 3RV14 31-4EA10 1 1 unit 101 1.029
40 28 ... 40 836 50 } 3RV14 31-4FA10 1 1 unit 101 1.039
I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For fuse monitoring
5/11
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
Without auxiliary switches

For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging,
see Appendix -> "Ordering Notes".
The auxiliary switch required for signaling can be ordered
separately.

For further auxiliary switches, see "Mountable Accessories".
Rated current Thermal over-
load release
Instanta-
neous elec-
tronic trip unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n
I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A A A kA kg
Size S00

0.2 0.2 1.2 100 } 3RV16 11-0BD10 1 1 unit 101 0.289
I v
Type Version DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Mountable auxiliary switches

3RV19 01-1E
Transverse auxiliary switches
with screw terminals
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1E 1 1 unit 101 0.018

3RV19 01-1A
Lateral auxiliary switches
with screw terminals
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.045
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For system protection according to UL 489 / CSA
C22.2 No. 5-02
5/12
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
Class 10, without auxiliary switches
Motor starter protectors for system protection
according to UL/CSA.
Rated
current
Setting
range for
thermal
overload
release
(non-adjust-
able)
Instantaneous
electronic trip
unit
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity at
AC 480 Y/277 V
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n
I
bc
Order No. Price
per PU
A A A kA kg
Size S3
10 10 150 35 B 3RV17 42-5AD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
15 15 225 35 B 3RV17 42-5BD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
20 20 260 35 B 3RV17 42-5CD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
25 25 325 35 B 3RV17 42-5DD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
30 30 390 35 B 3RV17 42-5ED10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
35 35 455 35 B 3RV17 42-5FD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
40 40 520 35 B 3RV17 42-5GD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
45 45 585 35 B 3RV17 42-5HD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
50 50 650 35 B 3RV17 42-5JD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
60 60 780 35 B 3RV17 42-5LD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
70 70 910 35 B 3RV17 42-5PD10 1 1 unit 101 2.200
I v
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
For distance protection
5/13
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
Voltage transformer circuit breakers with auxiliary switches

For further auxiliary switches, see "Mountable Accessories".
More information
Conversion of voltage transformer circuit breakers 3VU13 to 3RV1
The 3VU13 voltage transformer circuit breakers previously avail-
able have been discontinued. The 3RV1 voltage transformer mo-
tor starter protectors are offered as replacement types.

Rated
current
Thermal
overload
release
Instanta-
neous elec-
tronic trip unit
Auxiliary
switch
inte-
grated in
the circuit
breaker,
transverse
Short-circuit
breaking
capacity
at 400 V AC
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
I
n


I
cu
Order No. Price
per PU
A A A kA kg
Size S00

1,4 1,4 6 1 CO 50 B 3RV16 11-1AG14 1 1 unit 101 0.314
2,5 2,5 10,5 1 CO 50 } 3RV16 11-1CG14 1 1 unit 101 0.318
3 3 20 1 CO 50 } 3RV16 11-1DG14 1 1 unit 101 0.315
I v
Type Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Laterally mountable auxiliary switches
for other signaling purposes

3RV19 01-1A
lateral auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.045
Previous type Replacement type
3VU13 11-6HR00 3RV16 11-1CG14
3VU13 21-6HR00 3RV16 11-1CG14 + 3RV19 01-1A
3VU13 11-6JR00 3RV16 11-1DG14
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
5/14
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview
Mounting location and function
The 3RV1 motor starter protectors have three main contact ele-
ments. In order to achieve maximum flexibility, auxiliary
switches, alarm switches, auxiliary trip units and isolator mod-
ules can be supplied separately.
These components can be fitted as required on the motor starter
protectors without using tools.
Front side
Notes:
A maximum of 4 auxiliary con-
tacts with auxiliary switches can
be attached to each motor start-
er protector.
Transverse auxiliary switches
must not be used for the 3RV17
motor starter protectors.
Transverse auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC
or
2 NO
or 1 changeover contact
An auxiliary switch block can be inserted transversely on the front. The overall width of
the motor starter protectors remains unchanged.
Left-hand side Lateral auxiliary switches
(2 contacts)
1 NO + 1 NC
or
2 NO
or
2 NC
One of the three auxiliary switches can be mounted laterally for each motor starter pro-
tector. The contacts of the auxiliary switch close and open together with the main con-
tacts of the motor starter protector.
The overall width of the lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts is 9 mm.
Lateral auxiliary switches
(4 contacts)
2 NO + 2 NC
One auxiliary switch can be mounted laterally for each motor starter protector. The con-
tacts of the auxiliary switch close and open together with the main contacts of the motor
starter protector.
The overall width of the lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts is 18 mm.
Notes:
Auxiliary switches (2 contacts)
and alarm switches can be
mounted separately or together.
A maximum of 4 auxiliary con-
tacts with auxiliary switches can
be attached to each motor start-
er protector.
Alarm switches for sizes S0, S2,
and S3
Tripping 1 NO + 1 NC
Short-circuit 1 NO + 1 NC
One alarm switch can be mounted at the side of each motor starter protector with a
rotary operating mechanism.
The alarm switch has two contact systems.
One contact system always signals tripping irrespective of whether this was caused by
a short-circuit, an overload or an auxiliary trip unit. The other contact system only
switches in the event of a short-circuit. There is no signaling as a result of switching off
with the handle.
In order to be able to switch on the motor starter protector again after a short-circuit, the
alarm switch must be reset manually after the error cause has been eliminated.
The overall width of the alarm switch is 18 mm.
Right-hand side Shunt trip unit For remote-controlled tripping of the motor starter protector. The release coil should
only be energized for short periods (see schematics).
or
Undervoltage trip unit Trips the motor starter protector when the voltage is interrupted and prevents the motor
from being restarted accidentally when the voltage is restored. Used for remote-con-
trolled tripping of the motor starter protector.
Particularly suitable for EMERGENCY-STOP disconnection by way of the corresponding
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton according to DIN VDE 0113.
or
Notes:
One auxiliary trip unit can be
mounted per motor starter pro-
tector.
Accessories cannot be mounted
at the right-hand side of the
3RV11 motor starter protectors
with overload relay function.
Undervoltage trip unit with
leading auxiliary contacts
(2 NO)
Function and use as for the undervoltage trip unit without leading auxiliary contacts, but
with the following additional function: the auxiliary contacts will open in switch position
OFF to deenergize the coil of the undervoltage trip unit, thus interrupting energy con-
sumption. In the "tripped" position of the breaker, these auxiliary contacts are not guar-
anteed to open. The leading contacts permit the motor starter protector to reclose.
The overall width of the auxiliary trip unit is 18 mm.
Top
Note:
The isolator module covers the
terminal screws of the trans-
verse auxiliary switch. If the iso-
lator module is used, we
therefore recommend that
either the lateral auxiliary
switches be fitted or that the
isolator module not be mounted
until the auxiliary switch has
been wired.
Isolator modules for
starter protectors
Size S0 and S2
Isolator modules can be mounted to the upper terminal end of motor starter protectors
of sizes S0 and S2.
The supply cable is connected to the motor starter protector through the isolator
module.
The plug can only be unplugged when the motor starter protector is open and isolates
all 3 poles of the motor starter protector from the network. The shock-protected isolation
point is clearly visible and secured with a padlock to prevent reinsertion of the plug.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
5/15
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
4
2
6
8
1
2
7
6.2
3
5
4
6.1
2
3
4
5
1
Circuit-breakers, sizes S0, S2 or S3, with mountable accessories
Transverse auxiliary switch
Lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts
Lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts
Shunt release
Undervoltage release
Mountable accessories for all sizes S00 ... S3 Mountable accessories
Undervoltage release with
leading auxiliary contacts
for sizes
1
2
3
4
5
Alarm switch
Isolator module
Mountable accessories
7
8
for sizes
S0 ... S3
S0 and S2
S00 circuit-breakers with mountable accessories
S0 ... S3
S00
Undervoltage release with
leading auxiliary contacts
6.1
6.2
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
5/16
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data

1)
Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lat-
eral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with 2 NO + 2 NC is used
without a transverse auxiliary switch.
2)
Compatible with the following motor starter protectors:
3RV1. 1 (size S00) as of product version E01
3RV1. 2 (size S0) as of product version E04
3RV1. 3 (size S2) as of product version E04
3RV1. 4 (size S3) as of product version E04
Type Version For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Auxiliary switches
1)

3RV19 01-1E
Transverse auxiliary
switches with screw
terminals
1 CO S00, S0, S2,
S3
} 3RV19 01-1D 1 1 unit 101 0.015
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-1E 1 1 unit 101 0.018
2 NO
2)
} 3RV19 01-1F 1 1 unit 101 0.018
3RV19 01-1G
Solid-state transverse
auxiliary switches
with screw terminals
for operation in dusty
atmosphere and in
solid-state circuits with
low operating currents
1 CO S00, S0, S2,
S3
A 3RV19 01-1G 1 1 unit 101 0.016
3RV19 01-0H
Covering caps for trans-
verse auxiliary switches
S00, S0, S2,
S3
} 3RV19 01-0H 1 10 units 101 0.006
3RV19 01-1A

3RV19 01-1J
Lateral auxiliary switches
with screw terminals
1 NO + 1 NC S00, S0, S2,
S3
} 3RV19 01-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.045
2 NO } 3RV19 01-1B 1 1 unit 101 0.045
2 NC } 3RV19 01-1C 1 1 unit 101 0.045
2 NO + 2 NC A 3RV19 01-1J 1 1 unit 101 0.083
Type Version DT Cage Clamp terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Transverse auxiliary switches
1 transverse auxiliary switch with Cage
Clamp terminal can be mounted on each
motor starter protector
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-2E 1 1 unit 101 0.017
2 NO } 3RV19 01-2F 1 1 unit 101 0.018
Laterally mountable auxiliary switches
1 lateral auxiliary switch with Cage Clamp
terminal can be mounted on the left on
each motor starter protector
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV19 01-2A 1 1 unit 101 0.040
2 NO } 3RV19 01-2B 1 1 unit 101 0.040
2 NC } 3RV19 01-2C 1 1 unit 101 0.040
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
5/17
Siemens LV 1 2007
5

1)
One alarm switch can be mounted to the left of each motor starter
protector.
Type Version For
motor starter
protectors
Size
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Alarm switches
1)
3RV19 21-1M
Alarm
switches
Separate tripped and
short-circuit alarms,
each 1 NO + 1 NC.
S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 21-1M 1 1 unit 101 0.094
Isolator modules
3RV19 38-1A
with padlock
Isolator
modules
Visible isolating distance
for isolating individual
motor starter protectors
from the network, lock-
able in disconnected
position.
S0 } 3RV19 28-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.157
S2 } 3RV19 38-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.324
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mountable accessories
5/18
Siemens LV 1 2007
5

1)
The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period. The response
voltage is at 0.9 the lower limit of the voltage range.
2)
The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50 Hz/60 Hz and DC.
The response voltage is at 0.85 the lower limit of the voltage range.
3)
One auxiliary trip unit can be mounted to the right of each motor starter
protector.
Rated control supply voltage U
s
For
motor starter
protectors
Size
DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
AC AC AC AC/DC DC
50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz
100 %
ON period
1)
50/60 Hz,
DC
5 s
ON period
2)
Order No. Price
per PU
V V V V V kg
Auxiliary trip units
3)


3RV19 02-1DP0
Undervoltage trip units
-- -- -- -- 24 S00, S0, S2,
S3
A 3RV19 02-1AB4 1 1 unit 101 0.138
24 - -- -- -- A 3RV19 02-1AB0 1 1 unit 101 0.134
110 120 -- -- -- A 3RV19 02-1AF0 1 1 unit 101 0.134
-- 208 -- -- -- A 3RV19 02-1AM1 1 1 unit 101 0.128
230 240 -- -- -- } 3RV19 02-1AP0 1 1 unit 101 0.131
400 440 -- -- -- } 3RV19 02-1AV0 1 1 unit 101 0.127
415 480 -- -- -- A 3RV19 02-1AV1 1 1 unit 101 0.129
500 575 -- -- -- A 3RV19 02-1AS0 1 1 unit 101 0.127

3RV19 12-1CP0
Undervoltage trip units with leading auxiliary contacts
2 NO
230 240 -- -- -- S00 A 3RV19 12-1CP0 1 1 unit 101 0.140
400 - -- -- -- A 3RV19 12-1CV0 1 1 unit 101 0.137
415 480 -- -- -- A 3RV19 12-1CV1 1 1 unit 101 0.139
230 240 -- -- -- S0, S2, S3 A 3RV19 22-1CP0 1 1 unit 101 0.139
400 - -- -- -- A 3RV19 22-1CV0 1 1 unit 101 0.136
415 480 -- -- -- A 3RV19 22-1CV1 1 1 unit 101 0.138
Shunt trip units
-- -- 20 ... 24 20 ... 70 -- S00, S0, S2,
S3
} 3RV19 02-1DB0 1 1 unit 101 0.133
-- -- 90 ... 110 70 ... 190 -- A 3RV19 02-1DF0 1 1 unit 101 0.135
-- -- 210 ... 240 190 ... 330 -- } 3RV19 02-1DP0 1 1 unit 101 0.130
-- -- 350 ... 415 330 ... 500 -- A 3RV19 02-1DV0 1 1 unit 101 0.129
-- -- 500 500 -- A 3RV19 02-1DS0 1 1 unit 101 0.126
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Busbar accessories
5/19
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview
Insulated three-phase busbar systems
Three-phase busbar systems provide an easy, time-saving and
clearly arranged means of feeding 3RV1 motor starter protectors
with screw terminals. Different versions are available for sizes
S00, S0 and S2 and can be used for the various different types
of motor starter protectors. The only exceptions are the
3RV19 15 three-phase busbar systems, which are not suitable
for the 3RV11 motor starter protectors with overload relay func-
tion.
The busbars are suitable for between 2 and 5 motor starter pro-
tectors. However, any kind of extension is possible by clamping
the tags of an additional busbar (rotated by 180) underneath
the terminals of the respective last motor starter protector.
A combination of motor starter protectors of different sizes is
possible only with sizes S00 and S0. Connectors are available
for this purpose. The motor starter protectors are supplied by
appropriate feeder terminals.

3-phase busbar system, size S00

3-phase busbar system, size S2

3-phase busbar system, with example for combining sizes S00 and S0
The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe. They are de-
signed for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the output
side of connected motor starter protectors.
The three-phase busbar systems can also be used to construct
"Type E Starters" of size S0 or S2 according to UL/CSA. Special
feeder terminals must be used for this purpose, however (see
Selection and Ordering Data).
Busbar adapters for 40 mm and 60 mm systems
The motor starter protectors are mounted directly with the aid of
busbar adapters on busbar systems with 40 mm and 60 mm
center-to-center clearance in order to save space and to reduce
infeed times and costs.
Busbar adapters for busbar systems with 40 mm center-to-cen-
ter clearance are suitable for copper busbars with a width of
12 mm to 15 mm, while those with 60 mm center-to-center clear-
ance are suitable for copper busbars with a width of 12 mm to
30 mm. The busbars can be 4 to 5 mm or 10 mm thick.
The motor starter protectors are snapped onto the adapter and
connected on the line side. This prepared unit is then plugged
directly onto the busbar system, and is thus connected both me-
chanically and electrically at the same time.
Further busbar adapters for snap-fitting direct-on-line starters
and reversing starters as well as additional accessories such as
line terminals and outgoing terminals, busbar copper, etc., can
be found under "Distribution/Busbar Systems and Controlgear".

SIRIUS motor starter protectors and load feeders with busbar adapters
snapped onto busbars

SIRIUS 3RV19 infeed system with three 3RV10 11 motor starter protec-
tors, two 3RV10 21 motor starter protectors, three 3RT10 16
contactors and two 3RT10 24 contactors
The 3RV19 infeed system can be found under "Load Feeders,
Motor Starters and Soft Starters" --> "3RA Fuseless Load
Feeders".
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
0
7
3
c
3RV19 15-6AB
3RV19 15-5B
3RV19 15-5A
3RV19 15-1CB
rotated
through
180
3RV19 35-5A
3RV19 35-6A
3RV19 35-1A
N
S
B
0
1
0
7
4
a
3RV19 35-1C
3RV19 15-6AB
3RV19 25-5AB
3RV19 15-1CB
3RV19 15-5DB
N
S
B
0
1
0
7
5
a
3RV19 15-1AB
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Busbar accessories
5/20
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
1)
Not suitable for 3RV11 motor starter protectors with overload relay function.
Common clamping of S00 and S0 motor starter protectors is not possible,
due to the different modular spacings and terminal heights.
The 3RV19 15-DB connector is available for connecting busbars from size
S0 to size S00.
2)
Auxiliary trip units and lateral auxiliary switches cannot be used in combi-
nation.


1)
This terminal is connected in place of a switch, please take the space
requirement into account.
Modular
spacing
Number of motor starter
protectors that can be
connected
Rated
current
I
n
at
690 V
For
motor
starter
protec-
tors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
without
lateral
acces-
sories
incl.
lateral
auxil-
iary
switch
with
auxil-
iary trip
unit
mm A kg
3-phase busbar systems

3RV19 15-1AB
3RV19 15-1BB
3RV19 15-1CB
3RV19 15-1DB
for feeding several motor starter protectors with screw
terminals, mounted side-by-side on standard mount-
ing rails, insulated, with touch protection
45 2 -- -- 63 S00,
S0
1)
} 3RV19 15-1AB 1 1 unit 101 0.044
3 } 3RV19 15-1BB 1 1 unit 101 0.071
4 } 3RV19 15-1CB 1 1 unit 101 0.099
5 } 3RV19 15-1DB 1 1 unit 101 0.124
55 -- 2 -- 63 S00,
S0
1)
} 3RV19 15-2AB 1 1 unit 101 0.048
3 } 3RV19 15-2BB 1 1 unit 101 0.079
4 } 3RV19 15-2CB 1 1 unit 101 0.111
5 } 3RV19 15-2DB 1 1 unit 101 0.140
63 -- -- 2 63 S00,
S0
1)
} 3RV19 15-3AB 1 1 unit 101 0.052
4 } 3RV19 15-3CB 1 1 unit 101 0.120
55 2 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV19 35-1A 1 1 unit 101 0.140
3 } 3RV19 35-1B 1 1 unit 101 0.214
4 } 3RV19 35-1C 1 1 unit 101 0.295
75 -- 2 2 108 S2
2)
A 3RV19 35-3A 1 1 unit 101 0.161
3 3 A 3RV19 35-3B 1 1 unit 101 0.262
4 4 A 3RV19 35-3C 1 1 unit 101 0.369
Version Modular
spacing
For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
mm kg
Connectors for 3-phase busbars
3RV19 15-5DB
for connecting three-
phase busbars for motor
starter protectors of size
S0 (left) to size S00 (right)
45 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-5DB 1 1 unit 101 0.042
Conductor cross-section For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Solid or
stranded
Finely
stranded
with end
sleeve
AWG con-
ductors,
solid or
stranded
mm mm AWG kg
3-phase feeder terminals

3RV19 25-5AB

3RV19 15-5B
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 4 ... 16 12-4 S00 } 3RV19 15-5A 1 1 unit 101 0.043
S0 } 3RV19 25-5AB 1 1 unit 101 0.041
Connection from below
1)

2.5 ... 25 4 ... 16 12-4 S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-5B 1 1 unit 101 0.110
Connection from top
2.5 ... 50 1.5 ... 35 14-0 S2 } 3RV19 35-5A 1 1 unit 101 0.115
3-phase feeder terminals for constructing "Type E Starters"
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 4 ... 16 10-4 S0 C 3RV19 25-5EB 1 1 unit 101 0.055
10 ... 50 -- 8-0 S2 A 3RV19 35-5E 1 1 unit 101 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Busbar accessories
5/21
Siemens LV 1 2007
5

Busbar adapters

1)
Up to 460 V AC with max. short-circuit breaking capacity 25 kA.
2)
Cannot be used for voltages < 480 V AC
Short-circuit breaking capacity 480/500/525 V AC:
- up to I
n
= 25 A: max. 30 kA
- up to I
n
= 90 A: max. 16 kA
- up to I
n
= 100 A: max. 6 kA;
Short-circuit breaking capacity 690 V AC:
- max. 12 kA.
For more busbar adapters, see "SIVACON Switchgear,
Distribution Systems and Cabinets " -->
"Components for Distribution Systems 8US, 8UC, 4NC".
Version For
motor starter
protectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Covers for connection tags

3RV19 15-6AB
Touch protection for empty
positions
S00, S0 } 3RV19 15-6AB 1 10 units 101 0.003
S2 } 3RV19 35-6A 1 5 units 101 0.006
8US10 61-5DJ07
8US12 51-5MD07
For motor starter
protectors
Size
Rated
current
Connect-
ing cable
Adapter
length
Adapter
width
Rated
voltage
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
A AWG mm mm V kg
Busbar adapters for 40 mm systems
for copper busbars according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 15 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
S00, S0 25 12 121 45 690 } 8US10 51-5DJ07 1 1 unit 103 0.106
S00, S0 + lateral
auxiliary switch
25 12 121 55 690 } 8US10 61-5DJ07 1 1 unit 103 0.119
S2 56 8 139 55 690 } 8US10 61-5FK08 1 1 unit 103 0.231
S3 100 4 182 70 400
1)
} 8US11 11-4SM00 1 1 unit 103 0.541
S3 100 4 182 72 480 ... 690
2)
} 8US10 11-4TM00 1 1 unit 103 0.478
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
for copper busbars according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 30 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
also for T and double-T special profiles
S00, S0 25 12 182 45 690 } 8US12 51-5DM07 1 1 unit 103 0.183
S2 56 8 55 690 } 8US12 61-5FM08 1 1 unit 103 0.263
S3 100 4 70 400
1)
} 8US11 11-4SM00 1 1 unit 103 0.541
S3 100 4 72 480 ... 690
2)
A 8US12 11-4TM00 1 1 unit 103 0.498
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms
5/22
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Motor starter protectors with a rotary operating mechanism can
be mounted in a control cabinet and operated externally by
means of a door-coupling rotary operating mechanism. When
the cabinet door with motor starter protector is closed, the oper-
ating mechanism is coupled. When the motor starter protector
closes, the coupling is locked which prevents the door from be-
ing opened unintentionally. This interlock can be defeated by the
maintenance personnel. In the Open position, the rotary operat-
ing mechanism can be secured against reclosing with up to 3
padlocks. Inadvertent opening of the door is not possible in this
case either.
3RV19 26-0K door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

3RV19 26-2B door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for arduous
conditions
Remote motorized operating mechanisms
3RV1 motor starter protectors are manually operated controls.
They automatically trip in case of an overload or short-circuit. In-
tentional remote-controlled tripping is possible by means of a
shunt trip unit or an undervoltage trip unit. Reclosing is only pos-
sible directly at the motor starter protector.
The remote motorized operating mechanism allows the motor
starter protectors to be opened and closed by electrical com-
mands. This enables a load or an installation to be isolated from
the network or reconnected to it from an operator panel.
If the motor starter protector is tripped as a result of overload or
short-circuit, it will be in tripped position. For reclosing, the re-
mote motorized operating mechanism must first be set manually
or electrically to the 0 position (electrically by means of the Open
command). Then it can be reclosed.
The remote motorized operating mechanism is available for mo-
tor starter protectors of size S2 (I
n max
= 50 A) and S3
(I
n max
= 100 A) that are designed for control voltages of
230 V AC and 24 V DC. The motor starter protector is fitted into
the remote motorized operating mechanism as shown in the
drawing.
In the "MANUAL" position, the motor starter protector in the re-
mote motorized operating mechanism can continue to be
switched manually on site. In the "AUTOMATIC" position, the mo-
tor starter protector is switched by means of electrical com-
mands. The switching command must be applied for a minimum
of 100 ms. The remote motorized operating mechanism closes
the motor starter protector after a maximum of 1 second. On volt-
age failure during the switching operation it is ensured that the
motor starter protector remains in the OPEN or CLOSED posi-
tion.
RESET function
The RESET button on the motorized operating mechanism
serves to reset any 3RV19 21-1M alarm switch that might be
installed.
3RV19 .6-3A.. remote motorized operating mechanism
N
S
B
0
1
0
7
8
N
S
B
0
1
0
7
9
N
S
B
0
0
0
0
7
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Rotary operating mechanisms
5/23
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data

Type Color of
knob
Version of
extension
shaft
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
mm kg
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms

3RV19 26-0B
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a knob, a coupling driver and an extension shaft of 130/330 mm in
length (5 mm x 5 mm). The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are designed to the degree of protection IP65. The door
locking device prevents accidental opening of the control cabinet door in the ON position of the motor starter protector. The OFF
position can be locked with up to 3 padlocks.
Door-cou-
pling rotary
mechanisms
Black 130 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 26-0B 1 1 unit 101 0.111
330 } 3RV19 26-0K 1 1 unit 101 0.324
EMERGENCY-
STOP door-
coupling
rotary
operating
mechanisms
Red/
Yellow
130 S0, S2, S3 } 3RV19 26-0C 1 1 unit 101 0.110
330 } 3RV19 26-0L 1 1 unit 101 0.316
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms,
for arduous conditions

3RV19 26-2C
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a knob, a coupling driver, an extension shaft of 300 mm in length
(8 mm x 8 mm), a spacer and two metal brackets, into which the motor starter protector is inserted. The door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms are designed to degree of protection IP65. The door interlocking reliably prevents opening of the control
cabinet door in the ON position of the motor starter protector. The OFF position can be locked with up to 3 padlocks. Laterally
mountable auxiliary trip units and two-pole auxiliary switches can be used. The door-coupling rotary operating mechanism thus
meets the requirements for isolating functions to IEC 60947-2.
Door-cou-
pling rotary
mechanisms
Gray 300 S0 } 3RV19 26-2B 1 1 unit 101 1.180
S2 } 3RV19 36-2B 1 1 unit 101 1.570
S3 } 3RV19 46-2B 1 1 unit 101 1.722
EMERGENCY-
STOP door-
coupling
rotary
operating
mechanisms
Red/
Yellow
300 S0 } 3RV19 26-2C 1 1 unit 101 1.188
S2 } 3RV19 36-2C 1 1 unit 101 1.486
S3 } 3RV19 46-2C 1 1 unit 101 1.732
Type Rated control supply
voltage U
s
For motor
starter
protectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Remote motorized operating mechanisms

Remote
motorized
operating
mechanisms
50/60 Hz, 230 V AC S2 B 3RV19 36-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 3.520
24 V DC S2 B 3RV19 36-3AB4 1 1 unit 101 3.420
50/60 Hz, 230 V AC S3 B 3RV19 46-3AP0 1 1 unit 101 3.441
24 V DC S3 B 3RV19 46-3AB4 1 1 unit 101 3.357
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
5/24
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview
Solder pin connections
Solder pin connections are available for the main contacts and
transverse auxiliary switches of size S00 motor starter
protectors.
The prepared terminal parts are clamped to the upper and lower
screw terminals of the motor starter protectors which allows
them to be soldered into printed circuit boards.
3RV19 18-5A
Terminals for "Self-Protected Combination Motor
Controllers (Type E)" according to UL 50
The 3RV10 motor starter protectors are approved according to
UL 508 as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers
(Type E)".
As of 16 July 2001, for this application, UL 508 demands
increased clearance and creepage distances (1 inch and
2 inches respectively) at the input side of the device.
The 3RV19 28-1H terminal block must be used here for size S0;
it is simply screwed onto the basic unit.
Basic units of size S2 are already compliant with the new clear-
ance and creepage distance requirements.
The 3RT19 46-4GA07 terminal block must be used for size S3.
The standard box terminal is to be replaced by this terminal
block.
3RV19 28-1H (left), 3RT19 46-4GA07 (right)
According to CSA, the terminal blocks can be omitted when the
device is used as a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Control-
ler" (Type E).
Three-phase feeder terminals are required for constructing
"Type E Starters" with an insulated busbar system
(see Busbar Accessories).
Selection and ordering data

N
S
B
0
_
0
1
0
7
7
a
N
S
B
0
1
3
7
9
a
N
S
B
0
1
3
8
0
a
Version For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Covers


Terminal covers for box terminals
additional touch protection for fitting
to box terminals
(2 units can be mounted per motor
starter protector)
S2 } 3RT19 36-4EA2 1 1 unit 101 0.016
S3 } 3RT19 46-4EA2 1 1 unit 101 0.023
Terminal covers
for cable lug and bar connection for
maintaining the required voltage
clearance and as touch protection if
box terminal is removed (2 units can
be mounted per motor starter
protector)
S3 } 3RT19 46-4EA1 1 1 unit 101 0.037
3RV1 (size S3) with
3RT19 46-4EA1 (left)
3RV19 08-0P (right)
Scale covers
sealable, for covering the set current
scale
S0, S0, S2,
S3
} 3RV19 08-0P 100 10 units 101 0.100
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
5/25
Siemens LV 1 2007
5


Type Version For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Fixing accessories

3RB19 00-0B
Push-in lugs For screwing the motor
starter protector onto
mounting plates.
For each motor starter
protector, 2 units are
required.
S00, S0 C 3RB19 00-0B 100 10 units 101 0.100
Solder pin connections

3RV19 18-5A with
motor starter
protector
For main
contacts
For soldering the main
conductor cross-sec-
tions of a motor starter
protector to a printed
circuit board (1 set =
2 parts per motor
starter protector)
S00 B 3RV19 18-5A 1 4 sets 101 0.030
For main and
auxiliary
contacts
For soldering the main
conductor connections
and the auxiliary con-
ductor connections of
the transverse auxiliary
switch 1 NO + 1 NC of
a motor starter protec-
tor to a printed circuit
board
(1 set = 3 parts per
motor starter protector)
S00 B 3RV19 18-5B 1 4 set 101 0.044
Type Version For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Terminals for "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers
(Type E)" according to UL 508

3RV19 28-1H

3RT19 46-4GA07
Note: As of 16 July 2001, UL 508 demands for "Combination Motor Controller Type E" 1-inch clearance and 2-inch creepage distance at
line side. The following terminal blocks must be used in 3RV10 motor starter protectors of sizes S0 and S3. The 3RV10 motor starter pro-
tector in size S2 conforms with the required clearance and creepage distances without a terminal block. Terminal blocks are not
required for use according to CSA. With size S0, these terminal blocks cannot be used in combination with 3RV19 .5 three-phase bus-
bars and with size S3, they cannot be used with a transverse auxiliary switch.
For construction with 3-phase busbars, see "Busbar Accessories".
Terminal blocks
Type E
for extended clear-
ance and creepage
distances
(1-inch and 2-inch)
S0 } 3RV19 28-1H 1 1 unit 101 0.083
S3 A 3RT19 46-4GA07 1 1 unit 101 0.155
Type For motor
starter pro-
tectors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole

3RT19 46-4F
For connection of auxiliary and control
cables to the main conductor connec-
tions (for one side)
S3 B 3RT19 46-4F 1 1 unit 101 0.033
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
5/26
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Version Method of
operation
Size DT Screw terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Contactor Motor
starter
protector
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Link modules, single-unit packaging

3RA19 11-1AA00
For mechanical
and electrical con-
nection between
contactor and
motor starter pro-
tector with screw
terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.027
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-1DA00 1 1 unit 101 0.028
AC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.037
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.042
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1AA00 1 1 unit 101 0.090
DC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1BA00 1 1 unit 101 0.039
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1BA00 1 1 unit 101 0.043
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1BA00 1 1 unit 101 0.089
Link modules, multi-unit packaging

3RA19 31-1A
For mechanical
and electrical con-
nection between
contactor and
motor starter
protector with
screw terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-1A 1 10 units 101 0.019
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-1D 1 10 units 101 0.021
AC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1A 1 10 units 101 0.028
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1A 1 5 units 101 0.033
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1A 1 5 units 101 0.072
DC S0 S0 } 3RA19 21-1B 1 10 units 101 0.030
S2 S2 } 3RA19 31-1B 1 5 units 101 0.034
S3 S3 } 3RA19 41-1B 1 5 units 101 0.073
Version Method of
operation
Size DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Contac-
tors
Motor
starter
protector
kg
Hybrid link modules, single-unit packaging
3RA19 11-2FA00
Electrical and
mechanical con-
nection between
motor starter pro-
tector with screw
terminals and
contactor with
Cage Clamp
terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-2FA00 1 1 unit 101 0.038
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-2FA00 1 1 unit 101 0.028
Hybrid link modules, multi-unit packaging

3RA19 11-2F
Electrical and
mechanical con-
nection between
motor starter pro-
tector with screw
terminals and
contactor with
Cage Clamp
terminals
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA19 11-2F 1 10 units 101 0.031
S00 S0 } 3RA19 21-2F 1 10 units 101 0.030
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Mounting accessories
5/27
Siemens LV 1 2007
5

Type Version DT Cage Clamp terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Adapters and link modules for Cage Clamp terminals

3RA19 11-2A +
8US10 51-5CM47

3RA19 11-2E
Link modules, Cage Clamp
Electrical connection between
motor starter protector and contac-
tor (busbar adapter not included in
scope of supply)
Size S00 } 3RA19 11-2A 1 10 units 101 0.016
Link modules,
Cage Clamp with mechanical
connections
Mechanical and electrical connec-
tion between motor starter protector
and contactor
Size S00 } 3RA19 11-2E 1 10 units 101 0.028
Standard mounting rail adapters
With 2 standard mounting rails
45 mm wide,
one movable
Size S00 } 3RA19 22-1L 1 5 units 101 0.413
Busbar adapters
45 mm wide, 182 mm long,
adapted for Cage Clamp motor
starter protectors. An additional
standard mounting rail must be
mounted for an additional contactor.
40 mm busbar
system
} 8US10 51-5CM47 1 1 unit 103 0.193
60 mm busbar
system
} 8US12 51-5CM47 1 1 unit 103 0.190
35 mm standard mounting rails
plastic, including fixing screws
-- A 8US19 98-7CA15 1 10 units 103 0.009
Type Version DT Cage Clamp terminals PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No. Price
per PU
kg
Tools for opening Cage Clamp terminals
8WA2 803
Screwdrivers
for all SIRIUS devices with
Cage Clamp terminals up to max.
2.5 mm conductor cross-section
Length approx.
175 mm;
green, partially
insulated
A 8WA2 880 1 1 unit 041 0.034
Length approx.
175 mm;
green
A 8WA2 803 1 1 unit 041 0.024
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
5/28
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Overview
Enclosures
For stand-alone installation of motor starter protectors of sizes
S00 (I
n max
= 12 A), S0 (I
n max
= 25 A) and S2 (I
n max
= 50 A),
molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting and molded-
plastic enclosures for flush mounting are available in various
dimensions.
When installed in a molded-plastic enclosure the motor starter
protectors have a rated operational voltage U
e
of 500 V.
The enclosures for surface mounting have the degree of protec-
tion IP55; the enclosures for flush mounting also comply with the
degree of protection IP55 at the front (the flush-mounted section
complies with IP20).
Enclosure for surface mounting
Enclosure for flush mounting
All enclosures are equipped with N and PE/ground terminals.
There are two knock-out cable entries for cable glands at the top
and two at the bottom; also on the rear corresponding cable en-
tries are scored. There is a knockout on the top of the enclosure
for indicator lights that are available as accessories.
The narrow enclosure can accommodate a motor starter protec-
tor without accessories, with transverse and lateral auxiliary
switch, whereas wide enclosures and enclosures for S2 motor
starter protectors also provide space for a laterally mounted aux-
iliary trip unit. There is no provision for installing a motor starter
protector with an alarm switch.
With S00 motor starter protectors, the switch rocker is operated
by means of the actuator diaphragm of the enclosure. A locking
device, capable of holding up to three padlocks, can be fitted
onto the actuator diaphragm to prevent the motor starter protec-
tor from closing during maintenance work, for example.
A mushroom-shaped EMERGENCY-STOP knob can be fitted in
place of the locking device. If it is actuated abruptly, the motor
starter protector opens and the mushroom-shaped knob
latches. The knob can be unlatched again either by turning it or
by using a special key. The motor starter protector can subse-
quently be switched on again.
The molded-plastic enclosures of S0 and S2 motor starter pro-
tectors with rotary operating mechanism are fitted with a rotary
operating mechanism as well.
The enclosures can be supplied with a black rotary operating
mechanism or with an EMERGENCY-STOP rotary operating
mechanism with a red/yellow knob.
All rotary operating mechanisms can be locked in the Open
position with up to 3 padlocks.
Front plates
Motor starter protectors are frequently required to be actuated in
any enclosure. Front plates equipped with an actuator dia-
phragm for size S00 motor starter protectors, or rotary operating
mechanism for S0 to S3 motor starter protectors are available for
this purpose.
The front plates for size S00 have a retaining frame into which the
motor starter protectors can be snapped. A retaining frame for
size S0 motor starter protectors is available for front plate sizes
S0 to S3.

Front plate for size S00
Accessories for enclosures and front plates

Accessories for size S00
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
0
8
0
a
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
0
8
1
a
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
0
8
2
a
3RV19 13-6B 3RV19 13-7E
3RV19 13-7D 3RV19 13-7F
N
S
B
0
_
0
1
0
8
3
a
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
5/29
Siemens LV 1 2007
5
Selection and ordering data
1)
If required, an additional N terminal can be mounted
(e.g. 8WA1 011-1BG11).
Type Degree
of pro-
tection
Inte-
grated
termi-
nals
Overall width For
motor
starter
protec-
tors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Molded-plastic enclosures for surface mounting

3RV19 13-1DA00
With
actuator
diaphragm
IP55 N and
PE
54 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch)
S00 } 3RV19 13-1CA00 1 1 unit 101 0.296
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
} 3RV19 13-1DA00 1 1 unit 101 0.342

3RV19 23-1CA00
With rotary
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
IP55 N and
PE
54 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch)
S0 } 3RV19 23-1CA00 1 1 unit 101 0.332
72 mm
(for switch + lateral
auxiliary switch +
auxiliary trip unit)
} 3RV19 23-1DA00 1 1 unit 101 0.381
82 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S2 A 3RV19 33-1DA00 1 1 unit 101 1.134
With EMER-
GENCY-
STOP rotary
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
IP55 N and
PE
54 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch)
S0 } 3RV19 23-1FA00 1 1 unit 101 0.329
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
}
3RV19 23-1GA00 1 1 unit 101 0.372
82 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S2
A
3RV19 33-1GA00 1 1 unit 101 1.136
Cast aluminum enclosures for surface mounting

3RV19 23-1DA01
With rotary
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
IP65 PE
1)
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S0 } 3RV19 23-1DA01 1 1 unit 101 1.015
With EMER-
GENCY-
STOP rotary
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
IP65 PE
1)
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S0 A 3RV19 23-1GA01 1 1 unit 101 1.008
Molded-plastic enclosures for flush mounting

3RV19 13-2DA00
With
actuator
diaphragm
IP55
(front
side)
N and
PE
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S00 A 3RV19 13-2DA00 1 1 unit 101 0.416

3RV19 23-2DA00
With rotary
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
IP55
(front
side)
N and
PE
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S0 A 3RV19 23-2DA00 1 1 unit 101 0.426
With EMER-
GENCY-
STOP rotary
operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0
position
IP55
(front
side)
N and
PE
72 mm (for switch
+ lateral auxiliary
switch + auxiliary
trip unit)
S0 A 3RV19 23-2GA00 1 1 unit 101 0.417
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3RV Motor Starter Protectors up to 100 A
Accessories
Enclosures and front plates
5/30
Siemens LV 1 2007
5


Type Degree
of pro-
tection
Version For
motor
starter
protec-
tors
Size
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS* PG Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Front plates

3RV19 13-4C

3RV19 23-4B +
3RV19 23-4G
Molded-plastic
front plates
with actuator
diaphragm
IP55
(front
side)
For actuating mo-
tor starter protec-
tors in any enclo-
sures, includes
holder for motor
starter protector.
S00 A 3RV19 13-4C 1 1 unit 101 0.216
Molded-plastic
front plates with
rotary operating
mechanism,
lockable in 0 position
IP55
(front
side)
For actuation of
3RV1 motor
starter protectors
in any enclosure.
S0, S2,
S3
} 3RV19 23-4B 1 1 unit 101 0.124
Molded-plastic
front plates with
EMERGENCY-
STOP rotary
operating mech-
anism red/yellow,
lockable in 0 position
IP55
(front
side)
EMERGENCY-
STOP actuation
of 3RV1 motor
starter protectors
in any enclosure.
S0, S2,
S3
A 3RV19 23-4E 1 1 unit 101 0.124
Holders for
front plates
For motor starter
protector
size S0
-- Holder is mounted
on front plate,
motor starter pro-
tector with and
without accesso-
ries is snapped in.
S0 } 3RV19 23-4G 1 1 unit 101 0.188
Accessories for enclosures

Molded-plastic
enclosure for surface
mounting with
3RV19 13-7D
EMERGENCY-
STOP mushroom
buttons red/yellow
For 3RV19 13-...
enclosures and
front plates,
cannot be used in
combination with
locking device
IP55 Latching mush-
room buttons,
unlatch by
turning
S00 } 3RV19 13-7D 1 1 unit 101 0.108
EMERGENCY-
STOP mushroom
buttons red/yellow
with safety lock
For 3RV19 13-...
enclosures and
front plates,
cannot be used in
combination with
locking device
IP55 Latching mush-
room button,
unlatch with key,
Ronis safety lock,
lock number
SB 30, supplied
with 2 keys.
S00 A 3RV19 13-7E 1 1 unit 101 0.144
Locking devices
For 3RV19 13-...
enclosures and
front plates,
cannot be used in
combination with
EMERGENCY-
STOP mushroom
IP55 For 3 padlocks
with max. 8 mm
shackle diameter.
S00 } 3RV19 13-6B 1 1 unit 101 0.074
Spare actuator
diaphragms
IP55 Diaphragm,
includes holder
frame and screw